Math Formulas: Complete List by Topic, With Examples

#Formula
TL;DR
A math formula is a rule written in symbols that connects quantities, so you can calculate an unknown. This page lists 1,400+ math formulas by topic, each with its meaning and a worked example.
BT
Bhanzu TeamLast updated on September 30, 2026284 min read

What Is A Math Formula?

A math formula is a rule, written with symbols, that shows exactly how one quantity depends on others. The area of a circle, A=πr2A = \pi r^{2}, is a formula: give it the radius and it returns the area, every time.

A formula is not quite the same as an equation or an identity, and the difference matters when you use one.

  • Formula: a rule for calculating one quantity from others, such as A=πr2A = \pi r^{2} or simple interest I=PRT100I = \frac{PRT}{100}.

  • Equation: a statement that two expressions are equal, often true only for certain values, such as 2x+3=112x + 3 = 11, which holds only when x=4x = 4.

  • Identity: an equation that is true for every value of its variables, such as (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a + b)^{2} = a^{2} + 2ab + b^{2}.

94% of 15,687 consultation responses on the maths question backed formulae sheets for GCSE maths, and England's exam regulator, Ofqual, made the sheets compulsory for the 2025, 2026 and 2027 exams. Ofqual decision, updated 13 November 2024

How Do You Use This Math Formula List?

Jump to a branch: Basic math · Commercial math · Algebra · Advanced algebra · Geometry · Coordinate geometry and vectors · Trigonometry · Calculus · Statistics and probability

  • Each table has three columns. The name of the formula, the formula itself, and what every letter means, including any condition such as a≠0a \neq 0.

  • Each subtopic ends with a worked example. Real numbers go through the formula, so you can check that you are reading it the right way.

  • Linked names open a full lesson. A linked formula leads to a page with the derivation, more examples and common mistakes.

Which Math Formulas Should You Learn First?

Learn the formulas for the chapter you are studying now, in the order your course uses them. The table shows where the most-used formulas usually appear.

School stage

Formulas to know well

Why they come first

Grades 6 to 8

area and perimeter of rectangles, triangles and circles, simple interest, percent change, laws of exponents, (a+b)2(a + b)^{2} and (a−b)2(a - b)^{2}

every later chapter reuses them

Grades 9 to 10

Pythagorean theorem, quadratic formula, distance and midpoint formulas, surface area and volume, AP nnth term and sum, basic trig ratios, mean of grouped data

board exams test them directly

Grades 11 to 12

trig identities, binomial theorem, nCr^{n}C_{r}, limits and derivatives, standard integrals, conic sections, probability rules

entrance exams such as JEE and the SAT build on them

Which Math Formulas Are Most Often Written Wrong?

A formula copied with one symbol out of place gives a confident wrong answer. These are the slips that show up again and again in homework and in quick-reference lists.

  • Slope without brackets. Writing m=y2−y1/x2−x1m = y_{2} - y_{1} / x_{2} - x_{1} divides only y1y_{1} by x2x_{2}. The slope is m=y2−y1x2−x1m = \frac{y_{2} - y_{1}}{x_{2} - x_{1}}.

  • The quadratic formula's 2a2a. The 2a2a divides the whole top, x=−b±b2−4ac2ax = \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^{2} - 4ac}}{2a}, not just the square root.

  • Squaring a sum. (a+b)2(a + b)^{2} is a2+2ab+b2a^{2} + 2ab + b^{2}. Leaving out 2ab2ab is the most common algebra error of all.

  • Logs of a sum. log⁡(a+b)\log(a + b) does not split. Only products do: log⁡(ab)=log⁡a+log⁡b\log(ab) = \log a + \log b.

  • The −1-1 in trigonometry. sin⁡−1x\sin^{-1} x means the inverse sine, the angle whose sine is xx. It is not 1sin⁡x\frac{1}{\sin x}, which is csc⁡x\csc x.

  • The integral of 1x\frac{1}{x}. It is ln⁡∣x∣+C\ln\lvert x \rvert + C. The absolute value keeps it valid for negative xx, and the +C+ C is part of every indefinite integral.

  • Sample standard deviation. A sample divides by n−1n - 1, a whole population by nn. Calculators show both, so pick the one your question asks for.

  • Compound interest per period. With interest compounded quarterly, the rate per period is r4\frac{r}{4} and the number of periods is 4t4t. Using the yearly rate with quarterly periods inflates the answer.

  • BODMAS taken letter by letter. BODMAS lists D before M, but division and multiplication have equal rank and go left to right. So 12÷3×2=812 \div 3 \times 2 = 8, not 2.

Which Exams Give You A Formula Sheet?

It depends on the exam, and it changes, so check the official rules for yours.

  • SAT: yes. College Board says a reference sheet of commonly used formulas appears on every test with math questions in its Bluebook testing app.

  • GCSE maths (England): yes for the 2025, 2026 and 2027 exams, including the November sittings, under the Ofqual decision above.

  • Most school board and entrance exams: usually no. Plan to know the formulas for your syllabus by heart.

A reference sheet does not remove the need to understand a formula. You still have to recognise which formula fits the question, and that comes from practice.

How Do You Remember Math Formulas?

Understand where a formula comes from, then use it until you no longer need to look it up.

  • Derive it once. The area of a triangle is half a rectangle. The sum of an AP pairs the first and last terms. A formula you can rebuild is a formula you cannot forget for long.

  • Learn formulas in families. Keep area, perimeter and volume of the same shape together, and the six trig ratios together, so each one reminds you of the next.

  • Say the letters in words. "Area equals pi times radius squared" sticks better than a string of symbols.

  • Write your own sheet. Rewriting the formulas for a chapter from memory, then checking them, shows you exactly which ones have not stuck yet.

  • Use it on a real problem. Students who memorise the formula for the sum of an AP often mix up nn and ana_{n} until they have worked five problems with it. After that, the letters mean something.

Basic Math Formulas: Arithmetic And Numbers

These are the number rules that every later topic depends on: order of operations, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios, averages, factors, divisibility and sums of number patterns. Students from Grade 6 onward use them daily, and aptitude sections of competitive exams test them for speed.

Order Of Operations (BODMAS And PEMDAS)

BODMAS (used in India and the UK) and PEMDAS (used in the US) describe the same order, only the letters differ.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Brackets or parentheses first

2×(3+4)=2×7=142 \times (3 + 4) = 2 \times 7 = 14

Simplify whatever is inside brackets before anything else, starting with the innermost pair and working outward.

Nested brackets

{2+[3×(5−1)]}={2+12}=14\lbrace 2 + [3 \times (5 - 1)]\rbrace = \lbrace 2 + 12\rbrace = 14

Clear round brackets ( ) first, then square brackets [ ], then curly braces { }, from the inside out.

Orders or exponents

3+23=3+8=113 + 2^{3} = 3 + 8 = 11

Powers and roots come next. BODMAS calls them Orders and PEMDAS calls them Exponents.

"Of" means multiply

12 of 10=12×10=5\frac{1}{2} \text{ of } 10 = \frac{1}{2} \times 10 = 5

The word "of" between a fraction or percent and a number means multiplication, as in half of 10.

Division and multiplication, left to right

12÷3×2=4×2=812 \div 3 \times 2 = 4 \times 2 = 8

These two share the same rank, so work them in the order they appear from left to right, not division first.

Addition and subtraction, left to right

10−4+3=6+3=910 - 4 + 3 = 6 + 3 = 9

These also share one rank and are done last, again strictly from left to right.

Fraction bar as a bracket

6+47−2=105=2\frac{6 + 4}{7 - 2} = \frac{10}{5} = 2

A fraction bar groups its numerator and its denominator, so simplify each one fully before dividing.

Minus sign and powers

−32=−9-3^{2} = -9

The exponent binds only to the 3, so square first and apply the minus after. Compare (−3)2=9(-3)^{2} = 9.

Example: 8+12÷4×3−22=8+3×3−4=8+9−4=138 + 12 \div 4 \times 3 - 2^{2} = 8 + 3 \times 3 - 4 = 8 + 9 - 4 = 13.

Fraction Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Adding like fractions

ac+bc=a+bc\frac{a}{c} + \frac{b}{c} = \frac{a + b}{c}

When the denominators are equal, add the numerators and keep the common denominator cc, where c≠0c \neq 0.

Subtracting like fractions

ac−bc=a−bc\frac{a}{c} - \frac{b}{c} = \frac{a - b}{c}

Subtract the numerators and keep the common denominator cc, with c≠0c \neq 0.

Adding unlike fractions

ab+cd=ad+bcbd\frac{a}{b} + \frac{c}{d} = \frac{ad + bc}{bd}

Rewrite both over the common denominator bdbd, with b,d≠0b, d \neq 0. Using the LCM of bb and dd keeps numbers smaller.

Subtracting unlike fractions

ab−cd=ad−bcbd\frac{a}{b} - \frac{c}{d} = \frac{ad - bc}{bd}

Same method as addition, subtract the cross products over bdbd, then reduce to lowest terms.

Multiplying fractions

ab×cd=acbd\frac{a}{b} \times \frac{c}{d} = \frac{ac}{bd}

Multiply numerator by numerator and denominator by denominator, with b,d≠0b, d \neq 0. Cancel common factors first to save work.

Dividing fractions

ab÷cd=ab×dc=adbc\frac{a}{b} \div \frac{c}{d} = \frac{a}{b} \times \frac{d}{c} = \frac{ad}{bc}

Keep the first fraction, flip the second and multiply. Needs b,c,d≠0b, c, d \neq 0 because you cannot divide by zero.

Reciprocal of a fraction

ab→ba\frac{a}{b} \to \frac{b}{a}

Swap numerator and denominator, valid when a≠0a \neq 0. A number times its reciprocal always equals 1.

Mixed number to improper fraction

abc=ac+bca\frac{b}{c} = \frac{ac + b}{c}

Multiply the whole number aa by the denominator cc, add the numerator bb and keep cc as the denominator.

Improper fraction to mixed number

pq=QRq\frac{p}{q} = Q\frac{R}{q}

Divide pp by qq. The quotient QQ is the whole part and the remainder RR is the new numerator over qq.

Equivalent fractions

ab=a×kb×k\frac{a}{b} = \frac{a \times k}{b \times k}

Multiplying or dividing top and bottom by the same nonzero number kk gives the same value in a different form.

Simplest form

ab=a÷hb÷h\frac{a}{b} = \frac{a \div h}{b \div h}

Divide numerator and denominator by hh, the HCF of aa and bb, to reduce the fraction to lowest terms.

Comparing fractions

ab>cd  ⟺  ad>bc\frac{a}{b} > \frac{c}{d} \iff ad > bc

Cross-multiply to compare two fractions without finding a common denominator. Valid when bb and dd are both positive.

Fraction of a quantity

ab of N=a×Nb\frac{a}{b} \text{ of } N = \frac{a \times N}{b}

To find a fraction of an amount NN, multiply NN by the numerator and divide by the denominator.

Example: 23+34=2×4+3×312=1712=1512\frac{2}{3} + \frac{3}{4} = \frac{2 \times 4 + 3 \times 3}{12} = \frac{17}{12} = 1\frac{5}{12}.

Decimal, Fraction And Percent Conversion Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Percent as a fraction

pp% = \frac{p}{100}

Percent means "per hundred", so pp percent is pp parts out of 100. For example 3535% = 0.35.

Fraction to percent

ab=(ab×100)\frac{a}{b} = \left(\frac{a}{b} \times 100\right)%

Multiply a fraction by 100 to express it as a percent, with b≠0b \neq 0.

Decimal to percent

d=(100d)d = (100d)%

Move the decimal point two places to the right and add the percent sign, so 0.075=7.50.075 = 7.5%.

Terminating decimal to fraction

0.d1d2…dk=d1d2…dk10k0.d_{1}d_{2}\ldots d_{k} = \frac{d_{1}d_{2}\ldots d_{k}}{10^{k}}

Write the kk digits after the point over 10k10^{k}, then simplify. For example 0.125=1251000=180.125 = \frac{125}{1000} = \frac{1}{8}.

Pure recurring decimal to fraction

0.d1d2…dk‾=d1d2…dk10k−10.\overline{d_{1}d_{2}\ldots d_{k}} = \frac{d_{1}d_{2}\ldots d_{k}}{10^{k} - 1}

A block of kk digits that repeats forever equals that block over kk nines, so 0.7‾=790.\overline{7} = \frac{7}{9}.

Mixed recurring decimal to fraction

0.ab‾=ab−a900.a\overline{b} = \frac{ab - a}{90}

Here abab is the two-digit number formed by the digits. One non-repeating digit aa is followed by a repeating digit bb, so 0.16‾=1590=160.1\overline{6} = \frac{15}{90} = \frac{1}{6}.

Multiplying by a power of 10

x×10nx \times 10^{n}

Shift the decimal point of xx by nn places to the right. Dividing by 10n10^{n} shifts it nn places to the left.

Decimal places in a product

places in (x×y)=places in x+places in y\text{places in } (x \times y) = \text{places in } x + \text{places in } y

Multiply as whole numbers, then place the point so the answer has as many decimal places as both factors together.

Scientific notation

N=a×10nN = a \times 10^{n}

Write any number with 1≤a<101 \leq a < 10 and integer nn. Large numbers get positive nn and small numbers negative nn.

Example: 0.36‾=3699=4110.\overline{36} = \frac{36}{99} = \frac{4}{11}, and as a percent 411×100≈36.36\frac{4}{11} \times 100 \approx 36.36%.

Percentage Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Percent of a number

pp% \text{ of } N = \frac{p}{100} \times N

Convert the percent to a fraction of 100 and multiply by the amount NN.

What percent A is of B

AB×100\frac{A}{B} \times 100%

Gives AA as a percent of the whole BB, with B≠0B \neq 0. Used for marks, shares and proportions of a total.

Percentage change

new−oldold×100\frac{\text{new} - \text{old}}{\text{old}} \times 100%

A positive result is an increase and a negative result is a decrease. Always divide by the original (old) value.

Percentage increase

increaseoriginal×100\frac{\text{increase}}{\text{original}} \times 100%

The rise in value as a percent of the starting value, where increase equals new minus original.

Percentage decrease

decreaseoriginal×100\frac{\text{decrease}}{\text{original}} \times 100%

The fall in value as a percent of the starting value, where decrease equals original minus new.

Increasing by p%

N×(1+p100)N \times \left(1 + \frac{p}{100}\right)

Multiplies NN by a single factor to give the value after a pp percent rise, so a 20 percent rise means times 1.2.

Decreasing by p%

N×(1−p100)N \times \left(1 - \frac{p}{100}\right)

Gives the value after a pp percent fall, so a 15 percent fall means multiplying by 0.85.

Reverse percentage after an increase

original=final1+p100\text{original} = \frac{\text{final}}{1 + \frac{p}{100}}

Finds the starting value when you know the value after a pp percent increase. Divide, do not subtract pp percent of the final value.

Reverse percentage after a decrease

original=final1−p100\text{original} = \frac{\text{final}}{1 - \frac{p}{100}}

Finds the starting value from the value after a pp percent decrease, with p<100p < 100.

Two successive percentage changes

net change=a+b+ab100\text{net change} = a + b + \frac{ab}{100}

Net percent change after changes of aa percent then bb percent. Write a decrease as a negative number.

Percent error

∣measured−actual∣actual×100\frac{\lvert \text{measured} - \text{actual} \rvert}{\text{actual}} \times 100%

How far a measured or estimated value is from the true value, as a percent of the true value.

Example: A price rises from 250 to 300, so the change is 300−250250×100\frac{300 - 250}{250} \times 100% = 20%. If a price is 360 after a 20% rise, the original was 3601.2=300\frac{360}{1.2} = 300.

Ratio And Proportion Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Ratio formula

a:b=aba : b = \frac{a}{b}

Compares two quantities in the same unit by division, read "a to b", with b≠0b \neq 0.

Simplest form of a ratio

a:b=ah:bha : b = \frac{a}{h} : \frac{b}{h}

Divide both terms by hh, their HCF, so the terms have no common factor other than 1.

Proportion and cross-multiplication

a:b=c:d  ⟺  ad=bca : b = c : d \iff ad = bc

Two ratios are equal when the product of the extremes a,da, d equals the product of the means b,cb, c.

Fourth proportional

x=bcax = \frac{bc}{a}

The value xx that completes a:b=c:xa : b = c : x, found by cross-multiplication with a≠0a \neq 0.

Third proportional

x=b2ax = \frac{b^{2}}{a}

The value xx in a:b=b:xa : b = b : x, where the middle term is repeated.

Mean proportional

x=abx = \sqrt{ab}

The value xx in a:x=x:ba : x = x : b for positive aa and bb. It is the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Direct proportion

y1x1=y2x2\frac{y_{1}}{x_{1}} = \frac{y_{2}}{x_{2}}

When y=kxy = kx, both quantities rise or fall together and their ratio stays fixed at the constant kk.

Inverse proportion

x1y1=x2y2x_{1}y_{1} = x_{2}y_{2}

When y=kxy = \frac{k}{x}, one quantity rises as the other falls and their product stays fixed. Typical case: workers and days.

Dividing N in the ratio a : b

aa+b×N\frac{a}{a + b} \times N and ba+b×N\frac{b}{a + b} \times N

Each share is its ratio part over the total number of parts, multiplied by the amount NN being shared.

Dividing N in the ratio a : b : c

aa+b+c×N\frac{a}{a + b + c} \times N

The first share of three. Replace the numerator by bb or cc for the other two shares.

Combining two ratios

a:b:c=pr:qr:qsa : b : c = pr : qr : qs

Joins a:b=p:qa : b = p : q and b:c=r:sb : c = r : s by making the shared term bb equal in both.

Compound ratio

(a:b)×(c:d)=ac:bd(a : b) \times (c : d) = ac : bd

Multiply the first terms together and the second terms together to combine two ratios into one.

Componendo and dividendo

a+ba−b=c+dc−d\frac{a + b}{a - b} = \frac{c + d}{c - d}

Follows from ab=cd\frac{a}{b} = \frac{c}{d} when a≠ba \neq b and c≠dc \neq d. Useful for solving ratio equations quickly.

Example: Divide 360 in the ratio 4:54 : 5. There are 9 parts, so the shares are 49×360=160\frac{4}{9} \times 360 = 160 and 59×360=200\frac{5}{9} \times 360 = 200.

Average Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Average formula (arithmetic mean)

xˉ=x1+x2+⋯+xnn\bar{x} = \frac{x_{1} + x_{2} + \cdots + x_{n}}{n}

Add all nn values and divide by how many there are. This is the everyday meaning of "average".

Total from the average

sum=xˉ×n\text{sum} = \bar{x} \times n

Rearranged mean formula. Most average word problems are solved by converting averages back to totals first.

Weighted average

$\bar{x}{w} = \frac{\sum{i=1}^{n} w_{i}x_{i}}{\sum_{i=1}^{n} w_{i}}$

Each value xix_{i} counts wiw_{i} times, for example credits or marks weightage. Weights must not sum to zero.

Combined average of two groups

$\bar{x} = \frac{n_{1}\bar{x}{1} + n{2}\bar{x}{2}}{n{1} + n_{2}}$

Merges groups of sizes n1n_{1} and n2n_{2} with means $\bar{x}{1}and and \bar{x}{2}$. Do not simply average the two means.

Average of equally spaced numbers

xˉ=first+last2\bar{x} = \frac{\text{first} + \text{last}}{2}

For any list with a constant gap, such as consecutive integers or an AP, the mean is the midpoint of the ends.

Average of the first n natural numbers

n+12\frac{n + 1}{2}

The mean of 1,2,…,n1, 2, \ldots, n. For 1 to 100 it is 50.5.

Average of the first n even numbers

n+1n + 1

The mean of 2,4,…,2n2, 4, \ldots, 2n. For the first 10 even numbers it is 11.

Average of the first n odd numbers

nn

The mean of the odd numbers 1,3,…,2n−11, 3, \ldots, 2n - 1 is simply nn, so the first 8 odd numbers average 8.

New average after adding one value

xˉnew=nxˉ+an+1\bar{x}_{\text{new}} = \frac{n\bar{x} + a}{n + 1}

When a value aa joins nn values with mean xˉ\bar{x}, rebuild the total and divide by the new count.

New average after replacing one value

xˉnew=xˉ+new−oldn\bar{x}_{\text{new}} = \bar{x} + \frac{\text{new} - \text{old}}{n}

Swapping one of nn values shifts the mean by the difference spread over all nn values.

Example: Class A has 30 students with mean 72 and class B has 20 with mean 80, so the combined mean is 30×72+20×8050=376050=75.2\frac{30 \times 72 + 20 \times 80}{50} = \frac{3760}{50} = 75.2.

HCF And LCM Formulas

HCF (highest common factor) is also called GCD or GCF, and LCM is the least common multiple. The formulas below are for positive integers.

Formula

Expression

What it means

HCF by prime factorisation

HCF=∏pimin⁡(ai,bi)\text{HCF} = \prod p_{i}^{\min(a_{i}, b_{i})}

Write both numbers as products of primes pip_{i} and multiply each common prime raised to its lowest power.

LCM by prime factorisation

LCM=∏pimax⁡(ai,bi)\text{LCM} = \prod p_{i}^{\max(a_{i}, b_{i})}

Multiply every prime that appears in either number, each raised to its highest power.

HCF times LCM

HCF(a,b)×LCM(a,b)=a×b\text{HCF}(a, b) \times \text{LCM}(a, b) = a \times b

True for any pair of positive integers aa and bb. It does not hold for three or more numbers in general.

LCM from the HCF

LCM(a,b)=a×bHCF(a,b)\text{LCM}(a, b) = \frac{a \times b}{\text{HCF}(a, b)}

The quickest way to find an LCM when the HCF is known or easy to find.

Co-prime numbers

HCF(a,b)=1⇒LCM(a,b)=ab\text{HCF}(a, b) = 1 \Rightarrow \text{LCM}(a, b) = ab

Two numbers with no common factor except 1 have their product as their LCM, for example 8 and 15.

Euclid's division algorithm

HCF(a,b)=HCF(b,r)\text{HCF}(a, b) = \text{HCF}(b, r)

Here rr is the remainder when aa is divided by bb. Repeat until the remainder is 0, and the last divisor is the HCF.

HCF of fractions

HCF(ab,cd)=HCF(a,c)LCM(b,d)\text{HCF}\left(\frac{a}{b}, \frac{c}{d}\right) = \frac{\text{HCF}(a, c)}{\text{LCM}(b, d)}

For fractions in lowest terms, take the HCF of the numerators over the LCM of the denominators.

LCM of fractions

LCM(ab,cd)=LCM(a,c)HCF(b,d)\text{LCM}\left(\frac{a}{b}, \frac{c}{d}\right) = \frac{\text{LCM}(a, c)}{\text{HCF}(b, d)}

For fractions in lowest terms, take the LCM of the numerators over the HCF of the denominators.

Greatest common factor divides the difference

HCF(a,b)∣(a−b)\text{HCF}(a, b) \mid (a - b)

Any common factor of two numbers also divides their difference, which helps narrow down the HCF quickly.

Example: 12=22×312 = 2^{2} \times 3 and 18=2×3218 = 2 \times 3^{2}, so HCF=2×3=6\text{HCF} = 2 \times 3 = 6 and LCM=22×32=36\text{LCM} = 2^{2} \times 3^{2} = 36. Check: 6×36=216=12×186 \times 36 = 216 = 12 \times 18.

Prime Factorisation And Factor Count Formulas

Each row assumes N=p1a1p2a2⋯pkakN = p_{1}^{a_{1}} p_{2}^{a_{2}} \cdots p_{k}^{a_{k}}, where the pip_{i} are distinct primes and each ai≥1a_{i} \geq 1.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Prime factorisation

N=p1a1p2a2⋯pkakN = p_{1}^{a_{1}} p_{2}^{a_{2}} \cdots p_{k}^{a_{k}}

Every integer greater than 1 can be written as a product of prime powers in exactly one way, apart from order.

Number of factors

d(N)=(a1+1)(a2+1)⋯(ak+1)d(N) = (a_{1} + 1)(a_{2} + 1)\cdots(a_{k} + 1)

Add 1 to each exponent and multiply. The count includes 1 and NN itself.

Sum of factors

σ(N)=p1a1+1−1p1−1×⋯×pkak+1−1pk−1\sigma(N) = \frac{p_{1}^{a_{1}+1} - 1}{p_{1} - 1} \times \cdots \times \frac{p_{k}^{a_{k}+1} - 1}{p_{k} - 1}

Multiply one geometric-series sum per prime. The total includes 1 and NN.

Product of all factors

Nd(N)/2N^{d(N)/2}

Factors pair up to multiply to NN, so the product of all d(N)d(N) factors is NN raised to half that count.

Number of odd factors

(a2+1)(a3+1)⋯(ak+1)(a_{2} + 1)(a_{3} + 1)\cdots(a_{k} + 1)

For even NN, take p1=2p_{1} = 2 and ignore its exponent, since odd factors cannot contain the prime 2. If NN is odd, every factor is odd.

Number of even factors

d(N)−odd factorsd(N) - \text{odd factors}

All factors minus the odd ones. Equivalently a1(a2+1)⋯(ak+1)a_{1}(a_{2} + 1)\cdots(a_{k} + 1) when p1=2p_{1} = 2.

Factor count of a perfect square

d(N)d(N) is odd

A number has an odd number of factors exactly when it is a perfect square, because its square root pairs with itself.

Example: 360=23×32×5360 = 2^{3} \times 3^{2} \times 5, so d(360)=4×3×2=24d(360) = 4 \times 3 \times 2 = 24 factors and σ(360)=15×13×6=1170\sigma(360) = 15 \times 13 \times 6 = 1170.

Divisibility Rules

In this table d0d_{0} is the units digit of NN and a∣Na \mid N means aa divides NN with no remainder.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Divisibility by 2

2∣N  ⟺  d0∈{0,2,4,6,8}2 \mid N \iff d_{0} \in \lbrace 0, 2, 4, 6, 8\rbrace

A number is divisible by 2 when its last digit is even.

Divisibility by 3

3∣N  ⟺  3∣(sum of digits)3 \mid N \iff 3 \mid (\text{sum of digits})

Add all the digits. If that sum is a multiple of 3, so is the number.

Divisibility by 4

4∣N  ⟺  4∣(last two digits)4 \mid N \iff 4 \mid (\text{last two digits})

Only the number formed by the tens and units digits matters, because 100 is a multiple of 4.

Divisibility by 5

5∣N  ⟺  d0∈{0,5}5 \mid N \iff d_{0} \in \lbrace 0, 5\rbrace

A number is divisible by 5 when it ends in 0 or 5.

Divisibility by 6

6∣N  ⟺  2∣N and 3∣N6 \mid N \iff 2 \mid N \text{ and } 3 \mid N

The number must pass both the test for 2 and the test for 3, since 2 and 3 are co-prime.

Divisibility by 7

7∣N  ⟺  7∣(rest−2d0)7 \mid N \iff 7 \mid (\text{rest} - 2d_{0})

Remove the units digit, double it and subtract from the remaining number. Repeat until the result is small.

Divisibility by 8

8∣N  ⟺  8∣(last three digits)8 \mid N \iff 8 \mid (\text{last three digits})

Only the last three digits matter, because 1000 is a multiple of 8.

Divisibility by 9

9∣N  ⟺  9∣(sum of digits)9 \mid N \iff 9 \mid (\text{sum of digits})

If the digit sum is a multiple of 9, the number is too. The remainder on division by 9 equals the digit-sum remainder.

Divisibility by 10

10∣N  ⟺  d0=010 \mid N \iff d_{0} = 0

A number is divisible by 10 when its last digit is 0.

Divisibility by 11

11∣N  ⟺  11∣(Sodd−Seven)11 \mid N \iff 11 \mid (S_{\text{odd}} - S_{\text{even}})

Sum the digits in odd places and in even places counting from the right. A difference of 0 or a multiple of 11 passes.

Divisibility by 12

12∣N  ⟺  3∣N and 4∣N12 \mid N \iff 3 \mid N \text{ and } 4 \mid N

The number must pass the tests for both 3 and 4.

Divisibility by 25

25∣N  ⟺  last two digits∈{00,25,50,75}25 \mid N \iff \text{last two digits} \in \lbrace 00, 25, 50, 75\rbrace

Only the last two digits matter, because 100 is a multiple of 25.

Co-prime divisors rule

a∣N and b∣N⇒ab∣Na \mid N \text{ and } b \mid N \Rightarrow ab \mid N

Holds when HCF(a,b)=1\text{HCF}(a, b) = 1. This is why tests for 6, 12, 15 and 18 combine two simpler tests.

Example: For 7392 the digit sum is 21, so 3∣73923 \mid 7392, and the last two digits give 4∣924 \mid 92, so 7392÷12=6167392 \div 12 = 616 exactly.

Squares, Cubes And Roots

Formula

Expression

What it means

Square of a number

n2=n×nn^{2} = n \times n

A number multiplied by itself. The square of any real number is never negative.

Perfect squares

N=k2N = k^{2}

NN is a perfect square when kk is an integer. Perfect squares end in 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9, never in 2, 3, 7 or 8.

Cube of a number

n3=n×n×nn^{3} = n \times n \times n

A number used three times as a factor. The cube keeps the sign of the number, so (−2)3=−8(-2)^{3} = -8.

Perfect cube

N=k3N = k^{3}

NN is a perfect cube when kk is an integer, as in 1, 8, 27, 64 and 125.

Square root

N=k  ⟺  k2=N\sqrt{N} = k \iff k^{2} = N

The principal square root is the non-negative value kk, defined for real numbers only when N≥0N \geq 0.

Cube root

N3=k  ⟺  k3=N\sqrt[3]{N} = k \iff k^{3} = N

Defined for every real NN, including negatives, so −273=−3\sqrt[3]{-27} = -3.

Square root of a square

x2=∣x∣\sqrt{x^{2}} = \lvert x \rvert

The result is the absolute value of xx, since a principal square root is never negative.

Product rule for roots

ab=a×b\sqrt{ab} = \sqrt{a} \times \sqrt{b}

Valid for a≥0a \geq 0 and b≥0b \geq 0. Used to simplify roots by pulling out perfect-square factors.

Quotient rule for roots

ab=ab\sqrt{\frac{a}{b}} = \frac{\sqrt{a}}{\sqrt{b}}

Valid for a≥0a \geq 0 and b>0b > 0. The root of a fraction is the root of the top over the root of the bottom.

Simplifying a square root

a2b=ab\sqrt{a^{2}b} = a\sqrt{b}

For a≥0a \geq 0 and b≥0b \geq 0, move a perfect-square factor a2a^{2} outside the root as aa.

Squaring a number ending in 5

(10a+5)2=100a(a+1)+25(10a + 5)^{2} = 100a(a + 1) + 25

Multiply the leading part aa by the next integer and write 25 after it, so 352=122535^{2} = 1225.

Gap between consecutive squares

(n+1)2−n2=2n+1(n + 1)^{2} - n^{2} = 2n + 1

Consecutive squares differ by consecutive odd numbers, so n2n^{2} to (n+1)2(n + 1)^{2} always steps by 2n+12n + 1.

Pythagorean triples

(m2−n2, 2mn, m2+n2)(m^{2} - n^{2}, \ 2mn, \ m^{2} + n^{2})

For integers m>n>0m > n > 0 these three numbers always satisfy a2+b2=c2a^{2} + b^{2} = c^{2}. m=2,n=1m = 2, n = 1 gives 3, 4, 5.

Example: 72=36×2=62≈6×1.41421≈8.4853\sqrt{72} = \sqrt{36 \times 2} = 6\sqrt{2} \approx 6 \times 1.41421 \approx 8.4853.

Sum Formulas For Natural Numbers

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sum of natural numbers formula

1+2+3+⋯+n=n(n+1)21 + 2 + 3 + \cdots + n = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}

Adds the first nn counting numbers. Pairing the first and last terms gives nn halves of n+1n + 1.

Sum of even numbers formula

2+4+6+⋯+2n=n(n+1)2 + 4 + 6 + \cdots + 2n = n(n + 1)

Adds the first nn even numbers. It is twice the sum of the first nn natural numbers.

Sum of odd numbers

1+3+5+⋯+(2n−1)=n21 + 3 + 5 + \cdots + (2n - 1) = n^{2}

The first nn odd numbers always add to a perfect square, for example 1+3+5=91 + 3 + 5 = 9.

Sum of squares

12+22+⋯+n2=n(n+1)(2n+1)61^{2} + 2^{2} + \cdots + n^{2} = \frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}

Adds the squares of the first nn natural numbers. The answer is always a whole number.

Sum of cubes of n natural numbers

13+23+⋯+n3=[n(n+1)2]21^{3} + 2^{3} + \cdots + n^{3} = \left[\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\right]^{2}

The sum of the first nn cubes equals the square of the sum of the first nn natural numbers.

Sum of squares of the first n even numbers

22+42+⋯+(2n)2=2n(n+1)(2n+1)32^{2} + 4^{2} + \cdots + (2n)^{2} = \frac{2n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{3}

Four times the sum of the first nn squares, because each term is 4k24k^{2}.

Sum of squares of the first n odd numbers

12+32+⋯+(2n−1)2=n(2n−1)(2n+1)31^{2} + 3^{2} + \cdots + (2n - 1)^{2} = \frac{n(2n - 1)(2n + 1)}{3}

Adds the squares of the first nn odd numbers, for example 1+9+25=351 + 9 + 25 = 35 when n=3n = 3.

Sum of consecutive integers from a to b

a+(a+1)+⋯+b=(b−a+1)(a+b)2a + (a + 1) + \cdots + b = \frac{(b - a + 1)(a + b)}{2}

Number of terms times the average of the first and last terms, for integers a≤ba \leq b.

Sum of multiples of k up to N

k×m(m+1)2k \times \frac{m(m + 1)}{2}

Here m=⌊Nk⌋m = \left\lfloor \frac{N}{k} \right\rfloor is the number of multiples of kk from 1 to NN.

Example: 12+22+⋯+102=10×11×216=23106=3851^{2} + 2^{2} + \cdots + 10^{2} = \frac{10 \times 11 \times 21}{6} = \frac{2310}{6} = 385.

Division Algorithm Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Dividend, divisor, quotient and remainder

a=bq+r,0≤r<ba = bq + r, \quad 0 \leq r < b

Dividend aa equals divisor bb times quotient qq plus remainder rr, for integers with b>0b > 0. The remainder is always smaller than the divisor.

Finding the divisor

b=a−rqb = \frac{a - r}{q}

Rearranges the division algorithm when the dividend, quotient and remainder are known, with q≠0q \neq 0.

Finding the quotient

q=⌊ab⌋q = \left\lfloor \frac{a}{b} \right\rfloor

The quotient is the whole-number part of a÷ba \div b, found by rounding down, for positive aa and bb.

Exact division

r=0  ⟺  b∣ar = 0 \iff b \mid a

A zero remainder means bb is a factor of aa and aa is a multiple of bb.

Same remainder test

a≡c(modm)  ⟺  m∣(a−c)a \equiv c \pmod{m} \iff m \mid (a - c)

Two integers leave the same remainder on division by mm exactly when mm divides their difference.

Remainder of a sum

(a+c) mod m=[(a mod m)+(c mod m)] mod m(a + c) \bmod m = [(a \bmod m) + (c \bmod m)] \bmod m

Find each remainder first, add them, then take the remainder again. Saves work with large numbers.

Remainder of a product

(a×c) mod m=[(a mod m)×(c mod m)] mod m(a \times c) \bmod m = [(a \bmod m) \times (c \bmod m)] \bmod m

Multiply the separate remainders and reduce again. Used to find remainders of large products and powers.

Division involving zero

0a=0\frac{0}{a} = 0

Zero divided by any nonzero aa is 0, but a0\frac{a}{0} is undefined for every number aa.

Example: Dividing 257 by 12 gives q=21q = 21 and r=257−12×21=5r = 257 - 12 \times 21 = 5, so 257=12×21+5257 = 12 \times 21 + 5.

Counting Integers And Even Or Odd Rules

Formula

Expression

What it means

Integers from a to b, both included

b−a+1b - a + 1

Counts every integer in the closed range from aa to bb, where a≤ba \leq b. From 15 to 40 there are 26.

Integers from a to b, both excluded

b−a−1b - a - 1

Counts only the integers strictly between aa and bb, where a<ba < b.

Integers from a to b, one end included

b−ab - a

Counts the integers when exactly one of the two endpoints is part of the range.

Multiples of k from 1 to N

⌊Nk⌋\left\lfloor \frac{N}{k} \right\rfloor

Divide NN by kk and drop the decimal part, for positive integers NN and kk.

Multiples of k from a to b

⌊bk⌋−⌊a−1k⌋\left\lfloor \frac{b}{k} \right\rfloor - \left\lfloor \frac{a - 1}{k} \right\rfloor

Multiples up to bb minus multiples below aa, for positive integers a≤ba \leq b.

Terms in an equally spaced list

last−firstd+1\frac{\text{last} - \text{first}}{d} + 1

Counts the numbers in a list with constant gap dd, such as 7,11,15,…,997, 11, 15, \ldots, 99.

Even number

2k2k

Any integer of the form 2k2k, where kk is an integer, is even. Zero is even.

Odd numbers

2k+12k + 1

Any integer of the form 2k+12k + 1, where kk is an integer, is odd. It leaves remainder 1 when divided by 2.

Sum of two evens or two odds

2m+2n=2(m+n)2m + 2n = 2(m + n)

Even plus even is even, and odd plus odd is also even, since (2m+1)+(2n+1)=2(m+n+1)(2m + 1) + (2n + 1) = 2(m + n + 1).

Sum of an even and an odd

2m+(2n+1)=2(m+n)+12m + (2n + 1) = 2(m + n) + 1

Adding or subtracting an even and an odd number always gives an odd number.

Products of evens and odds

(2m+1)(2n+1)=2(2mn+m+n)+1(2m + 1)(2n + 1) = 2(2mn + m + n) + 1

Odd times odd is odd. If at least one factor is even, the product is even.

Consecutive integers

n, n+1, n+2, …n, \ n + 1, \ n + 2, \ \ldots

Integers one apart. Consecutive even or odd integers step by 2, as in n, n+2, n+4n, \ n + 2, \ n + 4.

Product of consecutive integers

n(n+1)n(n + 1) is even

Any two consecutive integers include an even number, and any three consecutive integers have a product divisible by 6.

Example: The multiples of 7 from 10 to 50 number ⌊507⌋−⌊97⌋=7−1=6\left\lfloor \frac{50}{7} \right\rfloor - \left\lfloor \frac{9}{7} \right\rfloor = 7 - 1 = 6, namely 14, 21, 28, 35, 42 and 49.

Commercial Math And Measurement Formulas

These formulas cover money problems (interest, profit and loss, discounts, tax), motion and work problems, and conversions between units of length, area, volume, mass, temperature and time. They are used from Grade 6 arithmetic up to the aptitude sections of competitive exams.

Simple Interest

Formula

Expression

What it means

Simple interest

SI=P×R×T100SI = \frac{P \times R \times T}{100}

PP is the principal, RR the rate in percent per year and TT the time in years. Interest is charged only on the original principal.

Amount

A=P+SIA = P + SI

The total repaid or received at the end of the period is the principal plus the interest.

Amount in one step

A=P(1+RT100)A = P\left(1 + \frac{RT}{100}\right)

Gives the final amount directly without finding the interest first. PP, RR and TT mean the same as above.

Principal

P=100×SIR×TP = \frac{100 \times SI}{R \times T}

Rearranged form used when the interest, rate and time are known and the sum lent is unknown.

Rate

R=100×SIP×TR = \frac{100 \times SI}{P \times T}

Finds the yearly rate in percent from the interest, the principal and the time in years.

Time period

T=100×SIP×RT = \frac{100 \times SI}{P \times R}

Finds the number of years needed to earn a given interest on principal PP at RR% per year.

Interest with a decimal rate

I=PrtI = Prt

The same formula with rr written as a decimal (8% becomes 0.08) and tt in years, as in US textbooks.

Time in months or days

T=m12T = \frac{m}{12} or T=d365T = \frac{d}{365}

Change mm months or dd days into years before putting TT into the simple interest formula.

Time for a sum to become k times

T=100(k−1)RT = \frac{100(k - 1)}{R}

Years needed at simple interest for the amount to reach kk times the principal at a rate of RR% per year.

Example: For P=5000P = 5000, R=8R = 8 and T=3T = 3, SI=5000×8×3100=1200SI = \frac{5000 \times 8 \times 3}{100} = 1200, so the amount is 5000+1200=62005000 + 1200 = 6200 rupees.

Compound Interest

In this table RR is the yearly rate in percent and nn is the number of years, unless a row says otherwise.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Amount, compounded annually

A=P(1+R100)nA = P\left(1 + \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}

PP is the principal. Interest is added once a year, and each year's interest also earns interest after that.

Compound interest

CI=A−PCI = A - P

The compound interest earned is the final amount minus the principal that was invested.

Compounded half-yearly

A=P(1+R200)2nA = P\left(1 + \frac{R}{200}\right)^{2n}

Interest is added every six months, so the rate per period is halved and the number of periods doubles.

Compounded quarterly

A=P(1+R400)4nA = P\left(1 + \frac{R}{400}\right)^{4n}

Interest is added four times a year, so each quarter uses R4\frac{R}{4}% and there are 4n4n periods.

Compounded n times a year

A=P(1+rn)ntA = P\left(1 + \frac{r}{n}\right)^{nt}

General form. Here rr is the annual rate as a decimal, nn the compounding periods per year and tt the years. Monthly uses n=12n = 12, daily n=365n = 365.

Compounded continuously

A=PertA = Pe^{rt}

e≈2.71828e \approx 2.71828, rr is the annual rate as a decimal and tt the time in years. It is the limit of compounding ever more often.

Different rates in successive years

A=P(1+R1100)(1+R2100)(1+R3100)A = P\left(1 + \frac{R_{1}}{100}\right)\left(1 + \frac{R_{2}}{100}\right)\left(1 + \frac{R_{3}}{100}\right)

Used when the rate changes each year, with R1R_{1}% in the first year, R2R_{2}% in the second and so on.

Fractional number of years

A=P(1+R100)n(1+fR100)A = P\left(1 + \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}\left(1 + \frac{fR}{100}\right)

For nn whole years plus a fraction ff of a year, with simple interest on the part year. For 2.5 years, n=2n = 2 and f=12f = \frac{1}{2}.

CI minus SI for 2 years

CI−SI=P(R100)2CI - SI = P\left(\frac{R}{100}\right)^{2}

The extra interest over two years caused by the first year's interest earning interest. Assumes annual compounding.

CI minus SI for 3 years

CI−SI=P(R100)2(3+R100)CI - SI = P\left(\frac{R}{100}\right)^{2}\left(3 + \frac{R}{100}\right)

The gap between compound and simple interest over three years on the same principal at the same annual rate.

Rule of 72

t≈72Rt \approx \frac{72}{R}

A quick estimate of the years needed for money to double at RR% compounded yearly. It is most accurate near 8%.

Example: 10000 rupees at 8% per year compounded quarterly for 1 year gives A=10000(1+8400)4=10000×1.024≈10824.32A = 10000\left(1 + \frac{8}{400}\right)^{4} = 10000 \times 1.02^{4} \approx 10824.32, so CI≈824.32CI \approx 824.32 rupees.

Effective Annual Rate, Present Value And Loans

Formula

Expression

What it means

Effective annual rate

EAR=(1+rn)n−1EAR = \left(1 + \frac{r}{n}\right)^{n} - 1

The true yearly growth when a nominal decimal rate rr is compounded nn times a year. Used to compare savings or loan offers.

EAR with continuous compounding

EAR=er−1EAR = e^{r} - 1

The effective yearly rate when the nominal decimal rate rr is compounded continuously.

Nominal rate from EAR

r=n[(1+EAR)1n−1]r = n\left[(1 + EAR)^{\frac{1}{n}} - 1\right]

Turns an effective annual rate back into the nominal rate that is compounded nn times per year.

Present value

PV=A(1+rn)ntPV = \frac{A}{\left(1 + \frac{r}{n}\right)^{nt}}

The sum to invest today to reach amount AA after tt years at nominal rate rr compounded nn times a year.

Compound annual growth rate

CAGR=(VfVi)1t−1CAGR = \left(\frac{V_{f}}{V_{i}}\right)^{\frac{1}{t}} - 1

The steady yearly growth rate, as a decimal, that takes a starting value ViV_{i} to a final value VfV_{f} in tt years.

Loan EMI

EMI=P⋅i⋅(1+i)N(1+i)N−1EMI = \frac{P \cdot i \cdot (1 + i)^{N}}{(1 + i)^{N} - 1}

Equal monthly instalment on a loan PP, where ii is the monthly rate as a decimal (annual rate divided by 12) and NN the number of months.

Example: A nominal rate of 12% compounded monthly has EAR=(1+0.1212)12−1=1.0112−1≈0.1268EAR = \left(1 + \frac{0.12}{12}\right)^{12} - 1 = 1.01^{12} - 1 \approx 0.1268, which is about 12.68% per year.

Appreciation And Depreciation

Formula

Expression

What it means

Appreciation

V=V0(1+R100)nV = V_{0}\left(1 + \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}

Value after nn years when an asset worth V0V_{0} gains RR% of its current value every year, such as land.

Depreciation

V=V0(1−R100)nV = V_{0}\left(1 - \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}

Value after nn years when an item worth V0V_{0} loses RR% of its current value every year, such as a car.

Original value from depreciated value

V0=V(1−R100)nV_{0} = \frac{V}{\left(1 - \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}}

Works backward from today's value VV to the value nn years ago under yearly depreciation at RR%.

Population growth

Pn=P0(1+R100)nP_{n} = P_{0}\left(1 + \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}

Population after nn years when it grows by RR% a year from P0P_{0}. Use a minus sign for a yearly decline.

Population n years ago

P0=Pn(1+R100)nP_{0} = \frac{P_{n}}{\left(1 + \frac{R}{100}\right)^{n}}

Finds the earlier population from the present one PnP_{n} when the growth rate RR% has stayed constant.

Growth then decline

V=V0(1+R1100)(1−R2100)V = V_{0}\left(1 + \frac{R_{1}}{100}\right)\left(1 - \frac{R_{2}}{100}\right)

A rise of R1R_{1}% in one year followed by a fall of R2R_{2}% the next. Add one factor for each extra year.

Straight-line depreciation

D=C−SnD = \frac{C - S}{n}

Equal yearly depreciation DD for an asset that costs CC and has scrap value SS after a useful life of nn years.

Example: A machine bought for 50000 rupees depreciates at 10% a year, so after 2 years it is worth 50000×0.92=50000×0.81=4050050000 \times 0.9^{2} = 50000 \times 0.81 = 40500 rupees.

Profit And Loss

Formula

Expression

What it means

Profit

Profit=SP−CP\text{Profit} = SP - CP

A profit is made when the selling price SPSP is more than the cost price CPCP.

Loss

Loss=CP−SP\text{Loss} = CP - SP

A loss is made when the cost price CPCP is more than the selling price SPSP.

Profit percentage

Profit,\text{Profit},% = \frac{\text{Profit}}{CP} \times 100

Profit written as a percent of the cost price. Profit and loss percents are based on CPCP unless a question says otherwise.

Loss percentage

Loss,\text{Loss},% = \frac{\text{Loss}}{CP} \times 100

Loss written as a percent of the cost price CPCP, used to compare losses on items of different prices.

Selling price at a profit

SP = CP \times \frac{100 + P%}{100}

Finds the selling price when the cost price and the wanted profit percent PP% are known.

Selling price at a loss

SP = CP \times \frac{100 - L%}{100}

Finds the selling price when an item is sold at a loss of LL% on its cost price.

Cost price from SP and profit

CP = \frac{100 \times SP}{100 + P%}

Works back to the cost price when the selling price and the profit percent are given.

Cost price from SP and loss

CP = \frac{100 \times SP}{100 - L%}

Works back to the cost price when the selling price and the loss percent are given.

Profit margin

Margin,\text{Margin},% = \frac{\text{Profit}}{SP} \times 100

Profit as a percent of the selling price, common in business. It is smaller than the profit percent on cost whenever there is a profit.

Same SP with equal gain and loss

Net loss,\text{Net loss},% = \frac{x^{2}}{100}

Two items sold at the same price, one at an xx% gain and one at an xx% loss, always give an overall loss of this percent.

Gain with a false weight

Gain,\text{Gain},% = \frac{\text{True weight} - \text{False weight}}{\text{False weight}} \times 100

A seller who charges the cost price but hands over less than the true weight makes this percent profit.

Partnership profit share

$\text{Share}{A} : \text{Share}{B} = C_{A}T_{A} : C_{B}T_{B}$

Partners divide profit in the ratio of each capital CC multiplied by the time TT for which it was invested.

Example: An item costing 800 rupees is sold at a 20% profit, so SP=800×120100=960SP = 800 \times \frac{120}{100} = 960 rupees and the profit is 960−800=160960 - 800 = 160 rupees.

Discount And Marked Price

The marked price (list price) is the price printed on the item, and a discount is always worked out on it.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Discount

D=MP−SPD = MP - SP

Discount is the reduction from the marked price MPMP to the selling price SPSP that the buyer actually pays.

Discount percentage

DD% = \frac{D}{MP} \times 100

Discount written as a percent of the marked price, never of the cost price.

Selling price after discount

SP=MP(1−d100)SP = MP\left(1 - \frac{d}{100}\right)

The price paid after a discount of dd% is taken off the marked price MPMP.

Marked price from SP

MP=100×SP100−dMP = \frac{100 \times SP}{100 - d}

Finds the list price when the selling price and the discount rate dd% are known.

Markup

MP=CP(1+m100)MP = CP\left(1 + \frac{m}{100}\right)

A seller who marks goods mm% above the cost price CPCP sets the marked price this way.

Marked price for a target profit

MP = CP \times \frac{100 + P%}{100 - d%}

The marked price that still leaves a profit of PP% on cost after a discount of dd% is given.

Profit after markup and discount

Profit,\text{Profit},% = m - d - \frac{md}{100}

Net profit percent on cost when goods are marked mm% above cost and then sold at a dd% discount.

Buy x get y free

Discount,\text{Discount},% = \frac{y}{x + y} \times 100

The effective discount when a customer pays for xx items and takes home x+yx + y items.

Example: To make a 20% profit on a cost of 1000 rupees while giving a 10% discount, MP=1000×12090≈1333.33MP = 1000 \times \frac{120}{90} \approx 1333.33 rupees.

Successive Discounts And Percentage Changes

Formula

Expression

What it means

Two successive discounts

d=d1+d2−d1d2100d = d_{1} + d_{2} - \frac{d_{1}d_{2}}{100}

The single discount equal to d1d_{1}% followed by d2d_{2}%. The second discount applies to the already reduced price.

Price after successive discounts

SP=MP(1−d1100)(1−d2100)(1−d3100)SP = MP\left(1 - \frac{d_{1}}{100}\right)\left(1 - \frac{d_{2}}{100}\right)\left(1 - \frac{d_{3}}{100}\right)

Multiply one factor for each discount. The order does not matter, but the discounts cannot simply be added.

Two successive changes

Net change,\text{Net change},% = a + b + \frac{ab}{100}

Net percent change after a change of aa% and then bb%. Use positive values for increases and negative values for decreases.

Rise and fall by the same percent

Net change,\text{Net change},% = -\frac{x^{2}}{100}

An increase of xx% and a decrease of xx%, in either order, always end in a net decrease.

Fixed spending after a price rise

Cut,\text{Cut},% = \frac{r}{100 + r} \times 100

How much consumption must drop when the price rises by rr% so that total spending stays the same.

Fixed spending after a price fall

Increase,\text{Increase},% = \frac{r}{100 - r} \times 100

How much consumption can grow when the price falls by rr% while total spending stays the same.

Example: Discounts of 20% and 10% equal a single discount of 20+10−20×10100=2820 + 10 - \frac{20 \times 10}{100} = 28%, so an item marked 2000 rupees sells for 2000×0.8×0.9=14402000 \times 0.8 \times 0.9 = 1440 rupees.

GST And Sales Tax

Formula

Expression

What it means

Tax amount

Tax=t100×P\text{Tax} = \frac{t}{100} \times P

Tax on a pre-tax price PP at a rate of tt%. The same formula works for GST, VAT and US sales tax.

Price including tax

Pincl=P(1+t100)P_{\text{incl}} = P\left(1 + \frac{t}{100}\right)

The final bill when tax at tt% is added to the pre-tax price PP.

Pre-tax price from inclusive price

P=100×Pincl100+tP = \frac{100 \times P_{\text{incl}}}{100 + t}

Removes the tax from a tax-inclusive price. Subtracting tt% of the inclusive price gives the wrong answer.

Tax inside an inclusive price

Tax=Pincl×t100+t\text{Tax} = P_{\text{incl}} \times \frac{t}{100 + t}

The tax portion contained in a price that already includes tax at tt%.

CGST and SGST split

CGST=SGST=GST2\text{CGST} = \text{SGST} = \frac{\text{GST}}{2}

For a sale within one Indian state, the GST is split equally between the central and the state government.

IGST

IGST=GST\text{IGST} = \text{GST}

For a sale between two Indian states, the full GST is charged as one integrated tax.

Net GST payable

GST payable=Output GST−Input tax credit\text{GST payable} = \text{Output GST} - \text{Input tax credit}

A business pays the tax collected on its sales minus the tax it already paid on its purchases.

Discount then tax

Pfinal=MP(1−d100)(1+t100)P_{\text{final}} = MP\left(1 - \frac{d}{100}\right)\left(1 + \frac{t}{100}\right)

Tax is charged on the price after discount, so apply the discount factor first and then the tax factor.

Example: An item priced at 2000 rupees with 18% GST carries Tax=18100×2000=360\text{Tax} = \frac{18}{100} \times 2000 = 360, so the bill is 2360 rupees, with 180 rupees each of CGST and SGST for a sale within one state.

Speed, Distance And Time

Formula

Expression

What it means

Speed

S=DTS = \frac{D}{T}

Speed SS is the distance DD covered per unit of time TT. Keep units matched, such as km with hours.

Distance

D=S×TD = S \times T

Distance travelled when moving at a constant speed SS for a time TT.

Time

T=DST = \frac{D}{S}

Time taken to cover a distance DD at a constant speed SS.

km/h to m/s

vm/s=vkm/h×518v_{\text{m/s}} = v_{\text{km/h}} \times \frac{5}{18}

Multiply by 518\frac{5}{18} because 1 km is 1000 m and 1 hour is 3600 seconds.

m/s to km/h

vkm/h=vm/s×185v_{\text{km/h}} = v_{\text{m/s}} \times \frac{18}{5}

The reverse conversion. For example, a speed of 10 m/s equals 36 km/h.

Average speed

Average speed=Total distanceTotal time\text{Average speed} = \frac{\text{Total distance}}{\text{Total time}}

Always divide total distance by total time. Taking the plain mean of the speeds is wrong when the times differ.

Average speed over two equal distances

vˉ=2xyx+y\bar{v} = \frac{2xy}{x + y}

Average speed when two equal distances are covered at speeds xx and yy. It is the harmonic mean of the two speeds.

Average speed over three equal distances

vˉ=3xyzxy+yz+zx\bar{v} = \frac{3xyz}{xy + yz + zx}

Average speed when three equal distances are covered at speeds xx, yy and zz.

Average speed over equal times

vˉ=x+y2\bar{v} = \frac{x + y}{2}

When the same amount of time is spent at speeds xx and yy, the ordinary mean of the two speeds is correct.

Speed and time for a fixed distance

S1S2=T2T1\frac{S_{1}}{S_{2}} = \frac{T_{2}}{T_{1}}

Over the same distance, speed and time are inversely proportional, so doubling the speed halves the time.

Distance from late and early arrival

D=S1S2(t1+t2)S2−S1D = \frac{S_{1}S_{2}(t_{1} + t_{2})}{S_{2} - S_{1}}

At the slower speed S1S_{1} a traveller arrives t1t_{1} late and at the faster speed S2S_{2} arrives t2t_{2} early. Times in hours.

Example: A car drives 120 km at 40 km/h and returns at 60 km/h, so its average speed is 2×40×6040+60=48,km/h\frac{2 \times 40 \times 60}{40 + 60} = 48,\text{km/h} (240 km in 5 hours).

Relative Speed, Trains, Boats And Streams

Formula

Expression

What it means

Relative speed, same direction

Sr=∣u−v∣S_{r} = \lvert u - v \rvert

When two objects move the same way at speeds uu and vv, the gap between them changes at the difference.

Relative speed, opposite directions

Sr=u+vS_{r} = u + v

When two objects move towards or away from each other at speeds uu and vv, the speeds add.

Time to meet

T=du+vT = \frac{d}{u + v}

Time for two objects dd apart, moving towards each other at speeds uu and vv, to meet.

Time to catch up

T=du−vT = \frac{d}{u - v}

Time for a faster object at speed uu to close a gap dd on a slower one at vv going the same way, with u>vu > v.

Train passing a pole or person

T=LST = \frac{L}{S}

A train of length LL moving at speed SS must cover its own length to pass a point object.

Train passing a platform or bridge

T=L+PST = \frac{L + P}{S}

The train must cover its own length LL plus the length PP of the platform or bridge.

Two trains crossing, opposite directions

T=L1+L2u+vT = \frac{L_{1} + L_{2}}{u + v}

Time for trains of lengths L1L_{1} and L2L_{2}, moving towards each other at speeds uu and vv, to pass completely.

Two trains crossing, same direction

T=L1+L2u−vT = \frac{L_{1} + L_{2}}{u - v}

Time for the faster train at speed uu to fully overtake the slower train at speed vv, with u>vu > v.

Downstream speed

vd=b+sv_{d} = b + s

A boat with speed bb in still water moves along with a current of speed ss, so the speeds add.

Upstream speed

vu=b−sv_{u} = b - s

Moving against the current, the boat's speed is its still-water speed bb minus the stream speed ss.

Speed in still water

b=vd+vu2b = \frac{v_{d} + v_{u}}{2}

The boat's still-water speed is the mean of its downstream speed vdv_{d} and upstream speed vuv_{u}.

Speed of the stream

s=vd−vu2s = \frac{v_{d} - v_{u}}{2}

The speed of the current is half the difference between the downstream and upstream speeds.

Example: A 200 m train at 72,km/h=72×518=20,m/s72,\text{km/h} = 72 \times \frac{5}{18} = 20,\text{m/s} crosses a 300 m platform in 200+30020=25\frac{200 + 300}{20} = 25 seconds.

Time And Work

These rows assume that each worker or pipe keeps a constant rate.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Work rate

Rate=1n\text{Rate} = \frac{1}{n}

A worker who finishes a whole job in nn days completes 1n\frac{1}{n} of the job each day.

Work done

W=Rate×TW = \text{Rate} \times T

The fraction of the job finished equals the work rate multiplied by the time TT spent working.

Combined rate

1T=1a+1b\frac{1}{T} = \frac{1}{a} + \frac{1}{b}

When workers who take aa and bb days alone work together, their daily rates add. TT is the joint time.

Two workers together

T=aba+bT = \frac{ab}{a + b}

Time for two workers, who need aa and bb days alone, to finish the job together.

Three workers together

T=abcab+bc+caT = \frac{abc}{ab + bc + ca}

Joint time for three workers who need aa, bb and cc days alone.

One worker alone from the joint time

TB=aTa−TT_{B} = \frac{aT}{a - T}

If A alone takes aa days and A and B together take TT days, B alone takes this long. Needs a>Ta > T.

Work equivalence

M1D1H1W1=M2D2H2W2\frac{M_{1}D_{1}H_{1}}{W_{1}} = \frac{M_{2}D_{2}H_{2}}{W_{2}}

MM is workers, DD days, HH hours per day and WW the amount of work. Used to rescale a job to a new team.

Efficiency and time

EAEB=TBTA\frac{E_{A}}{E_{B}} = \frac{T_{B}}{T_{A}}

Efficiency and time for the same job are inversely proportional, so a worker twice as efficient takes half the time.

Pipe filling with a leak

T=abb−aT = \frac{ab}{b - a}

A pipe fills a tank in aa hours and a leak empties it in bb hours, with b>ab > a. TT is the net filling time.

Net rate of several pipes

1T=∑1fi−∑1ej\frac{1}{T} = \sum \frac{1}{f_{i}} - \sum \frac{1}{e_{j}}

Add the rates of the filling pipes (times fif_{i}) and subtract the rates of the emptying pipes (times eje_{j}).

Sharing wages

$\text{Share}{A} : \text{Share}{B} = W_{A} : W_{B}$

Pay for a joint job is divided in the ratio of the work each person did, which is rate times time.

Example: If A finishes a job in 12 days and B in 6 days, together they need 12×612+6=7218=4\frac{12 \times 6}{12 + 6} = \frac{72}{18} = 4 days.

Length Conversions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Kilometre to metre

1,km=1000,m1,\text{km} = 1000,\text{m}

Multiply kilometres by 1000 to get metres. Metric length units change by powers of 10.

Metre to centimetre

1,m=100,cm1,\text{m} = 100,\text{cm}

Multiply metres by 100 to get centimetres, and divide centimetres by 100 to get metres.

Centimetre to millimetre

1,cm=10,mm1,\text{cm} = 10,\text{mm}

Multiply centimetres by 10 to get millimetres. One metre is 1000 millimetres.

Inch to centimetre

1,in=2.54,cm1,\text{in} = 2.54,\text{cm}

Exact by definition. Multiply inches by 2.54 for centimetres, or divide centimetres by 2.54 for inches.

Foot to inches

1,ft=12,in1,\text{ft} = 12,\text{in}

One foot is 12 inches, so multiply feet by 12 to get inches.

Foot to meters

1,ft=0.3048,m1,\text{ft} = 0.3048,\text{m}

Exact value. Multiply feet by 0.3048 for metres. One metre is about 3.2808 feet.

Yard to metre

1,yd=3,ft=0.9144,m1,\text{yd} = 3,\text{ft} = 0.9144,\text{m}

One yard is three feet or 36 inches, which is exactly 0.9144 metres.

Miles to km

1,mile=1.609344,km1,\text{mile} = 1.609344,\text{km}

Exact value. Multiply miles by 1.609344 (often rounded to 1.61) to get kilometres. One mile is 1760 yards.

Kilometres to miles

1,km≈0.621371,mile1,\text{km} \approx 0.621371,\text{mile}

Multiply kilometres by about 0.6214 to get miles, the reverse of the row above.

Nautical mile

1,nautical mile=1852,m1,\text{nautical mile} = 1852,\text{m}

Used at sea and in the air. A speed of one nautical mile per hour is called one knot.

Example: A 10 km race is 10×0.621371≈6.2110 \times 0.621371 \approx 6.21 miles, and a height of 6 ft is 6×0.3048=1.8288,m6 \times 0.3048 = 1.8288,\text{m}.

Mass And Capacity Conversions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Kilogram to gram

1,kg=1000,g1,\text{kg} = 1000,\text{g}

Multiply kilograms by 1000 to get grams. One gram is 1000 milligrams.

Tonne to kilogram

1,t=1000,kg1,\text{t} = 1000,\text{kg}

A metric tonne is 1000 kilograms. It differs from the US short ton of 2000 pounds.

Pound to kilogram

1,lb=0.45359237,kg1,\text{lb} = 0.45359237,\text{kg}

Exact by definition. Multiply pounds by about 0.4536 to get kilograms.

Kilogram to pound

1,kg≈2.20462,lb1,\text{kg} \approx 2.20462,\text{lb}

Multiply kilograms by about 2.2046 to get pounds.

Pound to ounce

1,lb=16,oz1,\text{lb} = 16,\text{oz}

One pound is 16 ounces, and one ounce is about 28.35 grams.

Litre to millilitre

1,L=1000,mL1,\text{L} = 1000,\text{mL}

Multiply litres by 1000 to get millilitres. One millilitre is the same volume as one cubic centimetre.

US gallon to litre

1,US gal=3.785411784,L1,\text{US gal} = 3.785411784,\text{L}

Exact value, about 3.785 litres. This is the gallon used for fuel and milk in the United States.

UK gallon to litre

1,UK gal=4.54609,L1,\text{UK gal} = 4.54609,\text{L}

The imperial gallon, exactly 4.54609 litres, is larger than the US gallon.

Example: A mass of 70 kg is 70×2.20462≈154.3270 \times 2.20462 \approx 154.32 pounds.

Area And Volume Unit Conversions

To convert an area, square the length factor, and to convert a volume, cube it.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area conversion rule

Area factor=k2\text{Area factor} = k^{2}

If one large unit of length equals kk small units, one square large unit equals k2k^{2} square small units.

Volume conversion rule

Volume factor=k3\text{Volume factor} = k^{3}

If one large unit of length equals kk small units, one cubic large unit equals k3k^{3} cubic small units.

Square centimetres to square metres

1,m2=10000,cm21,\text{m}^{2} = 10000,\text{cm}^{2}

Divide square centimetres by 10,000 to get square metres, because 1002=10000100^{2} = 10000.

Square kilometre to square metre

1,km2=106,m21,\text{km}^{2} = 10^{6},\text{m}^{2}

One square kilometre is one million square metres, since 10002=1061000^{2} = 10^{6}.

Hectare

1,ha=10000,m21,\text{ha} = 10000,\text{m}^{2}

A hectare is the area of a square 100 m on each side. One square kilometre is 100 hectares.

Acre

1,acre=4046.8564224,m21,\text{acre} = 4046.8564224,\text{m}^{2}

Exact value, about 0.4047 hectare. One acre is also 43,560 square feet.

Square foot to square inches

1,ft2=144,in21,\text{ft}^{2} = 144,\text{in}^{2}

Since one foot is 12 inches, one square foot is 122=14412^{2} = 144 square inches.

Square metre to square feet

1,m2≈10.7639,ft21,\text{m}^{2} \approx 10.7639,\text{ft}^{2}

Multiply square metres by about 10.764 to get square feet, often used for room and flat sizes.

Cubic metre to cubic centimetre

1,m3=106,cm31,\text{m}^{3} = 10^{6},\text{cm}^{3}

One cubic metre is one million cubic centimetres, since 1003=106100^{3} = 10^{6}.

Cubic centimetre to millilitre

1,cm3=1,mL1,\text{cm}^{3} = 1,\text{mL}

Links volume to capacity. A 1 cm cube holds one millilitre, so 1000 cubic centimetres make one litre.

Cubic metre to litre

1,m3=1000,L1,\text{m}^{3} = 1000,\text{L}

Used in tank and water-storage problems. Multiply cubic metres by 1000 to get litres.

Cubic foot to litre

1,ft3≈28.3168,L1,\text{ft}^{3} \approx 28.3168,\text{L}

One cubic foot holds about 28.32 litres, found from 0.30483,m30.3048^{3},\text{m}^{3}.

Example: A tank measuring 2 m by 1.5 m by 1 m has volume 2×1.5×1=3,m32 \times 1.5 \times 1 = 3,\text{m}^{3}, which holds 3×1000=3000,L3 \times 1000 = 3000,\text{L} of water.

Temperature Conversions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Celsius to Fahrenheit

F=95C+32F = \frac{9}{5}C + 32

Multiply the Celsius reading CC by 1.8 and then add 32 to get the Fahrenheit reading FF.

Fahrenheit to Celsius

C=59(F−32)C = \frac{5}{9}(F - 32)

Subtract 32 from the Fahrenheit reading first, then multiply the result by 59\frac{5}{9}.

Celsius to Kelvin

K=C+273.15K = C + 273.15

Add 273.15 to the Celsius reading. Kelvin is written without a degree sign, and 0 K is absolute zero.

Kelvin to Celsius

C=K−273.15C = K - 273.15

Subtract 273.15 from the kelvin value. Many school problems round this constant to 273.

Kelvin to Fahrenheit

F=95(K−273.15)+32F = \frac{9}{5}(K - 273.15) + 32

Changes kelvin to Celsius and then Celsius to Fahrenheit in a single step.

Fahrenheit to Kelvin

K=59(F−32)+273.15K = \frac{5}{9}(F - 32) + 273.15

Changes Fahrenheit to Celsius and then adds 273.15 to reach the kelvin value.

Temperature change

ΔF=95ΔC\Delta F = \frac{9}{5}\Delta C and ΔK=ΔC\Delta K = \Delta C

For a difference in temperature, do not add 32 or 273.15. A rise of 10 degrees Celsius is a rise of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.

Equal reading

−40∘C=−40∘F-40^{\circ}\text{C} = -40^{\circ}\text{F}

The only temperature at which the Celsius and Fahrenheit scales show the same number.

Example: Normal body temperature of 37∘C37^{\circ}\text{C} is 95×37+32=66.6+32=98.6∘F\frac{9}{5} \times 37 + 32 = 66.6 + 32 = 98.6^{\circ}\text{F}.

Time Conversions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Minute to seconds

1,min=60,s1,\text{min} = 60,\text{s}

Multiply minutes by 60 to get seconds, and divide seconds by 60 to get minutes.

Hour to seconds

1,h=60,min=3600,s1,\text{h} = 60,\text{min} = 3600,\text{s}

Multiply hours by 3600 to get seconds. This factor is used when changing km/h into m/s.

Day

1,day=24,h=1440,min=86400,s1,\text{day} = 24,\text{h} = 1440,\text{min} = 86400,\text{s}

The standard lengths used to change days into hours, minutes or seconds.

Week

1,week=7,days=168,h1,\text{week} = 7,\text{days} = 168,\text{h}

Multiply weeks by 7 to get days, or by 168 to get hours.

Year

1,year=365,days=52,weeks+1,day1,\text{year} = 365,\text{days} = 52,\text{weeks} + 1,\text{day}

A common year. A leap year has 366 days, which is 52 weeks and 2 days.

Leap year rule

4∣y4 \mid y, except when 100∣y100 \mid y and 400∤y400 \nmid y

Year yy is a leap year if divisible by 4, but a century year must also be divisible by 400. So 2000 was a leap year and 1900 was not.

Decimal hours to minutes

Minutes=decimal part×60\text{Minutes} = \text{decimal part} \times 60

Changes a time such as 2.75 hours into hours and minutes. The fractional part times 60 gives the minutes.

12-hour to 24-hour clock

H24=H12+12H_{24} = H_{12} + 12

Add 12 to the hour for times from 1 pm to 11 pm. 12 am becomes 00 and 12 pm stays 12.

Angle between clock hands

θ=∣30H−5.5M∣\theta = \lvert 30H - 5.5M \rvert

Angle in degrees at HH hours and MM minutes, with HH read on a 12-hour clock. If the result is more than 180∘180^{\circ}, the smaller angle is 360∘−θ360^{\circ} - \theta.

Example: A time of 2.75 hours is 2 hours and 0.75×60=450.75 \times 60 = 45 minutes, which is 165×60=9900165 \times 60 = 9900 seconds.

Algebra Formulas

This branch covers identities, exponents, surds, logarithms, straight lines, inequalities, quadratics, polynomials, variation, exponential change and functions. Students need it from Grade 7 onward, and it is the base for board exams, the SAT and JEE.

Algebraic Identities

Each identity below is true for every real value of aa, bb, cc and xx.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Square of a sum (a + b whole square)

(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a+b)^{2} = a^{2} + 2ab + b^{2}

The square of a sum equals both squares plus twice their product. Use it to expand brackets or square numbers like 103 mentally.

Square of a difference

(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2(a-b)^{2} = a^{2} - 2ab + b^{2}

The square of a difference equals both squares minus twice their product. Handy for squares such as 98 or (x−5)2(x-5)^{2}.

Difference of squares

a2−b2=(a+b)(a−b)a^{2} - b^{2} = (a+b)(a-b)

A difference of two perfect squares always factors into their sum times their difference. Used in factoring and quick products like 51×4951 \times 49.

a square plus b square

a2+b2=(a+b)2−2ab=(a−b)2+2aba^{2} + b^{2} = (a+b)^{2} - 2ab = (a-b)^{2} + 2ab

Rewrites a sum of two squares using the sum or difference and the product. Use it when a+ba + b or a−ba - b and abab are given.

Sum of the two binomial squares

(a+b)2+(a−b)2=2(a2+b2)(a+b)^{2} + (a-b)^{2} = 2(a^{2} + b^{2})

Adding the square of the sum and the square of the difference cancels the 2ab2ab terms and doubles the squares.

Difference of the two binomial squares

(a+b)2−(a−b)2=4ab(a+b)^{2} - (a-b)^{2} = 4ab

Subtracting the two squares leaves four times the product. Use it to find abab from a known sum and difference.

Product with a common first term

(x+a)(x+b)=x2+(a+b)x+ab(x+a)(x+b) = x^{2} + (a+b)x + ab

Multiplies two binomials that share xx. The middle coefficient is the sum of aa and bb and the constant is their product.

Product of three binomials with a common term

(x+a)(x+b)(x+c)=x3+(a+b+c)x2+(ab+bc+ca)x+abc(x+a)(x+b)(x+c) = x^{3} + (a+b+c)x^{2} + (ab+bc+ca)x + abc

Expands three brackets that share xx. The coefficients are the sum, the sum of pairwise products and the product of aa, bb, cc.

Cube of a sum

(a+b)3=a3+3a2b+3ab2+b3=a3+b3+3ab(a+b)(a+b)^{3} = a^{3} + 3a^{2}b + 3ab^{2} + b^{3} = a^{3} + b^{3} + 3ab(a+b)

Cubes a binomial with coefficients 1, 3, 3, 1. The shorter second form is faster when a+ba + b and abab are known.

Cube of a difference

(a−b)3=a3−3a2b+3ab2−b3=a3−b3−3ab(a−b)(a-b)^{3} = a^{3} - 3a^{2}b + 3ab^{2} - b^{3} = a^{3} - b^{3} - 3ab(a-b)

Cubes a difference. The signs alternate, starting with plus, and the coefficients stay 1, 3, 3, 1.

a cube plus b cube

a3+b3=(a+b)(a2−ab+b2)a^{3} + b^{3} = (a+b)(a^{2} - ab + b^{2})

Factors a sum of two cubes. The linear factor keeps the plus sign and the middle term of the quadratic factor is negative.

a cube minus b cube

a3−b3=(a−b)(a2+ab+b2)a^{3} - b^{3} = (a-b)(a^{2} + ab + b^{2})

Factors a difference of two cubes. The linear factor has the minus sign and every term of the quadratic factor is positive.

Square of a trinomial

(a+b+c)2=a2+b2+c2+2ab+2bc+2ca(a+b+c)^{2} = a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2} + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca

The square of three terms is the sum of their squares plus twice each pairwise product.

a square plus b square plus c square

a2+b2+c2=(a+b+c)2−2(ab+bc+ca)a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2} = (a+b+c)^{2} - 2(ab + bc + ca)

Finds the sum of three squares when the total a+b+ca + b + c and the sum of pairwise products are known.

Sum of three cubes identity

a3+b3+c3−3abc=(a+b+c)(a2+b2+c2−ab−bc−ca)a^{3} + b^{3} + c^{3} - 3abc = (a+b+c)(a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2} - ab - bc - ca)

Factors this symmetric cubic expression into the sum of the terms times a quadratic factor. Common in Class 9 and JEE problems.

Three cubes with zero sum

a3+b3+c3=3abca^{3} + b^{3} + c^{3} = 3abc when a+b+c=0a + b + c = 0

A special case of the previous identity. When the three numbers add to zero, the left factor vanishes.

Example: If a+b=7a + b = 7 and ab=12ab = 12, then a2+b2=72−2(12)=49−24=25a^{2} + b^{2} = 7^{2} - 2(12) = 49 - 24 = 25.

Laws Of Exponents

Formula

Expression

What it means

Product rule

am⋅an=am+na^{m} \cdot a^{n} = a^{m+n}

When powers with the same base aa are multiplied, keep the base and add the exponents mm and nn.

Quotient rule

aman=am−n\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}} = a^{m-n}

When powers with the same nonzero base are divided, keep the base and subtract the bottom exponent from the top one. Needs a≠0a \neq 0.

Power of a power rule

(am)n=amn(a^{m})^{n} = a^{mn}

Raising a power to another power multiplies the exponents. Do not confuse it with the product rule, which adds them.

Power of a product

(ab)n=anbn(ab)^{n} = a^{n}b^{n}

An exponent outside brackets applies to every factor inside. It does not spread over addition, since (a+b)2≠a2+b2(a+b)^{2} \neq a^{2} + b^{2}.

Power of a quotient

(ab)n=anbn\left(\frac{a}{b}\right)^{n} = \frac{a^{n}}{b^{n}}

The exponent applies to both the numerator and the denominator. The denominator bb must be nonzero.

Zero exponent

a0=1a^{0} = 1

Any nonzero base raised to zero equals 1. The expression 000^{0} is left undefined in school algebra.

Negative exponent

a−n=1ana^{-n} = \frac{1}{a^{n}}

A negative exponent means the reciprocal of the positive power. The base aa must be nonzero.

Negative exponent of a fraction

(ab)−n=(ba)n\left(\frac{a}{b}\right)^{-n} = \left(\frac{b}{a}\right)^{n}

Flip the fraction and make the exponent positive. Both aa and bb must be nonzero.

Fractional exponent

a1n=ana^{\frac{1}{n}} = \sqrt[n]{a}

An exponent of 1n\frac{1}{n} means the nnth root. For even nn the base must satisfy a≥0a \geq 0 to give a real answer.

Rational exponent

amn=amn=(an)ma^{\frac{m}{n}} = \sqrt[n]{a^{m}} = (\sqrt[n]{a})^{m}

The denominator nn is the root and the numerator mm is the power. Taking the root first keeps the numbers small. Use a>0a > 0.

Equal powers of the same base

am=ana^{m} = a^{n} implies m=nm = n

For a base with a>0a > 0 and a≠1a \neq 1, equal powers force equal exponents. This is how simple exponential equations are solved.

Example: 823×2−1=(83)2×12=4×12=28^{\frac{2}{3}} \times 2^{-1} = (\sqrt[3]{8})^{2} \times \frac{1}{2} = 4 \times \frac{1}{2} = 2.

Radicals And Surds

For even roots the rules below need the numbers under the root to be non-negative, and any denominator must be nonzero.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Definition of the nth root

an=b\sqrt[n]{a} = b means bn=ab^{n} = a

The nnth root of aa is the number whose nnth power is aa. For even nn it is the non-negative root, with a≥0a \geq 0.

Square root of a square

a2=∣a∣\sqrt{a^{2}} = \lvert a \rvert

The square root of a square is the absolute value, not aa itself. For example, (−3)2=3\sqrt{(-3)^{2}} = 3.

Product rule for roots

a⋅b=ab\sqrt{a} \cdot \sqrt{b} = \sqrt{ab}

Multiply the numbers under two square roots. Valid for a≥0a \geq 0 and b≥0b \geq 0.

Quotient rule for roots

ab=ab\frac{\sqrt{a}}{\sqrt{b}} = \sqrt{\frac{a}{b}}

Divide the numbers under two square roots. Valid for a≥0a \geq 0 and b>0b > 0.

Product rule for nth roots

an⋅bn=abn\sqrt[n]{a} \cdot \sqrt[n]{b} = \sqrt[n]{ab}

Roots of the same order combine under one root sign. For even nn, both aa and bb must be non-negative.

Root of a root

anm=amn\sqrt[m]{\sqrt[n]{a}} = \sqrt[mn]{a}

Taking an nnth root and then an mmth root equals one root of order mnmn. For example, 16=164=2\sqrt{\sqrt{16}} = \sqrt[4]{16} = 2.

Simplifying a surd

a2b=ab\sqrt{a^{2}b} = a\sqrt{b}

Take a perfect-square factor a2a^{2} out of the root, as in 72=62\sqrt{72} = 6\sqrt{2}. Needs a≥0a \geq 0 and b≥0b \geq 0.

Adding like surds

pa+qa=(p+q)ap\sqrt{a} + q\sqrt{a} = (p+q)\sqrt{a}

Only surds with the same number under the root combine. In general a+b≠a+b\sqrt{a} + \sqrt{b} \neq \sqrt{a+b}.

Rationalising a single surd

1a=aa\frac{1}{\sqrt{a}} = \frac{\sqrt{a}}{a}

Multiply top and bottom by a\sqrt{a} to clear the root from the denominator. Needs a>0a > 0.

Rationalising with the conjugate

1a+b=a−ba−b\frac{1}{\sqrt{a} + \sqrt{b}} = \frac{\sqrt{a} - \sqrt{b}}{a - b}

Multiply by the conjugate a−b\sqrt{a} - \sqrt{b} so the denominator becomes a difference of squares. Needs a,b≥0a, b \geq 0 and a≠ba \neq b.

Rationalising a binomial surd

1p+q=p−qp2−q\frac{1}{p + \sqrt{q}} = \frac{p - \sqrt{q}}{p^{2} - q}

Same conjugate method when one term is rational. Here q>0q > 0 and p2≠qp^{2} \neq q.

Square root of a binomial surd

a+b+2ab=a+b\sqrt{a + b + 2\sqrt{ab}} = \sqrt{a} + \sqrt{b}

Recognises a perfect square hidden under a root, as in 5+26=3+2\sqrt{5 + 2\sqrt{6}} = \sqrt{3} + \sqrt{2}. Needs a,b≥0a, b \geq 0.

Example: 15+2=5−25−2=5−23≈2.2361−1.41423≈0.2740\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} + \sqrt{2}} = \frac{\sqrt{5} - \sqrt{2}}{5 - 2} = \frac{\sqrt{5} - \sqrt{2}}{3} \approx \frac{2.2361 - 1.4142}{3} \approx 0.2740.

Logarithms

Formula

Expression

What it means

Log to exponential form

log⁡bx=y\log_{b} x = y means by=xb^{y} = x

A logarithm is the exponent yy that turns base bb into xx. Needs b>0b > 0, b≠1b \neq 1 and argument x>0x > 0.

Product rule

log⁡b(MN)=log⁡bM+log⁡bN\log_{b}(MN) = \log_{b} M + \log_{b} N

The log of a product is the sum of the logs. Valid for M>0M > 0, N>0N > 0, b>0b > 0 and b≠1b \neq 1.

Quotient rule

log⁡b(MN)=log⁡bM−log⁡bN\log_{b}\left(\frac{M}{N}\right) = \log_{b} M - \log_{b} N

The log of a quotient is the log of the top minus the log of the bottom. Needs M>0M > 0 and N>0N > 0.

Power rule

log⁡b(Mp)=plog⁡bM\log_{b}(M^{p}) = p\log_{b} M

An exponent inside a log comes out as a multiplier. Valid for M>0M > 0 and any real pp.

Change of base

log⁡bM=log⁡kMlog⁡kb\log_{b} M = \frac{\log_{k} M}{\log_{k} b}

Converts a log to any new base kk with k>0k > 0 and k≠1k \neq 1. Use base 10 or ee to evaluate on a calculator.

Reciprocal rule

log⁡ba=1log⁡ab\log_{b} a = \frac{1}{\log_{a} b}

Swapping the base and the argument gives the reciprocal. Needs a,b>0a, b > 0 with a≠1a \neq 1 and b≠1b \neq 1.

Chain rule for bases

log⁡ab⋅log⁡bc=log⁡ac\log_{a} b \cdot \log_{b} c = \log_{a} c

The middle base cancels, like a chain of unit conversions. All bases must be positive and not equal to 1, and c>0c > 0.

Power of the base

log⁡bqM=1qlog⁡bM\log_{b^{q}} M = \frac{1}{q}\log_{b} M

A power on the base divides the log. Here q≠0q \neq 0 and bq≠1b^{q} \neq 1. For example, log⁡4M=12log⁡2M\log_{4} M = \frac{1}{2}\log_{2} M.

Log of the base

log⁡bb=1\log_{b} b = 1

Any valid base raised to the power 1 is itself, so the log of the base is 1. For example, log⁡1010=1\log_{10} 10 = 1.

Log of one

log⁡b1=0\log_{b} 1 = 0

Any valid base raised to zero is 1, so the log of 1 is zero in every base.

Inverse properties

blog⁡bx=xb^{\log_{b} x} = x and log⁡b(bx)=x\log_{b}(b^{x}) = x

Exponentials and logs of the same base undo each other. The first form needs x>0x > 0, the second holds for all real xx.

Exchange rule

alog⁡bc=clog⁡baa^{\log_{b} c} = c^{\log_{b} a}

The base-aa and the argument-cc positions can be swapped. Needs a>0a > 0, c>0c > 0, b>0b > 0 and b≠1b \neq 1.

Common and natural logs

log⁡x=log⁡10x\log x = \log_{10} x and ln⁡x=log⁡ex\ln x = \log_{e} x

In school work, log⁡\log with no base means base 10 and ln⁡\ln means base e≈2.71828e \approx 2.71828. Both need x>0x > 0.

Converting ln to log

ln⁡x=ln⁡10⋅log⁡10x≈2.3026log⁡10x\ln x = \ln 10 \cdot \log_{10} x \approx 2.3026\log_{10} x

A special case of change of base. Useful values are log⁡102≈0.3010\log_{10} 2 \approx 0.3010 and log⁡103≈0.4771\log_{10} 3 \approx 0.4771.

Example: log⁡280=log⁡2(16×5)=log⁡216+log⁡25=4+ln⁡5ln⁡2≈4+2.3219=6.3219\log_{2} 80 = \log_{2}(16 \times 5) = \log_{2} 16 + \log_{2} 5 = 4 + \frac{\ln 5}{\ln 2} \approx 4 + 2.3219 = 6.3219.

Linear Equations And Straight Lines

Formula

Expression

What it means

Linear equation in one variable

ax+b=0ax + b = 0 gives x=−bax = -\frac{b}{a}

A first-degree equation in one unknown has exactly one solution when the coefficient a≠0a \neq 0.

Slope formula

m=y2−y1x2−x1m = \frac{y_{2} - y_{1}}{x_{2} - x_{1}}

Slope mm is rise over run between points (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) and (x2,y2)(x_{2}, y_{2}). Needs x1≠x2x_{1} \neq x_{2}, since a vertical line has undefined slope.

Slope from an angle

m=tan⁡θm = \tan\theta

θ\theta is the angle the line makes with the positive xx-axis, measured anticlockwise. Not defined when θ=90∘\theta = 90^{\circ}.

Slope intercept form

y=mx+cy = mx + c

mm is the slope and cc is the yy-intercept. US textbooks write the same form as y=mx+by = mx + b.

Point slope form

y−y1=m(x−x1)y - y_{1} = m(x - x_{1})

The line through the point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) with slope mm. Use it when one point and the slope are known.

Two-point form

y−y1=y2−y1x2−x1(x−x1)y - y_{1} = \frac{y_{2} - y_{1}}{x_{2} - x_{1}}(x - x_{1})

The line through two known points. It is point-slope form with the slope formula substituted. Needs x1≠x2x_{1} \neq x_{2}.

Intercept form

xa+yb=1\frac{x}{a} + \frac{y}{b} = 1

The line cutting the xx-axis at (a,0)(a, 0) and the yy-axis at (0,b)(0, b). Needs a≠0a \neq 0 and b≠0b \neq 0.

Standard form of linear equations

Ax+By=CAx + By = C

AA, BB, CC are constants with AA and BB not both zero. The slope is −AB-\frac{A}{B} when B≠0B \neq 0.

General form

ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0

The form used in Indian textbooks. Its slope is −ab-\frac{a}{b} and its yy-intercept is −cb-\frac{c}{b}, both needing b≠0b \neq 0.

X and y intercepts

x=CAx = \frac{C}{A} and y=CBy = \frac{C}{B} for Ax+By=CAx + By = C

Set y=0y = 0 to find where the line meets the xx-axis and x=0x = 0 for the yy-axis. Needs A≠0A \neq 0 and B≠0B \neq 0.

Slope of parallel lines

m1=m2m_{1} = m_{2}

Two non-vertical lines are parallel exactly when their slopes are equal. All vertical lines are parallel to each other.

Slope of perpendicular lines

m1⋅m2=−1m_{1} \cdot m_{2} = -1

Two lines, neither vertical, are perpendicular when the product of slopes is −1-1, so m2=−1m1m_{2} = -\frac{1}{m_{1}}.

Horizontal and vertical lines

y=ky = k and x=hx = h

y=ky = k is parallel to the xx-axis with slope 0. x=hx = h is parallel to the yy-axis with undefined slope.

Unique solution test for two lines

a1a2≠b1b2\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}} \neq \frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}

For a1x+b1y+c1=0a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1} = 0 and a2x+b2y+c2=0a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2} = 0, the lines meet at exactly one point.

Parallel or coincident lines test

a1a2=b1b2\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}} = \frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}

If this common ratio differs from c1c2\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}} the lines are parallel with no solution. If it equals c1c2\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}} there are infinitely many solutions.

Example: The line through (1,2)(1, 2) and (3,8)(3, 8) has m=8−23−1=3m = \frac{8 - 2}{3 - 1} = 3, so y−2=3(x−1)y - 2 = 3(x - 1), which simplifies to y=3x−1y = 3x - 1.

Linear Inequalities And Absolute Value

Multiplying or dividing both sides of an inequality by a negative number reverses the sign, and forgetting this causes most errors here.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Addition property

If a<ba < b, then a+c<b+ca + c < b + c

Adding or subtracting the same real number cc on both sides keeps the direction of the inequality.

Multiplying by a positive number

If a<ba < b and c>0c > 0, then ac<bcac < bc

Multiplying or dividing both sides by a positive number keeps the direction of the inequality.

Multiplying by a negative number

If a<ba < b and c<0c < 0, then ac>bcac > bc

Multiplying or dividing both sides by a negative number flips the inequality sign.

Reciprocal property

If 0<a<b0 < a < b, then 1a>1b\frac{1}{a} > \frac{1}{b}

Taking reciprocals of two positive numbers reverses the order. It also holds when both are negative, but not across zero.

Transitive property

If a<ba < b and b<cb < c, then a<ca < c

Inequalities in the same direction chain together. Used to join steps and to write compound inequalities.

Absolute value

∣x∣=x\lvert x \rvert = x if x≥0x \geq 0, and ∣x∣=−x\lvert x \rvert = -x if x<0x < 0

The absolute value is the distance of xx from zero on the number line, so it is never negative.

Product and quotient of absolute values

∣ab∣=∣a∣∣b∣\lvert ab \rvert = \lvert a \rvert \lvert b \rvert and ∣ab∣=∣a∣∣b∣\left\lvert \frac{a}{b} \right\rvert = \frac{\lvert a \rvert}{\lvert b \rvert}

Absolute value splits over multiplication and division. The quotient form needs b≠0b \neq 0.

Absolute value equation

∣x∣=a\lvert x \rvert = a gives x=±ax = \pm a

For a>0a > 0 there are two solutions, for a=0a = 0 only x=0x = 0, and for a<0a < 0 there is no solution.

Less-than absolute inequality

∣x∣<a\lvert x \rvert < a is equivalent to −a<x<a-a < x < a

For a>0a > 0, the solutions lie within aa units of zero, giving one bounded interval. No solution if a≤0a \leq 0.

Greater-than absolute inequality

∣x∣>a\lvert x \rvert > a is equivalent to x<−ax < -a or x>ax > a

For a≥0a \geq 0, the solutions lie more than aa units from zero, giving two separate rays.

Shifted absolute inequality

∣x−h∣<a\lvert x - h \rvert < a is equivalent to h−a<x<h+ah - a < x < h + a

For a>0a > 0, xx is within distance aa of the centre hh. Use it for tolerance and error-bound problems.

Triangle inequality

∣a+b∣≤∣a∣+∣b∣\lvert a + b \rvert \leq \lvert a \rvert + \lvert b \rvert

The size of a sum never exceeds the sum of the sizes. Equality holds when aa and bb have the same sign or one is zero.

Reverse triangle inequality

∣∣a∣−∣b∣∣≤∣a−b∣\lvert \lvert a \rvert - \lvert b \rvert \rvert \leq \lvert a - b \rvert

The gap between two sizes is at most the distance between the numbers. Used to find lower bounds.

Example: To solve ∣2x−3∣<5\lvert 2x - 3 \rvert < 5, write −5<2x−3<5-5 < 2x - 3 < 5, then −2<2x<8-2 < 2x < 8, which gives −1<x<4-1 < x < 4.

Quadratic Equations

Every row assumes the standard form below with real coefficients and a≠0a \neq 0. The roots are written α\alpha and β\beta.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Standard form of a quadratic equation

ax2+bx+c=0ax^{2} + bx + c = 0

A second-degree equation in xx with constants aa, bb, cc. If a=0a = 0 it becomes linear, so a≠0a \neq 0 is required.

Quadratic formula

x=−b±b2−4ac2ax = \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^{2} - 4ac}}{2a}

Gives both roots of any quadratic directly. Use it when the quadratic does not factor easily.

Discriminant

D=b2−4acD = b^{2} - 4ac

The expression under the square root in the quadratic formula. Its sign tells you the nature of the roots before solving. Also written Δ\Delta.

Two distinct real roots

D>0D > 0

The parabola crosses the xx-axis twice. If aa, bb, cc are rational and DD is a perfect square, both roots are rational.

Two equal real roots

D=0D = 0 gives x=−b2ax = -\frac{b}{2a}

The quadratic is a perfect square and the parabola touches the xx-axis at its vertex.

No real roots

D<0D < 0

The parabola does not meet the xx-axis. The two roots are complex conjugates −b±i−D2a\frac{-b \pm i\sqrt{-D}}{2a}.

Sum of roots

α+β=−ba\alpha + \beta = -\frac{b}{a}

The two roots add to minus the xx coefficient divided by the x2x^{2} coefficient. Holds for real and complex roots.

Product of roots

αβ=ca\alpha\beta = \frac{c}{a}

The two roots multiply to the constant term divided by the x2x^{2} coefficient.

Difference of roots

∣α−β∣=D∣a∣\lvert \alpha - \beta \rvert = \frac{\sqrt{D}}{\lvert a \rvert}

The distance between two real roots, found without solving. Needs D≥0D \geq 0.

Quadratic from its roots

x2−(α+β)x+αβ=0x^{2} - (\alpha + \beta)x + \alpha\beta = 0

Builds a quadratic with given roots from their sum and product. Multiply through by any nonzero constant to clear fractions.

Factored form

ax2+bx+c=a(x−α)(x−β)ax^{2} + bx + c = a(x - \alpha)(x - \beta)

Any quadratic can be written using its leading coefficient and its two roots. Links roots to xx-intercepts.

Vertex of a parabola

(−b2a,−D4a)\left(-\frac{b}{2a}, -\frac{D}{4a}\right)

The turning point of y=ax2+bx+cy = ax^{2} + bx + c. The yy-value equals c−b24ac - \frac{b^{2}}{4a}, the minimum if a>0a > 0 and the maximum if a<0a < 0.

Axis of symmetry

x=−b2ax = -\frac{b}{2a}

The vertical line through the vertex that splits the parabola into mirror halves. It lies midway between the two roots.

Vertex form

y=a(x−h)2+ky = a(x - h)^{2} + k

(h,k)(h, k) is the vertex. The parabola opens up when a>0a > 0 and down when a<0a < 0.

Completing the square

ax2+bx+c=a(x+b2a)2−b2−4ac4aax^{2} + bx + c = a\left(x + \frac{b}{2a}\right)^{2} - \frac{b^{2} - 4ac}{4a}

Rewrites a quadratic in vertex form. It is the step that derives the quadratic formula and finds the vertex.

Example: For 2x2−7x+3=02x^{2} - 7x + 3 = 0, D=49−24=25D = 49 - 24 = 25, so x=7±54x = \frac{7 \pm 5}{4}, giving x=3x = 3 or x=12x = \frac{1}{2}.

Polynomials

Formula

Expression

What it means

General polynomial

p(x)=anxn+an−1xn−1+⋯+a1x+a0p(x) = a_{n}x^{n} + a_{n-1}x^{n-1} + \dots + a_{1}x + a_{0}

A polynomial of degree nn with constant coefficients a0a_{0} to ana_{n} and leading coefficient an≠0a_{n} \neq 0.

Division algorithm

p(x)=g(x)⋅q(x)+r(x)p(x) = g(x) \cdot q(x) + r(x)

Dividing p(x)p(x) by a nonzero g(x)g(x) gives quotient q(x)q(x) and remainder r(x)r(x), where r(x)=0r(x) = 0 or its degree is less than that of g(x)g(x).

Remainder theorem

Remainder of p(x)÷(x−a)p(x) \div (x - a) is p(a)p(a)

Substitute x=ax = a to find the remainder without long division. For a divisor ax−bax - b with a≠0a \neq 0, the remainder is p(ba)p\left(\frac{b}{a}\right).

Factor theorem

(x−a)(x - a) is a factor of p(x)p(x) if and only if p(a)=0p(a) = 0

A value that makes the polynomial zero gives a linear factor. Use it to find the first factor of a cubic.

Rational root theorem

x=pqx = \frac{p}{q} with p∣a0p \mid a_{0} and q∣anq \mid a_{n}

Any rational root in lowest terms has numerator dividing the constant term and denominator dividing the leading coefficient. Needs integer coefficients.

Sum of coefficients

p(1)=an+an−1+⋯+a0p(1) = a_{n} + a_{n-1} + \dots + a_{0}

Substituting x=1x = 1 adds all coefficients. If the sum is zero, then x−1x - 1 is a factor.

Sum of roots of a cubic

α+β+γ=−ba\alpha + \beta + \gamma = -\frac{b}{a}

For ax3+bx2+cx+d=0ax^{3} + bx^{2} + cx + d = 0 with a≠0a \neq 0, the three roots add to minus bb over aa.

Sum of pairwise products for a cubic

αβ+βγ+γα=ca\alpha\beta + \beta\gamma + \gamma\alpha = \frac{c}{a}

For the same cubic, the products of the roots taken two at a time add to cc over aa.

Product of roots of a cubic

αβγ=−da\alpha\beta\gamma = -\frac{d}{a}

For the same cubic, the three roots multiply to minus the constant term over the leading coefficient.

Cubic from its roots

x3−(α+β+γ)x2+(αβ+βγ+γα)x−αβγ=0x^{3} - (\alpha + \beta + \gamma)x^{2} + (\alpha\beta + \beta\gamma + \gamma\alpha)x - \alpha\beta\gamma = 0

Builds a monic cubic with roots α\alpha, β\beta, γ\gamma. The signs alternate minus, plus, minus.

Roots of a degree n polynomial

Sum =−an−1an= -\frac{a_{n-1}}{a_{n}} and product =(−1)na0an= (-1)^{n}\frac{a_{0}}{a_{n}}

Extends the quadratic and cubic relations to any degree nn, counting complex and repeated roots.

Number of roots

Exactly nn roots in the complex numbers

A degree nn polynomial has nn roots counted with multiplicity, so at most nn real roots. Non-real roots of real polynomials come in conjugate pairs.

Example: For p(x)=x3−4x2+x+6p(x) = x^{3} - 4x^{2} + x + 6, p(2)=8−16+2+6=0p(2) = 8 - 16 + 2 + 6 = 0, so x−2x - 2 is a factor and the remainder on dividing by x−2x - 2 is 0.

Direct, Inverse And Joint Variation

Formula

Expression

What it means

Direct variation

y=kxy = kx

yy varies directly as xx with a nonzero constant kk. The ratio yx\frac{y}{x} stays fixed and the graph is a line through the origin.

Direct variation between two pairs

y1x1=y2x2\frac{y_{1}}{x_{1}} = \frac{y_{2}}{x_{2}}

Solves a direct variation problem without finding kk. Both xx values must be nonzero.

Direct variation with a power

y=kxny = kx^{n}

yy varies as the nnth power of xx, as when the area of a circle varies as the square of its radius.

Inverse variation

y=kxy = \frac{k}{x}

yy varies inversely as xx with k≠0k \neq 0 and x≠0x \neq 0. The product xy=kxy = k stays fixed and one grows as the other shrinks.

Inverse variation between two pairs

x1y1=x2y2x_{1}y_{1} = x_{2}y_{2}

Solves an inverse variation problem, such as workers and days, without finding kk first.

Inverse square variation

y=kx2y = \frac{k}{x^{2}}

yy varies inversely as the square of xx. Doubling xx makes yy one quarter. Used for light intensity and gravity.

Joint variation

z=kxyz = kxy

zz varies directly as the product of xx and yy, with a nonzero constant kk.

Combined variation

z=kxyz = \frac{kx}{y}

zz varies directly as xx and inversely as yy, with k≠0k \neq 0 and y≠0y \neq 0.

Example: If yy varies inversely as xx and y=12y = 12 when x=3x = 3, then k=36k = 36, so when x=9x = 9, y=369=4y = \frac{36}{9} = 4.

Exponential Growth And Decay

Formula

Expression

What it means

Exponential function

f(x)=a⋅bxf(x) = a \cdot b^{x}

a≠0a \neq 0 is the starting value and bb is the growth factor, with b>0b > 0 and b≠1b \neq 1. Growth if b>1b > 1, decay if 0<b<10 < b < 1.

Growth at a fixed percent

A=P(1+r)tA = P(1 + r)^{t}

PP grows by rate rr, written as a decimal, for each of tt periods. Used for population and investment growth.

Decay at a fixed percent

A=P(1−r)tA = P(1 - r)^{t}

PP shrinks by rate rr per period, with 0<r<10 < r < 1. Used for falling values such as a car's price.

Continuous growth or decay

A=PektA = Pe^{kt}

e≈2.71828e \approx 2.71828 and kk is the continuous rate per unit time. k>0k > 0 gives growth and k<0k < 0 gives decay.

Half-life form

N=N0(12)tTN = N_{0}\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)^{\frac{t}{T}}

N0N_{0} is the starting amount and TT is the half-life. After each interval TT the amount halves.

Half-life from a decay constant

T=ln⁡2kT = \frac{\ln 2}{k}

For N=N0e−ktN = N_{0}e^{-kt} with k>0k > 0, this is the time to halve. Note ln⁡2≈0.6931\ln 2 \approx 0.6931.

Doubling time form

N=N0⋅2tTdN = N_{0} \cdot 2^{\frac{t}{T_{d}}}

TdT_{d} is the doubling time. The quantity doubles after every interval of length TdT_{d}.

Doubling time for continuous growth

Td=ln⁡2kT_{d} = \frac{\ln 2}{k}

For N=N0ektN = N_{0}e^{kt} with k>0k > 0, this is the time for the quantity to double.

Doubling time for percent growth

Td=ln⁡2ln⁡(1+r)T_{d} = \frac{\ln 2}{\ln(1 + r)}

The exact number of periods to double at rate rr per period, with r>0r > 0 written as a decimal.

Rule of 70

Td≈70RT_{d} \approx \frac{70}{R}

A quick estimate of doubling time when RR is the percent growth rate per period. Accurate for small rates.

Time to reach a value

t=1kln⁡(AP)t = \frac{1}{k}\ln\left(\frac{A}{P}\right)

Solves A=PektA = Pe^{kt} for time. Needs A>0A > 0, P>0P > 0 and k≠0k \neq 0.

Example: A sample of 80 g with a half-life of 5 years leaves N=80(12)155=80×18=10,gN = 80\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)^{\frac{15}{5}} = 80 \times \frac{1}{8} = 10,\text{g} after 15 years.

Functions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Composition of functions

(f∘g)(x)=f(g(x))(f \circ g)(x) = f(g(x))

Apply gg first, then ff. The input xx must be in the domain of gg and g(x)g(x) in the domain of ff.

Order matters in composition

f∘g≠g∘ff \circ g \neq g \circ f in general

Changing the order of two functions usually changes the result, so always work from the inside out.

Composition is associative

(f∘g)∘h=f∘(g∘h)(f \circ g) \circ h = f \circ (g \circ h)

Grouping does not matter for three functions applied in a fixed order, which is hh, then gg, then ff.

Inverse functions

f(f−1(x))=xf(f^{-1}(x)) = x and f−1(f(x))=xf^{-1}(f(x)) = x

f−1f^{-1} undoes ff. It exists only when ff is one-to-one, and f−1(x)f^{-1}(x) is not the same as 1f(x)\frac{1}{f(x)}.

Finding an inverse

y=f(x)y = f(x), solve for xx, then swap xx and yy

The standard method to get f−1(x)f^{-1}(x). The domain of f−1f^{-1} is the range of ff.

Inverse of a linear function

f(x)=ax+bf(x) = ax + b gives f−1(x)=x−baf^{-1}(x) = \frac{x - b}{a}

Undo the operations in reverse order, subtract bb and then divide by aa. Needs a≠0a \neq 0.

Inverse of a composition

(f∘g)−1=g−1∘f−1(f \circ g)^{-1} = g^{-1} \circ f^{-1}

To undo gg then ff, undo ff first and then gg. Both functions must be invertible.

Graph of an inverse

Point (a,b)(a, b) on ff gives (b,a)(b, a) on f−1f^{-1}

The graph of f−1f^{-1} is the reflection of the graph of ff in the line y=xy = x.

Even function test

f(−x)=f(x)f(-x) = f(x)

A function is even if this holds for every xx in its domain. Its graph is symmetric about the yy-axis, like x2x^{2} or cos⁡x\cos x.

Odd function test

f(−x)=−f(x)f(-x) = -f(x)

A function is odd if this holds for every xx in its domain. Its graph has symmetry about the origin, like x3x^{3} or sin⁡x\sin x.

Products of even and odd functions

even times even is even, odd times odd is even, even times odd is odd

Combine these rules to test products quickly. Sums of two even functions are even and sums of two odd functions are odd.

Even and odd parts

f(x)=f(x)+f(−x)2+f(x)−f(−x)2f(x) = \frac{f(x) + f(-x)}{2} + \frac{f(x) - f(-x)}{2}

Any function on a domain symmetric about zero splits into an even part plus an odd part.

Graph transformations

y=a⋅f(x−h)+ky = a \cdot f(x - h) + k

Shifts the graph of ff right by hh and up by kk, and stretches it vertically by a factor of ∣a∣\lvert a \rvert. A negative aa reflects it in the xx-axis.

Average rate of change

f(b)−f(a)b−a\frac{f(b) - f(a)}{b - a}

The slope of the line joining (a,f(a))(a, f(a)) and (b,f(b))(b, f(b)) on the graph. Needs a≠ba \neq b.

Example: If f(x)=2x+3f(x) = 2x + 3 and g(x)=x2g(x) = x^{2}, then (f∘g)(3)=f(9)=21(f \circ g)(3) = f(9) = 21, while (g∘f)(3)=g(9)=81(g \circ f)(3) = g(9) = 81.

Advanced Algebra Formulas: Sequences, Counting, Complex Numbers And Matrices

This branch covers progressions, special sums, the binomial theorem, permutations and combinations, complex numbers, matrices and determinants, sets, and logic. It is core material for Grade 11 and 12, JEE, SAT Math Level 2 and A-level students.

Arithmetic Progression (AP)

Formula

Expression

What it means

Common difference

d=an−an−1d = a_{n} - a_{n-1}

The fixed amount added to each term to get the next one. A positive dd gives an increasing AP and a negative dd a decreasing one.

nth term of an arithmetic sequence

an=a+(n−1)da_{n} = a + (n-1)d

Gives the term in position nn, where aa is the first term, dd the common difference and nn a positive integer.

nth term from the end

l−(n−1)dl - (n-1)d

Counts backwards from the last term ll of a finite AP to find the term in position nn from the end.

Number of terms

n=l−ad+1n = \frac{l - a}{d} + 1

Finds how many terms a finite AP has when you know the first term aa, last term ll and common difference d≠0d \neq 0.

Sum of first n terms

Sn=n2[2a+(n−1)d]S_{n} = \frac{n}{2}[2a + (n-1)d]

Adds the first nn terms of an AP using the first term aa and common difference dd.

Sum using the last term

Sn=n2(a+l)S_{n} = \frac{n}{2}(a + l)

The same sum written as the number of terms times the average of the first term aa and last term ll.

nth term from the sums

an=Sn−Sn−1a_{n} = S_{n} - S_{n-1}

Recovers any term from the sum formula for n≥2n \geq 2, with a1=S1a_{1} = S_{1}. Works for any sequence, not only an AP.

Arithmetic mean of two numbers

A=a+b2A = \frac{a + b}{2}

The single number that makes aa, AA, bb an AP. It is the midpoint of aa and bb.

Condition for three terms in AP

2b=a+c2b = a + c

Three numbers aa, bb, cc are in AP exactly when twice the middle one equals the sum of the outer two.

Inserting n arithmetic means

d=b−an+1d = \frac{b - a}{n + 1}

Common difference needed to place nn equally spaced numbers between aa and bb, giving n+2n + 2 terms in total.

Convenient choice of terms

a−d, a, a+da - d,\ a,\ a + d or a−3d, a−d, a+d, a+3da - 3d,\ a - d,\ a + d,\ a + 3d

Symmetric choices for three or four unknown terms in AP, used when their sum is given so that dd cancels.

Example: For the AP 3, 7, 11, and so on, a=3a = 3 and d=4d = 4, so a20=3+19×4=79a_{20} = 3 + 19 \times 4 = 79 and S20=202(3+79)=820S_{20} = \frac{20}{2}(3 + 79) = 820.

Geometric Progression (GP)

Formula

Expression

What it means

Common ratio

r=anan−1r = \frac{a_{n}}{a_{n-1}}

The fixed factor each term is multiplied by to get the next one. All terms of a GP are nonzero.

Nth term of a GP

an=arn−1a_{n} = ar^{n-1}

Gives the term in position nn, where aa is the first term and rr the common ratio.

nth term from the end

lrn−1\frac{l}{r^{n-1}}

Term in position nn counted backwards from the last term ll of a finite GP with common ratio rr.

Sum of first n terms of a GP

Sn=a(rn−1)r−1S_{n} = \frac{a(r^{n} - 1)}{r - 1}

Adds the first nn terms when r≠1r \neq 1. The equal form a(1−rn)1−r\frac{a(1 - r^{n})}{1 - r} is easier to use when r<1r < 1.

Sum when the ratio is 1

Sn=naS_{n} = na

If r=1r = 1 every term equals aa, so the sum of nn terms is simply nn times aa.

Sum using the last term

Sn=lr−ar−1S_{n} = \frac{lr - a}{r - 1}

Sum of a finite GP from its first term aa, last term ll and ratio r≠1r \neq 1.

Sum of an infinite GP

S∞=a1−rS_{\infty} = \frac{a}{1 - r}

The value the partial sums approach. It exists only when ∣r∣<1\lvert r \rvert < 1, otherwise the series diverges.

Geometric mean of two numbers

G=abG = \sqrt{ab}

For positive aa and bb, the number that makes aa, GG, bb a GP.

Condition for three terms in GP

b2=acb^{2} = ac

Three nonzero numbers aa, bb, cc are in GP exactly when the square of the middle one equals the product of the outer two.

Inserting n geometric means

r=(ba)1n+1r = \left(\frac{b}{a}\right)^{\frac{1}{n+1}}

Common ratio needed to place nn numbers between positive aa and bb so that all n+2n + 2 numbers form a GP.

Product of first n terms

Pn=anrn(n−1)2P_{n} = a^{n}r^{\frac{n(n-1)}{2}}

Multiplies the first nn terms of a GP, since the powers of rr add up to 0+1+⋯+(n−1)0 + 1 + \cdots + (n-1).

Convenient choice of terms

ar, a, ar\frac{a}{r},\ a,\ ar

Symmetric choice for three unknown terms in GP, used when their product is given so that rr cancels.

Example: For the GP 2, 6, 18, and so on, a=2a = 2 and r=3r = 3, so a6=2×35=486a_{6} = 2 \times 3^{5} = 486 and S6=2(36−1)3−1=728S_{6} = \frac{2(3^{6} - 1)}{3 - 1} = 728.

Harmonic Progression And Means

All the mean results in this table assume the numbers are positive.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Harmonic progression

1a1,1a2,1a3,…\frac{1}{a_{1}}, \frac{1}{a_{2}}, \frac{1}{a_{3}}, \ldots form an AP

A sequence of nonzero numbers is an HP when the reciprocals of its terms are in arithmetic progression.

nth term of an HP

an=11a+(n−1)da_{n} = \frac{1}{\frac{1}{a} + (n-1)d}

Here aa is the first term and d=1a2−1a1d = \frac{1}{a_{2}} - \frac{1}{a_{1}} is the common difference of the reciprocals.

Harmonic mean of two numbers

H=2aba+bH = \frac{2ab}{a + b}

The number that makes aa, HH, bb an HP. Used for average speed over two equal distances.

Harmonic mean of n numbers

H=n1x1+1x2+⋯+1xnH = \frac{n}{\frac{1}{x_{1}} + \frac{1}{x_{2}} + \cdots + \frac{1}{x_{n}}}

The count of values divided by the sum of their reciprocals. Suits averages of rates.

Condition for three terms in HP

b=2aca+cb = \frac{2ac}{a + c}

Three nonzero numbers aa, bb, cc are in HP when the middle one is the harmonic mean of the outer two.

AM, GM, HM inequality

A≥G≥HA \geq G \geq H

For any set of positive numbers, the arithmetic mean is at least the geometric mean, which is at least the harmonic mean. Equality holds only when all numbers are equal.

AM-GM for n numbers

x1+x2+⋯+xnn≥x1x2⋯xnn\frac{x_{1} + x_{2} + \cdots + x_{n}}{n} \geq \sqrt[n]{x_{1}x_{2}\cdots x_{n}}

Standard tool for finding the minimum of a sum or the maximum of a product of positive quantities.

Link between the three means

G2=AHG^{2} = AH

For two positive numbers, the square of the geometric mean equals the product of the arithmetic and harmonic means.

Numbers from their means

x2−2Ax+G2=0x^{2} - 2Ax + G^{2} = 0

The two numbers whose AM is AA and GM is GG are the roots of this quadratic.

Example: For a=4a = 4 and b=16b = 16, A=10A = 10, G=64=8G = \sqrt{64} = 8 and H=2×4×1620=6.4H = \frac{2 \times 4 \times 16}{20} = 6.4, and indeed G2=64=10×6.4G^{2} = 64 = 10 \times 6.4.

Special Sums And Sigma Notation

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sum of first n natural numbers

∑k=1nk=n(n+1)2\sum_{k=1}^{n} k = \frac{n(n+1)}{2}

Adds 1+2+⋯+n1 + 2 + \cdots + n for a positive integer nn. It is the AP sum with a=1a = 1 and d=1d = 1.

Sum of squares

∑k=1nk2=n(n+1)(2n+1)6\sum_{k=1}^{n} k^{2} = \frac{n(n+1)(2n+1)}{6}

Adds 12+22+⋯+n21^{2} + 2^{2} + \cdots + n^{2} for a positive integer nn. Needed when summing any quadratic expression in kk.

Sum of cubes

∑k=1nk3=[n(n+1)2]2\sum_{k=1}^{n} k^{3} = \left[\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\right]^{2}

Adds 13+23+⋯+n31^{3} + 2^{3} + \cdots + n^{3}. The result is the square of the sum of the first nn natural numbers.

Sum of fourth powers

∑k=1nk4=n(n+1)(2n+1)(3n2+3n−1)30\sum_{k=1}^{n} k^{4} = \frac{n(n+1)(2n+1)(3n^{2} + 3n - 1)}{30}

Adds 14+24+⋯+n41^{4} + 2^{4} + \cdots + n^{4}. Used less often, mainly in JEE series questions.

Sum of first n odd numbers

∑k=1n(2k−1)=n2\sum_{k=1}^{n} (2k - 1) = n^{2}

Adds 1+3+5+⋯+(2n−1)1 + 3 + 5 + \cdots + (2n - 1), the first nn odd numbers. The total is always a perfect square.

Sum of first n even numbers

∑k=1n2k=n(n+1)\sum_{k=1}^{n} 2k = n(n+1)

Adds 2+4+6+⋯+2n2 + 4 + 6 + \cdots + 2n, the first nn even numbers. It is twice the sum of the first nn natural numbers.

Sum of a constant

∑k=1nc=nc\sum_{k=1}^{n} c = nc

Adding the same number cc a total of nn times gives nn times cc.

Linearity of sigma notation

∑k=1n(p,uk+q,vk)=p∑k=1nuk+q∑k=1nvk\sum_{k=1}^{n} (p,u_{k} + q,v_{k}) = p\sum_{k=1}^{n} u_{k} + q\sum_{k=1}^{n} v_{k}

Constants pp and qq come out of a sum, and a sum of terms splits into separate sums. Used to sum any polynomial in kk.

Telescoping sum

∑k=1n1k(k+1)=nn+1\sum_{k=1}^{n} \frac{1}{k(k+1)} = \frac{n}{n+1}

Write 1k(k+1)=1k−1k+1\frac{1}{k(k+1)} = \frac{1}{k} - \frac{1}{k+1} so that middle terms cancel in pairs.

Infinite arithmetico-geometric series

S∞=a1−r+dr(1−r)2S_{\infty} = \frac{a}{1 - r} + \frac{dr}{(1 - r)^{2}}

Sum of a+(a+d)r+(a+2d)r2+⋯a + (a + d)r + (a + 2d)r^{2} + \cdots, where each AP term is multiplied by a GP term. Needs ∣r∣<1\lvert r \rvert < 1.

Example: 12+22+⋯+102=10×11×216=3851^{2} + 2^{2} + \cdots + 10^{2} = \frac{10 \times 11 \times 21}{6} = 385 and 13+23+⋯+103=552=30251^{3} + 2^{3} + \cdots + 10^{3} = 55^{2} = 3025.

Binomial Theorem

Here nn is a positive integer unless the row says otherwise.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Binomial theorem

(a+b)n=∑r=0n(nr)an−rbr(a + b)^{n} = \sum_{r=0}^{n} \binom{n}{r} a^{n-r}b^{r}

Expands a power of a two-term sum. The powers of aa fall from nn to 0 while the powers of bb rise from 0 to nn.

General term

Tr+1=(nr)an−rbrT_{r+1} = \binom{n}{r} a^{n-r}b^{r}

Gives the term in position r+1r + 1 directly, for 0≤r≤n0 \leq r \leq n, without writing the full expansion.

Number of terms

n+1n + 1

The expansion of (a+b)n(a + b)^{n} always has one more term than the power nn.

Middle term, n even

Tn2+1T_{\frac{n}{2} + 1}

When nn is even there is a single middle term, in position n2+1\frac{n}{2} + 1.

Middle terms, n odd

Tn+12T_{\frac{n+1}{2}} and Tn+32T_{\frac{n+3}{2}}

When nn is odd there are two middle terms, in positions n+12\frac{n+1}{2} and n+32\frac{n+3}{2}.

rth term from the end

Tn−r+2T_{n - r + 2}

The term in position rr counted from the end is the term in position n−r+2n - r + 2 counted from the start.

Sum of binomial coefficients

(n0)+(n1)+⋯+(nn)=2n\binom{n}{0} + \binom{n}{1} + \cdots + \binom{n}{n} = 2^{n}

Found by putting a=b=1a = b = 1. For any polynomial p(x)p(x), the sum of its coefficients is p(1)p(1).

Alternating sum of coefficients

(n0)−(n1)+(n2)−⋯+(−1)n(nn)=0\binom{n}{0} - \binom{n}{1} + \binom{n}{2} - \cdots + (-1)^{n}\binom{n}{n} = 0

Found by putting a=1a = 1 and b=−1b = -1, valid for n≥1n \geq 1.

Even and odd position coefficients

(n0)+(n2)+⋯=(n1)+(n3)+⋯=2n−1\binom{n}{0} + \binom{n}{2} + \cdots = \binom{n}{1} + \binom{n}{3} + \cdots = 2^{n-1}

The coefficients in odd positions and in even positions each add up to half of 2n2^{n}, for n≥1n \geq 1.

Greatest binomial coefficient

(nn2)\binom{n}{\frac{n}{2}} for even nn, (nn−12)=(nn+12)\binom{n}{\frac{n-1}{2}} = \binom{n}{\frac{n+1}{2}} for odd nn

The largest coefficient sits in the middle of the expansion.

Term independent of x

Set the power of xx in Tr+1T_{r+1} equal to 0

Solve for rr, then substitute it into the general term to get the constant term.

Binomial expansion of (1+x)n(1 + x)^{n}

1+nx+n(n−1)2!x2+n(n−1)(n−2)3!x3+⋯1 + nx + \frac{n(n-1)}{2!}x^{2} + \frac{n(n-1)(n-2)}{3!}x^{3} + \cdots

Ends after n+1n + 1 terms for a positive integer nn. For any real nn it is an infinite series valid when ∣x∣<1\lvert x \rvert < 1.

Example: In (x+2)6(x + 2)^{6}, n=6n = 6 is even, so the middle term is T4=(63)x3(2)3=20×8x3=160x3T_{4} = \binom{6}{3}x^{3}(2)^{3} = 20 \times 8x^{3} = 160x^{3}.

Factorials And Permutations

Formula

Expression

What it means

Factorial

n!=n(n−1)(n−2)⋯2⋅1n! = n(n-1)(n-2)\cdots 2 \cdot 1

The product of all positive integers up to nn. By definition 0!=10! = 1.

Recursive factorial

n!=n×(n−1)!n! = n \times (n-1)!

Each factorial is nn times the one before it, for n≥1n \geq 1. Useful for cancelling factorials in fractions.

nPr formula

nPr=n!(n−r)!^{n}P_{r} = \frac{n!}{(n-r)!}

Number of ordered arrangements of rr objects chosen from nn distinct objects, for 0≤r≤n0 \leq r \leq n.

Arranging all n objects

nPn=n!^{n}P_{n} = n!

Number of ways to line up nn distinct objects in a row.

Permutations with repetition allowed

nrn^{r}

Number of ordered arrangements of length rr when each place can be filled by any of nn objects again and again.

Permutations with identical objects

n!p!,q!,s!\frac{n!}{p!,q!,s!}

Arrangements of nn objects in which pp are alike of one kind, qq of another and ss of a third.

Circular permutations

(n−1)!(n-1)!

Ways to seat nn distinct people around a round table, where rotations of the same order count once.

Circular arrangements that can be flipped

(n−1)!2\frac{(n-1)!}{2}

For beads on a necklace or flowers in a garland, clockwise and anticlockwise orders count once. Valid for n≥3n \geq 3.

Particular object always included

r⋅n−1Pr−1r \cdot {}^{n-1}P_{r-1}

Arrangements of rr out of nn distinct objects in which one chosen object must appear.

Particular object never included

n−1Pr^{n-1}P_{r}

Arrangements of rr out of nn distinct objects in which one chosen object is left out.

Derangements

Dn=n!(1−11!+12!−13!+⋯+(−1)nn!)D_{n} = n!\left(1 - \frac{1}{1!} + \frac{1}{2!} - \frac{1}{3!} + \cdots + \frac{(-1)^{n}}{n!}\right)

Number of ways to arrange nn objects so that none is in its original place. For example D3=2D_{3} = 2 and D4=9D_{4} = 9.

Power of a prime in n factorial

⌊np⌋+⌊np2⌋+⌊np3⌋+⋯\left\lfloor \frac{n}{p} \right\rfloor + \left\lfloor \frac{n}{p^{2}} \right\rfloor + \left\lfloor \frac{n}{p^{3}} \right\rfloor + \cdots

Exponent of the prime pp in n!n!, where the brackets mean the greatest integer. Used to count trailing zeros with p=5p = 5.

Example: The letters of BANANA have 3 As and 2 Ns among 6 letters, so they can be arranged in 6!3!,2!=72012=60\frac{6!}{3!,2!} = \frac{720}{12} = 60 ways.

Combinations

Formula

Expression

What it means

nCr formula

nCr=(nr)=n!r!,(n−r)!^{n}C_{r} = \binom{n}{r} = \frac{n!}{r!,(n-r)!}

Number of ways to choose rr objects from nn distinct objects when order does not matter, for 0≤r≤n0 \leq r \leq n.

Link between nPr and nCr

nPr=r!×nCr^{n}P_{r} = r! \times {}^{n}C_{r}

Each selection of rr objects can be ordered in r!r! ways, which turns a combination count into a permutation count.

Complementary selections

nCr=nCn−r^{n}C_{r} = {}^{n}C_{n-r}

Choosing rr objects to take is the same as choosing n−rn - r objects to leave behind.

Special values

nC0=nCn=1^{n}C_{0} = {}^{n}C_{n} = 1 and nC1=n^{n}C_{1} = n

There is one way to choose nothing or everything, and nn ways to choose a single object.

Equal combinations

If nCx=nCy^{n}C_{x} = {}^{n}C_{y} then x=yx = y or x+y=nx + y = n

Used to solve equations in which two combinations with the same nn are equal.

Pascal's rule

nCr+nCr−1=n+1Cr^{n}C_{r} + {}^{n}C_{r-1} = {}^{n+1}C_{r}

Two neighbouring entries in one row of Pascal's triangle add to the entry below them, for 1≤r≤n1 \leq r \leq n.

Ratio of consecutive terms

nCrnCr−1=n−r+1r\frac{{}^{n}C_{r}}{{}^{n}C_{r-1}} = \frac{n - r + 1}{r}

Lets you get each coefficient from the previous one and find where the coefficients stop increasing.

Absorption identity

r⋅nCr=n⋅n−1Cr−1r \cdot {}^{n}C_{r} = n \cdot {}^{n-1}C_{r-1}

Moves a factor of rr inside a combination. Often used when summing r(nr)r\binom{n}{r} over rr.

Selecting at least one

nC1+nC2+⋯+nCn=2n−1^{n}C_{1} + {}^{n}C_{2} + \cdots + {}^{n}C_{n} = 2^{n} - 1

Number of nonempty selections from nn distinct objects, since each object is either taken or not.

Identical objects into distinct groups

n+r−1Cr−1^{n+r-1}C_{r-1}

Ways to share nn identical objects among rr people when a person may get none, also called stars and bars.

Each group gets at least one

n−1Cr−1^{n-1}C_{r-1}

Ways to share nn identical objects among rr people when each person gets at least one, for n≥rn \geq r.

Lines and triangles from points

nC2^{n}C_{2} lines and nC3^{n}C_{3} triangles

Counts from nn points in a plane with no three collinear, because two points fix a line and three fix a triangle.

Example: A committee of 3 chosen from 8 people can be formed in 8C3=8×7×63×2×1=56^{8}C_{3} = \frac{8 \times 7 \times 6}{3 \times 2 \times 1} = 56 ways.

Complex Numbers: Standard Form And Operations

Formula

Expression

What it means

Imaginary unit

i=−1i = \sqrt{-1}, so i2=−1i^{2} = -1

The number whose square is −1-1. It is also called iota in Indian textbooks.

Powers of i

i4k=1i^{4k} = 1, i4k+1=ii^{4k+1} = i, i4k+2=−1i^{4k+2} = -1, i4k+3=−ii^{4k+3} = -i

Powers of ii repeat every 4 steps, so divide the power by 4 and use the remainder. Here kk is an integer.

Standard form

z=a+biz = a + bi

A complex number with real part Re(z)=a\text{Re}(z) = a and imaginary part Im(z)=b\text{Im}(z) = b, where aa and bb are real.

Equality of complex numbers

a+bi=c+dia + bi = c + di if and only if a=ca = c and b=db = d

Two complex numbers are equal only when both their real parts and their imaginary parts match.

Addition and subtraction

(a+bi)±(c+di)=(a±c)+(b±d)i(a + bi) \pm (c + di) = (a \pm c) + (b \pm d)i

Add or subtract the real parts and the imaginary parts separately.

Multiplication

(a+bi)(c+di)=(ac−bd)+(ad+bc)i(a + bi)(c + di) = (ac - bd) + (ad + bc)i

Expand like two binomials and replace i2i^{2} with −1-1.

Conjugate

zˉ=a−bi\bar{z} = a - bi

Flips the sign of the imaginary part. Also z+zˉ=2az + \bar{z} = 2a and zzˉ=a2+b2z\bar{z} = a^{2} + b^{2}.

Modulus of a complex number

∣z∣=a2+b2\lvert z \rvert = \sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}

The distance of the point (a,b)(a, b) from the origin in the Argand plane. It is never negative.

Division

a+bic+di=(ac+bd)+(bc−ad)ic2+d2\frac{a + bi}{c + di} = \frac{(ac + bd) + (bc - ad)i}{c^{2} + d^{2}}

Found by multiplying top and bottom by the conjugate c−dic - di of the denominator. Needs c+di≠0c + di \neq 0.

Reciprocal

1z=zˉ∣z∣2\frac{1}{z} = \frac{\bar{z}}{\lvert z \rvert^{2}}

The multiplicative inverse of any nonzero complex number zz.

Modulus rules

∣z1z2∣=∣z1∣∣z2∣\lvert z_{1}z_{2} \rvert = \lvert z_{1} \rvert \lvert z_{2} \rvert and ∣z1z2∣=∣z1∣∣z2∣\left\lvert \frac{z_{1}}{z_{2}} \right\rvert = \frac{\lvert z_{1} \rvert}{\lvert z_{2} \rvert}

The modulus of a product or quotient is the product or quotient of the moduli, with z2≠0z_{2} \neq 0.

Conjugate rules

z1+z2‾=z1‾+z2‾\overline{z_{1} + z_{2}} = \overline{z_{1}} + \overline{z_{2}} and z1z2‾=z1‾,z2‾\overline{z_{1}z_{2}} = \overline{z_{1}},\overline{z_{2}}

Taking the conjugate can be done before or after adding or multiplying.

Triangle inequality

∣z1+z2∣≤∣z1∣+∣z2∣\lvert z_{1} + z_{2} \rvert \leq \lvert z_{1} \rvert + \lvert z_{2} \rvert

The length of one side of a triangle is at most the sum of the other two. Equality holds when z1z_{1} and z2z_{2} point the same way.

Distance between two points

∣z1−z2∣\lvert z_{1} - z_{2} \rvert

The distance between the points z1z_{1} and z2z_{2} in the Argand plane.

Square root of a complex number

a+bi=±(∣z∣+a2+i,b∣b∣∣z∣−a2)\sqrt{a + bi} = \pm\left(\sqrt{\frac{\lvert z \rvert + a}{2}} + i,\frac{b}{\lvert b \rvert}\sqrt{\frac{\lvert z \rvert - a}{2}}\right)

Both square roots of z=a+biz = a + bi with b≠0b \neq 0. The factor b∣b∣\frac{b}{\lvert b \rvert} is just the sign of bb.

Example: 3+4i1−2i=(3+4i)(1+2i)12+22=3+10i+8i25=−5+10i5=−1+2i\frac{3 + 4i}{1 - 2i} = \frac{(3 + 4i)(1 + 2i)}{1^{2} + 2^{2}} = \frac{3 + 10i + 8i^{2}}{5} = \frac{-5 + 10i}{5} = -1 + 2i.

Complex Numbers: Polar Form, De Moivre's Theorem And Roots Of Unity

Angles in this table are in radians.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Argument

tan⁡θ=ba\tan\theta = \frac{b}{a}, with −π<θ≤π-\pi < \theta \leq \pi

The angle z=a+biz = a + bi makes with the positive real axis. Pick the quadrant from the signs of aa and bb to get the principal argument.

Polar form

z=r(cos⁡θ+isin⁡θ)z = r(\cos\theta + i\sin\theta)

Writes zz using its modulus r=∣z∣r = \lvert z \rvert and argument θ\theta, so a=rcos⁡θa = r\cos\theta and b=rsin⁡θb = r\sin\theta.

Euler's formula

eiθ=cos⁡θ+isin⁡θe^{i\theta} = \cos\theta + i\sin\theta

Links the exponential function to sine and cosine for any real θ\theta.

Euler (exponential) form

z=reiθz = re^{i\theta}

A short way to write the polar form. Makes multiplication, division and powers easy.

Euler's identity

eiπ+1=0e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0

Euler's formula with θ=π\theta = \pi. It connects ee, ii, π\pi, 1 and 0.

Product in polar form

z1z2=r1r2[cos⁡(θ1+θ2)+isin⁡(θ1+θ2)]z_{1}z_{2} = r_{1}r_{2}[\cos(\theta_{1} + \theta_{2}) + i\sin(\theta_{1} + \theta_{2})]

Multiply the moduli and add the arguments. So arg⁡(z1z2)=arg⁡z1+arg⁡z2\arg(z_{1}z_{2}) = \arg z_{1} + \arg z_{2}, up to a multiple of 2π2\pi.

Quotient in polar form

z1z2=r1r2[cos⁡(θ1−θ2)+isin⁡(θ1−θ2)]\frac{z_{1}}{z_{2}} = \frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}[\cos(\theta_{1} - \theta_{2}) + i\sin(\theta_{1} - \theta_{2})]

Divide the moduli and subtract the arguments, with z2≠0z_{2} \neq 0.

De Moivre's theorem

(cos⁡θ+isin⁡θ)n=cos⁡nθ+isin⁡nθ(\cos\theta + i\sin\theta)^{n} = \cos n\theta + i\sin n\theta

Raises a complex number in polar form to an integer power nn by multiplying the angle by nn.

nth roots of a complex number

r1n[cos⁡θ+2kπn+isin⁡θ+2kπn]r^{\frac{1}{n}}\left[\cos\frac{\theta + 2k\pi}{n} + i\sin\frac{\theta + 2k\pi}{n}\right]

Gives all nn distinct roots of z=reiθz = re^{i\theta} as kk runs through 0,1,…,n−10, 1, \ldots, n-1.

Cube roots of unity

11, ω=−1+i32\omega = \frac{-1 + i\sqrt{3}}{2}, ω2=−1−i32\omega^{2} = \frac{-1 - i\sqrt{3}}{2}

The three solutions of z3=1z^{3} = 1. The two complex ones are roots of z2+z+1=0z^{2} + z + 1 = 0 and are conjugates of each other.

Properties of omega

1+ω+ω2=01 + \omega + \omega^{2} = 0 and ω3=1\omega^{3} = 1

The key facts used to simplify any expression in ω\omega. Also ∣ω∣=1\lvert \omega \rvert = 1 and ωˉ=ω2\bar{\omega} = \omega^{2}.

nth roots of unity

e2kπine^{\frac{2k\pi i}{n}} for k=0,1,…,n−1k = 0, 1, \ldots, n-1

The nn solutions of zn=1z^{n} = 1, equally spaced on the unit circle. Their sum is 0 for n≥2n \geq 2 and their product is (−1)n−1(-1)^{n-1}.

Example: 1+i=2(cos⁡π4+isin⁡π4)1 + i = \sqrt{2}\left(\cos\frac{\pi}{4} + i\sin\frac{\pi}{4}\right), so by De Moivre (1+i)8=(2)8(cos⁡2π+isin⁡2π)=16(1 + i)^{8} = (\sqrt{2})^{8}(\cos 2\pi + i\sin 2\pi) = 16.

Matrix Operations And Transpose

Formula

Expression

What it means

Order of a matrix

m×nm \times n matrix has mnmn entries

A matrix with mm rows and nn columns. The entry in row ii and column jj is written aija_{ij}.

Matrix addition

$(A + B){ij} = a{ij} + b_{ij}$

Add entries in the same position. Defined only when AA and BB have the same order.

Scalar multiplication

$(kA){ij} = k,a{ij}$

Multiply every entry of AA by the number kk.

Multiplication of matrices

$(AB){ij} = \sum{k=1}^{n} a_{ik}b_{kj}$

Entry (i,j)(i, j) of the product is row ii of AA times column jj of BB, added term by term.

Order of a product

Am×nBn×p=Cm×pA_{m \times n}B_{n \times p} = C_{m \times p}

ABAB exists only when the number of columns of AA equals the number of rows of BB.

Laws of matrix multiplication

(AB)C=A(BC)(AB)C = A(BC), A(B+C)=AB+ACA(B + C) = AB + AC, but AB≠BAAB \neq BA in general

Matrix multiplication is associative and distributive but usually not commutative, so the order of factors matters.

Identity matrix

AI=IA=AAI = IA = A

II has 1 on the main diagonal and 0 elsewhere. It acts like the number 1 for square matrices of the same order.

Transpose of a matrix

$(A^{T}){ij} = a{ji}$

Rows become columns. An m×nm \times n matrix has an n×mn \times m transpose, also written A′A'.

Transpose rules

(AT)T=A(A^{T})^{T} = A, (A+B)T=AT+BT(A + B)^{T} = A^{T} + B^{T}, (kA)T=kAT(kA)^{T} = kA^{T}

Transposing twice returns the original, and transpose passes through sums and scalar multiples.

Reversal law for transpose

(AB)T=BTAT(AB)^{T} = B^{T}A^{T}

The transpose of a product is the product of the transposes in reverse order.

Symmetric matrix

AT=AA^{T} = A

A square matrix equal to its own transpose, so aij=ajia_{ij} = a_{ji} for all ii and jj.

Skew symmetric matrix

AT=−AA^{T} = -A

A square matrix with aij=−ajia_{ij} = -a_{ji}. All its diagonal entries are 0.

Symmetric plus skew symmetric split

A=12(A+AT)+12(A−AT)A = \frac{1}{2}(A + A^{T}) + \frac{1}{2}(A - A^{T})

Every square matrix is the sum of a symmetric part and a skew symmetric part, and this split is unique.

Trace

tr(A)=∑i=1naii\text{tr}(A) = \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{ii}

Sum of the main diagonal entries of a square matrix. Also tr(AB)=tr(BA)\text{tr}(AB) = \text{tr}(BA).

Orthogonal matrix

AAT=ATA=IAA^{T} = A^{T}A = I

A square matrix whose transpose is its inverse. Its determinant is 11 or −1-1.

Example: If AA has rows (1,2)(1, 2) and (3,4)(3, 4) and BB has rows (5,6)(5, 6) and (7,8)(7, 8), then (AB)11=1×5+2×7=19(AB)_{11} = 1 \times 5 + 2 \times 7 = 19 and ABAB has rows (19,22)(19, 22) and (43,50)(43, 50).

Determinants

Every result in this table applies to square matrices only.

Formula

Expression

What it means

2 by 2 determinant

det⁡A=ad−bc\det A = ad - bc

For the matrix with rows (a,b)(a, b) and (c,d)(c, d): the product of the main diagonal minus the product of the other diagonal.

3 by 3 determinant

a11(a22a33−a23a32)−a12(a21a33−a23a31)+a13(a21a32−a22a31)a_{11}(a_{22}a_{33} - a_{23}a_{32}) - a_{12}(a_{21}a_{33} - a_{23}a_{31}) + a_{13}(a_{21}a_{32} - a_{22}a_{31})

Expansion along the first row. The signs alternate plus, minus, plus.

Minor and cofactor

Cij=(−1)i+jMijC_{ij} = (-1)^{i+j}M_{ij}

MijM_{ij} is the determinant left after deleting row ii and column jj. The cofactor attaches the checkerboard sign.

Expansion along any row

det⁡A=∑j=1naijCij\det A = \sum_{j=1}^{n} a_{ij}C_{ij}

Any row or column gives the same value, so expand along the one with the most zeros.

Determinant of a transpose

det⁡(AT)=det⁡A\det(A^{T}) = \det A

Swapping rows and columns does not change the determinant, so every row rule also holds for columns.

Product rule

det⁡(AB)=det⁡A⋅det⁡B\det(AB) = \det A \cdot \det B

The determinant of a product of two square matrices of the same order is the product of their determinants.

Scalar multiple

det⁡(kA)=kndet⁡A\det(kA) = k^{n}\det A

For an n×nn \times n matrix, multiplying the whole matrix by kk multiplies the determinant by knk^{n}.

Row operation rules

Swap two rows gives −det⁡A-\det A, scale one row by kk gives kdet⁡Ak\det A

Adding a multiple of one row to another leaves the determinant unchanged. These rules speed up evaluation.

Zero determinant cases

det⁡A=0\det A = 0

Always happens when two rows are equal or proportional, or a whole row is zero, though these are not the only cases. Such a matrix is called singular.

Triangular matrix

det⁡A=a11a22⋯ann\det A = a_{11}a_{22}\cdots a_{nn}

For an upper or lower triangular or diagonal matrix, the determinant is the product of the diagonal entries.

Determinant of an inverse

det⁡(A−1)=1det⁡A\det(A^{-1}) = \frac{1}{\det A}

Holds for any invertible matrix, since AA−1=IAA^{-1} = I and det⁡I=1\det I = 1.

Area of triangle in determinant form

Area=12∣x1(y2−y3)+x2(y3−y1)+x3(y1−y2)∣\text{Area} = \frac{1}{2}\lvert x_{1}(y_{2} - y_{3}) + x_{2}(y_{3} - y_{1}) + x_{3}(y_{1} - y_{2}) \rvert

Half the absolute value of the determinant with rows (x1,y1,1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, 1), (x2,y2,1)(x_{2}, y_{2}, 1), (x3,y3,1)(x_{3}, y_{3}, 1). It equals 0 when the points are collinear.

Example: For rows (2,1,3)(2, 1, 3), (0,4,5)(0, 4, 5) and (1,0,6)(1, 0, 6), det⁡A=2(24−0)−1(0−5)+3(0−4)=48+5−12=41\det A = 2(24 - 0) - 1(0 - 5) + 3(0 - 4) = 48 + 5 - 12 = 41.

Inverse Of A Matrix And Cramer's Rule

Formula

Expression

What it means

Adjoint of a matrix

adj,A=CT\text{adj},A = C^{T}

The transpose of the cofactor matrix CC. Also called the adjugate.

Adjoint identity

A(adj,A)=(adj,A)A=(det⁡A)IA(\text{adj},A) = (\text{adj},A)A = (\det A)I

Holds for every square matrix and leads straight to the inverse formula.

Inverse of a matrix

A−1=1det⁡A,adj,AA^{-1} = \frac{1}{\det A},\text{adj},A

The matrix with AA−1=A−1A=IAA^{-1} = A^{-1}A = I. It exists only when det⁡A≠0\det A \neq 0.

Inverse of a 2x2 matrix

A−1=1ad−bcA^{-1} = \frac{1}{ad - bc} times the matrix with rows (d,−b)(d, -b) and (−c,a)(-c, a)

For AA with rows (a,b)(a, b) and (c,d)(c, d): swap the diagonal entries, negate the other two and divide by ad−bc≠0ad - bc \neq 0.

Inverse of a product

(AB)−1=B−1A−1(AB)^{-1} = B^{-1}A^{-1}

The inverse of a product is the product of the inverses in reverse order, when both are invertible.

Inverse of a transpose

(AT)−1=(A−1)T(A^{T})^{-1} = (A^{-1})^{T}

Transposing and inverting can be done in either order.

Determinant of the adjoint

det⁡(adj,A)=(det⁡A)n−1\det(\text{adj},A) = (\det A)^{n-1}

For an n×nn \times n matrix. For a 3 by 3 matrix this gives (det⁡A)2(\det A)^{2}.

Adjoint of the adjoint

adj(adj,A)=(det⁡A)n−2A\text{adj}(\text{adj},A) = (\det A)^{n-2}A

For an n×nn \times n matrix with n≥2n \geq 2. A frequent JEE result.

Matrix method for linear equations

AX=B⇒X=A−1BAX = B \Rightarrow X = A^{-1}B

Solves a square system where AA holds the coefficients, XX the unknowns and BB the constants, when det⁡A≠0\det A \neq 0.

Cramer's rule

x=DxDx = \frac{D_{x}}{D}, y=DyDy = \frac{D_{y}}{D}, z=DzDz = \frac{D_{z}}{D}

DD is the coefficient determinant and DxD_{x} replaces the xx column with the constants, and so on. Needs D≠0D \neq 0.

Consistency test

D≠0D \neq 0 gives a unique solution

If D=0D = 0 and some DxD_{x}, DyD_{y} or DzD_{z} is nonzero, there is no solution. If all are zero, there are infinitely many solutions or none.

Example: For 2x+3y=82x + 3y = 8 and x−y=−1x - y = -1, D=−2−3=−5D = -2 - 3 = -5, Dx=−8+3=−5D_{x} = -8 + 3 = -5 and Dy=−2−8=−10D_{y} = -2 - 8 = -10, so x=1x = 1 and y=2y = 2.

Set Operations And Venn Diagram Counts

Formula

Expression

What it means

A union B formula

n(A∪B)=n(A)+n(B)−n(A∩B)n(A \cup B) = n(A) + n(B) - n(A \cap B)

Counts elements in at least one of two finite sets. The overlap is subtracted once because it was counted twice.

Disjoint sets

n(A∪B)=n(A)+n(B)n(A \cup B) = n(A) + n(B)

When A∩B=∅A \cap B = \emptyset there is no overlap, so the counts simply add.

Union of three sets

n(A∪B∪C)=n(A)+n(B)+n(C)−n(A∩B)−n(B∩C)−n(A∩C)+n(A∩B∩C)n(A \cup B \cup C) = n(A) + n(B) + n(C) - n(A \cap B) - n(B \cap C) - n(A \cap C) + n(A \cap B \cap C)

Inclusion-exclusion for three sets. Add singles, subtract pairs, add back the triple overlap.

Only A

n(A−B)=n(A)−n(A∩B)n(A - B) = n(A) - n(A \cap B)

Elements in AA but not in BB, the difference of sets A−BA - B.

Symmetric difference

n(AΔB)=n(A)+n(B)−2n(A∩B)n(A \Delta B) = n(A) + n(B) - 2n(A \cap B)

Elements in exactly one of AA and BB, written AΔB=(A−B)∪(B−A)A \Delta B = (A - B) \cup (B - A).

Complement of a set

n(A′)=n(U)−n(A)n(A') = n(U) - n(A)

Elements of the universal set UU that are not in AA. Also written AcA^{c}.

Neither A nor B

n(A′∩B′)=n(U)−n(A∪B)n(A' \cap B') = n(U) - n(A \cup B)

Elements of the universal set that lie outside both sets.

De Morgan's laws for sets

(A∪B)′=A′∩B′(A \cup B)' = A' \cap B' and (A∩B)′=A′∪B′(A \cap B)' = A' \cup B'

The complement of a union is the intersection of complements, and the complement of an intersection is the union of complements.

Distributive laws

A∪(B∩C)=(A∪B)∩(A∪C)A \cup (B \cap C) = (A \cup B) \cap (A \cup C) and A∩(B∪C)=(A∩B)∪(A∩C)A \cap (B \cup C) = (A \cap B) \cup (A \cap C)

Union spreads over intersection and intersection spreads over union, like multiplication over addition.

Exactly one of three sets

S1−2S2+3S3S_{1} - 2S_{2} + 3S_{3}

S1S_{1} is the sum of the three single counts, S2S_{2} the sum of the three pair overlaps and S3=n(A∩B∩C)S_{3} = n(A \cap B \cap C).

Exactly two of three sets

S2−3S3S_{2} - 3S_{3}

Elements in exactly two of AA, BB, CC, using the same S2S_{2} and S3S_{3} as the row above.

Example: In a class of 40, 25 play cricket, 18 play football and 8 play both, so n(C∪F)=25+18−8=35n(C \cup F) = 25 + 18 - 8 = 35 and 40−35=540 - 35 = 5 students play neither.

Subsets, Relations And Functions

Here n(A)=mn(A) = m and n(B)=nn(B) = n, both finite, unless the row says otherwise.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Number of subsets

2m2^{m}

A set with mm elements has 2m2^{m} subsets, because each element is either in or out.

Proper subsets

2m−12^{m} - 1

All subsets except the set itself. Nonempty proper subsets number 2m−22^{m} - 2 for m≥1m \geq 1.

Subsets of a fixed size

mCr^{m}C_{r}

Number of subsets with exactly rr elements, for 0≤r≤m0 \leq r \leq m.

Power set

n(P(A))=2mn(P(A)) = 2^{m}

P(A)P(A) is the set of all subsets of AA, including ∅\emptyset and AA itself.

Cartesian product

n(A×B)=mnn(A \times B) = mn

Number of ordered pairs (a,b)(a, b) with aa in AA and bb in BB.

Number of relations from A to B

2mn2^{mn}

A relation is any subset of A×BA \times B, so the count is the number of subsets of a set of size mnmn.

Relations on a set

2m22^{m^{2}}

Number of relations from a set with mm elements to itself.

Reflexive relations, symmetric relations

2m2−m2^{m^{2} - m} reflexive, 2m(m+1)22^{\frac{m(m+1)}{2}} symmetric

Counts of relations on a set of mm elements that are reflexive, or separately that are symmetric.

Number of functions from A to B

nmn^{m}

Each of the mm elements of AA can be sent to any of the nn elements of BB.

One-to-one functions

nPm=n!(n−m)!^{n}P_{m} = \frac{n!}{(n-m)!}

Number of injective functions from AA to BB when m≤nm \leq n. There are none if m>nm > n.

Bijections

n!n!

Number of one-to-one and onto functions between two sets that both have nn elements.

Onto functions

∑k=0n(−1)k(nk)(n−k)m\sum_{k=0}^{n} (-1)^{k}\binom{n}{k}(n - k)^{m}

Number of surjective functions from AA onto BB, for m≥nm \geq n, found by inclusion-exclusion.

Binary operations on a set

mm2m^{m^{2}}

Number of binary operations on a set with mm elements, since each of the m2m^{2} ordered pairs gets one of mm outputs.

Example: For a set AA with 3 elements and a set BB with 2 elements, there are 23=82^{3} = 8 functions, 26=642^{6} = 64 relations and 23−2×13=62^{3} - 2 \times 1^{3} = 6 onto functions from AA to BB.

Mathematical Logic

Here pp and qq are statements that are either true (T) or false (F).

Formula

Expression

What it means

Negation

∼p\sim p

True when pp is false and false when pp is true. Also written ¬p\neg p.

Conjunction (AND)

p∧qp \wedge q

True only when both pp and qq are true.

Disjunction (OR)

p∨qp \vee q

False only when both pp and qq are false. This is the inclusive or.

Implication (if p then q)

p⇒q≡∼p∨qp \Rightarrow q \equiv \sim p \vee q

False only when pp is true and qq is false. A false pp makes the implication true.

Biconditional (if and only if)

p⇔q≡(p⇒q)∧(q⇒p)p \Leftrightarrow q \equiv (p \Rightarrow q) \wedge (q \Rightarrow p)

True when pp and qq have the same truth value.

Converse

q⇒pq \Rightarrow p

Swaps the two parts of p⇒qp \Rightarrow q. It is not equivalent to the original.

Inverse

∼p⇒∼q\sim p \Rightarrow \sim q

Negates both parts of p⇒qp \Rightarrow q. It is equivalent to the converse, not to the original.

Contrapositive

∼q⇒∼p\sim q \Rightarrow \sim p

Swaps and negates both parts. It always has the same truth value as p⇒qp \Rightarrow q, so it is used in indirect proofs.

De Morgan's laws for statements

∼(p∧q)≡∼p∨∼q\sim(p \wedge q) \equiv \sim p \vee \sim q and ∼(p∨q)≡∼p∧∼q\sim(p \vee q) \equiv \sim p \wedge \sim q

To negate an AND statement, negate each part and use OR, and the reverse for an OR statement.

Negation of an implication

∼(p⇒q)≡p∧∼q\sim(p \Rightarrow q) \equiv p \wedge \sim q

The only way an implication fails is when pp holds and qq does not.

Double negation

∼(∼p)≡p\sim(\sim p) \equiv p

Negating a statement twice gives back the original statement.

Tautology and contradiction

p∨∼pp \vee \sim p is always T, p∧∼pp \wedge \sim p is always F

A tautology is true in every row of its truth table and a contradiction is false in every row.

Negation of quantifiers

∼(∀x,,P(x))≡∃x,,∼P(x)\sim(\forall x,, P(x)) \equiv \exists x,, \sim P(x)

The negation of "for all" is "there exists one that fails", and the negation of "there exists" is "for all, it fails".

Rows in a truth table

2n2^{n}

A compound statement built from nn simple statements needs 2n2^{n} rows to list every combination.

Example: For "if x=2x = 2 then x2=4x^{2} = 4", the contrapositive is "if x2≠4x^{2} \neq 4 then x≠2x \neq 2" (true), while the converse "if x2=4x^{2} = 4 then x=2x = 2" is false since x=−2x = -2 also works.

Geometry Formulas: Area, Perimeter, Surface Area And Volume

This section covers plane and solid geometry, from angle facts and triangle areas to the surface area and volume of 3D solids. Students use it from Grade 6 mensuration through board exams, SAT, GCSE and the geometry parts of JEE.

Angles And Polygon Angles

Formula

Expression

What it means

Complementary angles

A+B=90∘A + B = 90^{\circ}

Two angles are complementary when they add to 90∘90^{\circ}, so the complement of an angle xx is 90∘−x90^{\circ} - x.

Supplementary angles

A+B=180∘A + B = 180^{\circ}

Two angles are supplementary when they add to 180∘180^{\circ}, so the supplement of an angle xx is 180∘−x180^{\circ} - x.

Linear pair of angles

∠1+∠2=180∘\angle 1 + \angle 2 = 180^{\circ}

Two adjacent angles that sit on a straight line always add to 180∘180^{\circ}.

Vertical angles

∠1=∠3\angle 1 = \angle 3

When two straight lines cross, each pair of vertically opposite angles is equal.

Angles at a point (complete angle)

∠1+∠2+⋯+∠k=360∘\angle 1 + \angle 2 + \dots + \angle k = 360^{\circ}

All the angles around one point add to a full turn of 360∘360^{\circ}, whatever their number kk.

Corresponding angles

∠a=∠b\angle a = \angle b

When a transversal cuts two parallel lines, the angles in matching positions at each crossing are equal.

Alternate interior angles

∠a=∠b\angle a = \angle b

With parallel lines and a transversal, angles on opposite sides of the transversal and between the lines are equal.

Co-interior angles (same-side interior angles)

∠a+∠b=180∘\angle a + \angle b = 180^{\circ}

With parallel lines and a transversal, the two interior angles on the same side of the transversal are supplementary.

Sum of interior angles of a polygon

S=(n−2)×180∘S = (n - 2) \times 180^{\circ}

For a polygon with nn sides, n≥3n \geq 3, because it splits into n−2n - 2 triangles from one vertex.

Each interior angle of a regular polygon

(n−2)×180∘n\frac{(n - 2) \times 180^{\circ}}{n}

A regular polygon has nn equal angles, so divide the interior angle sum by nn.

Sum of exterior angles of a polygon

360∘360^{\circ}

Taking one exterior angle at each vertex of a convex polygon, the total is always 360∘360^{\circ}, for any nn.

Each exterior angle of a regular polygon

360∘n\frac{360^{\circ}}{n}

nn is the number of sides. Also used in reverse to find it: n=360∘exterior anglen = \frac{360^{\circ}}{\text{exterior angle}}.

Interior and exterior angle at a vertex

interior+exterior=180∘\text{interior} + \text{exterior} = 180^{\circ}

At each vertex the interior angle and its exterior angle form a linear pair on the extended side.

Number of diagonals of a polygon

n(n−3)2\frac{n(n - 3)}{2}

Each of the nn vertices joins n−3n - 3 non-adjacent vertices, and every diagonal gets counted twice, hence the division by 2.

Example: A regular polygon with each exterior angle 24∘24^{\circ} has n=36024=15n = \frac{360}{24} = 15 sides, each interior angle 180∘−24∘=156∘180^{\circ} - 24^{\circ} = 156^{\circ} and 15×122=90\frac{15 \times 12}{2} = 90 diagonals.

Triangle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area of a triangle

A=12×b×hA = \frac{1}{2} \times b \times h

bb is any side taken as the base and hh is the perpendicular height to that side from the opposite vertex.

Heron's formula

A=s(s−a)(s−b)(s−c)A = \sqrt{s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c)}

Gives the area when all three sides aa, bb, cc are known, with ss the semi-perimeter. No height is needed.

Semi-perimeter

s=a+b+c2s = \frac{a + b + c}{2}

Half the perimeter of the triangle. It appears in Heron's formula and in the inradius formula.

Area from two sides and the included angle

A=12absin⁡CA = \frac{1}{2}ab\sin C

aa and bb are two sides and CC is the angle between them. Works for every triangle, acute or obtuse.

Perimeter of a triangle

P=a+b+cP = a + b + c

The perimeter is the total length of the boundary, found by adding the three side lengths.

Angle sum of a triangle (triangle sum theorem)

A+B+C=180∘A + B + C = 180^{\circ}

The three interior angles of any triangle add to 180∘180^{\circ}, which is π\pi radians.

Exterior angle theorem

∠exterior=∠A+∠B\angle \text{exterior} = \angle A + \angle B

An exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum of the two interior angles that are not next to it.

Triangle inequality theorem

∣a−b∣<c<a+b\lvert a - b \rvert < c < a + b

Any two sides together must be longer than the third. Use it to test whether three lengths can form a triangle.

Area of an equilateral triangle

A=34a2A = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4}a^{2}

aa is the side length. All three sides are equal and each angle is 60∘60^{\circ}.

Height of an equilateral triangle

h=32ah = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}a

For side aa, the altitude bisects the base, so Pythagoras on half the triangle gives h2=a2−a24h^{2} = a^{2} - \frac{a^{2}}{4}.

Perimeter of an equilateral triangle

P=3aP = 3a

Three equal sides of length aa, so the perimeter is three times one side.

Area of an isosceles triangle (isosceles triangle formula)

A=b44a2−b2A = \frac{b}{4}\sqrt{4a^{2} - b^{2}}

aa is each of the two equal sides and bb is the base, which must satisfy b<2ab < 2a.

Example: For sides 1313, 1414 and 1515, s=21s = 21 and Heron's formula gives A=21×8×7×6=7056=84A = \sqrt{21 \times 8 \times 7 \times 6} = \sqrt{7056} = 84 square units.

Right Triangle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Pythagorean theorem (Pythagoras theorem)

a2+b2=c2a^{2} + b^{2} = c^{2}

In a right triangle, aa and bb are the legs and cc is the hypotenuse, the side opposite the right angle.

Hypotenuse and missing leg

c=a2+b2c = \sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}, a=c2−b2a = \sqrt{c^{2} - b^{2}}

Rearranged forms of Pythagoras for finding an unknown side once the other two are known.

Converse of Pythagoras theorem

a2+b2=c2⇒∠C=90∘a^{2} + b^{2} = c^{2} \Rightarrow \angle C = 90^{\circ}

If the squares of two sides add to the square of the third, the angle opposite that third side is a right angle.

Acute or obtuse test

c2<a2+b2c^{2} < a^{2} + b^{2} (acute), c2>a2+b2c^{2} > a^{2} + b^{2} (obtuse)

Here cc is the longest side. Compare c2c^{2} with a2+b2a^{2} + b^{2} to classify the largest angle.

Area of a right triangle (right triangle formulas)

A=12abA = \frac{1}{2}ab

The two legs aa and bb are perpendicular, so one acts as the base and the other as the height.

45-45-90 triangle (isosceles right triangle)

x:x:x2x : x : x\sqrt{2}

Both legs equal xx and the hypotenuse is x2x\sqrt{2}. This is half of a square cut along its diagonal.

30-60-90 triangle

x:x3:2xx : x\sqrt{3} : 2x

The side opposite 30∘30^{\circ} is xx, opposite 60∘60^{\circ} is x3x\sqrt{3}, and the hypotenuse is 2x2x.

Altitude to the hypotenuse

h=abch = \frac{ab}{c}

The height from the right angle to the hypotenuse, found by writing the area two ways: 12ab=12ch\frac{1}{2}ab = \frac{1}{2}ch.

Hypotenuse segment relations

h2=pqh^{2} = pq, a2=pca^{2} = pc, b2=qcb^{2} = qc

The altitude splits the hypotenuse into pp (next to leg aa) and qq (next to leg bb), with p+q=cp + q = c.

Circumradius of a right triangle

R=c2R = \frac{c}{2}

The hypotenuse is a diameter of the circumcircle, so the circumcentre is the midpoint of the hypotenuse.

Inradius of a right triangle

r=a+b−c2r = \frac{a + b - c}{2}

Radius of the circle touching all three sides, with legs aa, bb and hypotenuse cc.

Pythagorean triples

(m2−n2,,2mn,,m2+n2)(m^{2} - n^{2}, , 2mn, , m^{2} + n^{2})

For whole numbers m>n>0m > n > 0 this gives integer sides of a right triangle, such as (3,4,5)(3, 4, 5) from m=2m = 2, n=1n = 1.

Example: Legs 66 and 88 give c=36+64=10c = \sqrt{36 + 64} = 10, and the altitude to the hypotenuse is h=6×810=4.8h = \frac{6 \times 8}{10} = 4.8.

Triangle Centres, Medians And Radii

For the radius formulas below, AA is the area of the triangle and ss is its semi-perimeter.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Centroid of a triangle

AG:GM=2:1AG : GM = 2 : 1

The three medians meet at the centroid GG, which divides each median in the ratio 2:12 : 1 measured from the vertex.

Length of a median

ma=122b2+2c2−a2m_{a} = \frac{1}{2}\sqrt{2b^{2} + 2c^{2} - a^{2}}

The median from vertex AA to the midpoint of side aa. This comes from Apollonius' theorem.

Altitude of a triangle

ha=2Aah_{a} = \frac{2A}{a}

The perpendicular height onto side aa, found by rearranging A=12ahaA = \frac{1}{2}ah_{a}.

Circumradius (circumcentre)

R=abc4AR = \frac{abc}{4A}

Radius of the circle through all three vertices. Its centre is where the perpendicular bisectors of the sides meet.

Circumradius from the sine rule

R=a2sin⁡AR = \frac{a}{2\sin A}

Here AA is the angle opposite side aa. Any side and its opposite angle give the same RR.

Inradius (incentre)

r=Asr = \frac{A}{s}

Radius of the circle touching all three sides. Its centre is where the angle bisectors meet, and A=rsA = rs.

Circumradius and inradius of an equilateral triangle

R=a3R = \frac{a}{\sqrt{3}}, r=a23r = \frac{a}{2\sqrt{3}}

For side aa the centroid, circumcentre and incentre coincide, so R=2rR = 2r.

Euler's distance between centres

OI2=R2−2RrOI^{2} = R^{2} - 2Rr

OO is the circumcentre and II the incentre. It shows R≥2rR \geq 2r, with equality only for an equilateral triangle.

Example: For sides 1313, 1414, 1515 with A=84A = 84 and s=21s = 21, the inradius is r=8421=4r = \frac{84}{21} = 4 and the circumradius is R=13×14×154×84=2730336=8.125R = \frac{13 \times 14 \times 15}{4 \times 84} = \frac{2730}{336} = 8.125.

Similarity And Scale Factor

These hold for two similar figures whose matching lengths are in the ratio kk (the scale factor).

Formula

Expression

What it means

Ratio of lengths

a′a=k\frac{a'}{a} = k

Every pair of matching sides, heights, medians or radii in similar figures has the same ratio kk.

Ratio of perimeters

P′P=k\frac{P'}{P} = k

Perimeters are lengths, so they scale by the same factor kk as the sides.

Ratio of areas (area of similar triangles)

A′A=k2\frac{A'}{A} = k^{2}

Areas of similar figures scale by the square of the side ratio. Surface areas of similar solids also scale by k2k^{2}.

Ratio of volumes

V′V=k3\frac{V'}{V} = k^{3}

Volumes of similar solids scale by the cube of the length ratio, so doubling every length multiplies volume by 8.

Basic proportionality theorem (Thales)

ADDB=AEEC\frac{AD}{DB} = \frac{AE}{EC}

If a line parallel to BCBC cuts ABAB at DD and ACAC at EE, it divides those two sides in the same ratio.

Midsegment of a triangle

DE=12BCDE = \frac{1}{2}BC

The segment joining the midpoints of two sides is parallel to the third side and half its length.

Angle bisector theorem

BDDC=ABAC\frac{BD}{DC} = \frac{AB}{AC}

The bisector of angle AA meets BCBC at DD and splits it in the ratio of the two sides next to angle AA.

Example: Two similar triangles have matching sides 4,cm4,\text{cm} and 6,cm6,\text{cm}, so k=1.5k = 1.5 and k2=2.25k^{2} = 2.25. If the smaller area is 20,cm220,\text{cm}^{2}, the larger is 20×2.25=45,cm220 \times 2.25 = 45,\text{cm}^{2}.

Square And Rectangle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area of a square

A=a2A = a^{2}

aa is the side length. The side from a known area is a=Aa = \sqrt{A}.

Perimeter of a square

P=4aP = 4a

A square has four equal sides of length aa, so the boundary is four times one side.

Diagonal of a square

d=a2d = a\sqrt{2}

Both diagonals are equal, bisect each other at right angles and follow from Pythagoras on two sides.

Area of a square from its diagonal

A=d22A = \frac{d^{2}}{2}

Useful when only the diagonal dd is given. It matches the rhombus rule 12d1d2\frac{1}{2}d_{1}d_{2} with equal diagonals.

Area of a rectangle

A=l×wA = l \times w

ll is the length and ww the width (breadth), measured in the same unit.

Perimeter of a rectangle

P=2(l+w)P = 2(l + w)

Two lengths plus two widths. Use it for fencing, borders and frame problems.

Diagonal of a rectangle

d=l2+w2d = \sqrt{l^{2} + w^{2}}

The diagonal is the hypotenuse of a right triangle with legs ll and ww. Both diagonals are equal.

Area of a path around a rectangle

(l+2x)(w+2x)−lw(l + 2x)(w + 2x) - lw

Area of a uniform border of width xx outside an ll by ww rectangle: outer rectangle minus inner rectangle.

Example: A 12,cm12,\text{cm} by 5,cm5,\text{cm} rectangle has area 60,cm260,\text{cm}^{2}, perimeter 2(12+5)=34,cm2(12 + 5) = 34,\text{cm} and diagonal 144+25=13,cm\sqrt{144 + 25} = 13,\text{cm}.

Parallelogram, Rhombus, Trapezium And Kite Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area of a parallelogram

A=b×hA = b \times h

bb is a base and hh is the perpendicular distance between that base and the opposite side, not the slanted side.

Area of a parallelogram from sides and angle

A=absin⁡θA = ab\sin\theta

aa and bb are adjacent sides and θ\theta is the angle between them.

Perimeter of a parallelogram

P=2(a+b)P = 2(a + b)

Opposite sides are equal, so add the two adjacent sides aa and bb and double.

Diagonals of a parallelogram

d12+d22=2(a2+b2)d_{1}^{2} + d_{2}^{2} = 2(a^{2} + b^{2})

The parallelogram law: the squares of the diagonals add to twice the sum of the squares of the adjacent sides.

Area of a rhombus (rhombus formula)

A=12d1d2A = \frac{1}{2}d_{1}d_{2}

d1d_{1} and d2d_{2} are the diagonals. The rule works because a rhombus has perpendicular diagonals.

Perimeter of a rhombus

P=4aP = 4a

All four sides of a rhombus are equal to aa.

Side of a rhombus from its diagonals (diagonal of rhombus)

a=12d12+d22a = \frac{1}{2}\sqrt{d_{1}^{2} + d_{2}^{2}}

The diagonals bisect each other at right angles, so each side is the hypotenuse of a right triangle with legs d12\frac{d_{1}}{2} and d22\frac{d_{2}}{2}.

Area of a trapezium (trapezoid)

A=12(a+b)hA = \frac{1}{2}(a + b)h

aa and bb are the two parallel sides and hh is the perpendicular distance between them.

Midsegment of a trapezium

m=a+b2m = \frac{a + b}{2}

The segment joining the midpoints of the non-parallel sides. It is the mean of the parallel sides, and A=mhA = mh.

Diagonal of an isosceles trapezoid

d=c2+abd = \sqrt{c^{2} + ab}

aa and bb are the parallel sides and cc is each equal leg. Both diagonals have this length.

Area of a kite (properties of a kite)

A=12d1d2A = \frac{1}{2}d_{1}d_{2}

d1d_{1} and d2d_{2} are the diagonals, which meet at right angles in every kite.

Perimeter of a kite

P=2(a+b)P = 2(a + b)

A kite has two pairs of equal adjacent sides, aa and bb.

Area of any quadrilateral from a diagonal

A=12d(h1+h2)A = \frac{1}{2}d(h_{1} + h_{2})

dd is one diagonal and h1h_{1}, h2h_{2} are the perpendiculars to it from the other two vertices.

Angle sum of a quadrilateral (angles of quadrilateral)

A+B+C+D=360∘A + B + C + D = 360^{\circ}

Any quadrilateral splits into two triangles along a diagonal, giving 2×180∘2 \times 180^{\circ}.

Example: A rhombus with diagonals 16,cm16,\text{cm} and 12,cm12,\text{cm} has area 12×16×12=96,cm2\frac{1}{2} \times 16 \times 12 = 96,\text{cm}^{2}, side 12256+144=10,cm\frac{1}{2}\sqrt{256 + 144} = 10,\text{cm} and perimeter 40,cm40,\text{cm}.

Regular Polygon Formulas

A regular polygon has nn equal sides of length ss and nn equal angles.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area of a regular polygon (area of polygons)

A=12×P×aA = \frac{1}{2} \times P \times a

PP is the perimeter and aa is the apothem, the perpendicular distance from the centre to a side.

Area of a regular polygon from its side

A=ns24tan⁡(180∘n)A = \frac{ns^{2}}{4\tan\left(\frac{180^{\circ}}{n}\right)}

Use when only the side ss and the number of sides nn are known.

Apothem

a=s2tan⁡(180∘n)a = \frac{s}{2\tan\left(\frac{180^{\circ}}{n}\right)}

Distance from the centre to the midpoint of a side. It is also the radius of the inscribed circle.

Circumradius of a regular polygon

R=s2sin⁡(180∘n)R = \frac{s}{2\sin\left(\frac{180^{\circ}}{n}\right)}

Distance from the centre to a vertex, which is the radius of the circle through all vertices.

Perimeter of a regular polygon

P=nsP = ns

Multiply the number of sides by the side length.

Area of a regular hexagon

A=332s2A = \frac{3\sqrt{3}}{2}s^{2}

A regular hexagon splits into six equilateral triangles of side ss, and its circumradius equals ss.

Diagonals of a regular hexagon

dlong=2sd_{\text{long}} = 2s, dshort=s3d_{\text{short}} = s\sqrt{3}

The long diagonals pass through the centre. The short diagonals skip one vertex.

Area of a regular pentagon

A=145(5+25),s2≈1.7205s2A = \frac{1}{4}\sqrt{5(5 + 2\sqrt{5})},s^{2} \approx 1.7205s^{2}

Exact area of a regular pentagon with side ss. Each interior angle is 108∘108^{\circ}.

Perimeter of a pentagon

P=5sP = 5s

For a regular pentagon. For an irregular one, add the five side lengths.

Area of a regular octagon

A=2(1+2)s2≈4.8284s2A = 2(1 + \sqrt{2})s^{2} \approx 4.8284s^{2}

Exact area of a regular octagon with side ss. Each interior angle is 135∘135^{\circ}.

Example: A regular hexagon with side 4,cm4,\text{cm} has area 332×16=243≈41.57,cm2\frac{3\sqrt{3}}{2} \times 16 = 24\sqrt{3} \approx 41.57,\text{cm}^{2} and perimeter 24,cm24,\text{cm}.

Circle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Diameter (diameter formula)

d=2rd = 2r

The diameter is a chord through the centre and is twice the radius rr.

Circumference of a circle

C=2πr=πdC = 2\pi r = \pi d

The perimeter of a circle. Use π≈3.1416\pi \approx 3.1416 or 227\frac{22}{7} when the question says so.

Area of a circle (circle area formulas)

A=πr2=πd24A = \pi r^{2} = \frac{\pi d^{2}}{4}

Area enclosed by a circle of radius rr or diameter dd.

Area from the circumference

A=C24πA = \frac{C^{2}}{4\pi}

Finds the area directly from a known circumference CC, without first finding rr.

Radius from the area

r=Aπr = \sqrt{\frac{A}{\pi}}

Rearranged area formula for when the area is given and the radius is unknown.

Area of a semicircle (semicircle formulas)

A=12πr2A = \frac{1}{2}\pi r^{2}

Half of a full circle of radius rr, cut along a diameter.

Perimeter of a semicircle

P=πr+2rP = \pi r + 2r

The curved half of the circumference plus the straight diameter. Using πr\pi r alone gives only the arc.

Area of a quadrant

A=14πr2A = \frac{1}{4}\pi r^{2}

A quarter circle, which is a sector with a central angle of 90∘90^{\circ}.

Perimeter of a quadrant

P=πr2+2rP = \frac{\pi r}{2} + 2r

One quarter of the circumference plus the two bounding radii.

Area of an annulus (ring)

A=π(R2−r2)=π(R+r)(R−r)A = \pi(R^{2} - r^{2}) = \pi(R + r)(R - r)

Area between two concentric circles with outer radius RR and inner radius rr, where R>rR > r.

Distance covered by a wheel

D=N×2πrD = N \times 2\pi r

A wheel of radius rr travels one circumference per revolution, so NN revolutions cover DD.

Example: A circle of radius 7,cm7,\text{cm} with π=227\pi = \frac{22}{7} has circumference 2×227×7=44,cm2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7 = 44,\text{cm} and area 227×49=154,cm2\frac{22}{7} \times 49 = 154,\text{cm}^{2}.

Arc, Sector, Segment And Chord Formulas

Here θ\theta is the central angle. Use the degree forms when θ\theta is in degrees and the radian forms when it is in radians.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Arc length (degrees)

L=θ360∘×2πrL = \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times 2\pi r

On a circle of radius rr, the arc is the same fraction of the circumference as θ\theta is of a full turn.

Arc length (radians)

L=rθL = r\theta

The simplest form, valid only when θ\theta is measured in radians.

Area of a sector (degrees)

A=θ360∘×πr2A = \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^{2}

A sector is the slice between two radii, so its area is that fraction of the full circle.

Area of a sector (radians)

A=12r2θ=12LrA = \frac{1}{2}r^{2}\theta = \frac{1}{2}Lr

With θ\theta in radians, or with arc length LL known and no angle needed.

Perimeter of a sector

P=2r+LP = 2r + L

Two radii plus the arc length. Students often forget the two straight edges.

Area of a segment (radians)

A=12r2(θ−sin⁡θ)A = \frac{1}{2}r^{2}(\theta - \sin\theta)

The region between a chord and its arc, equal to the sector minus the triangle, with θ\theta in radians.

Area of a segment (degrees)

A=θ360∘πr2−12r2sin⁡θA = \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}}\pi r^{2} - \frac{1}{2}r^{2}\sin\theta

Same idea in degrees: sector area minus the area of the triangle formed by the two radii.

Chord length from the central angle

c=2rsin⁡(θ2)c = 2r\sin\left(\frac{\theta}{2}\right)

Length of the chord cut off by a central angle θ\theta in a circle of radius rr.

Chord length from its distance to the centre

c=2r2−d2c = 2\sqrt{r^{2} - d^{2}}

dd is the perpendicular distance from the centre to the chord, with 0≤d≤r0 \leq d \leq r. That perpendicular bisects the chord.

Central angle from arc length

θ=Lr\theta = \frac{L}{r}

Gives θ\theta in radians. Multiply by 180∘π\frac{180^{\circ}}{\pi} to convert to degrees.

Example: With r=6,cmr = 6,\text{cm} and θ=60∘\theta = 60^{\circ}, the arc is 60360×12π=2π≈6.28,cm\frac{60}{360} \times 12\pi = 2\pi \approx 6.28,\text{cm}, the sector is 6π≈18.85,cm26\pi \approx 18.85,\text{cm}^{2} and the chord is 2×6×sin⁡30∘=6,cm2 \times 6 \times \sin 30^{\circ} = 6,\text{cm}.

Circle Theorems

Formula

Expression

What it means

Inscribed angle theorem

∠ACB=12∠AOB\angle ACB = \frac{1}{2}\angle AOB

An angle at the circle is half the angle at the centre OO standing on the same arc ABAB.

Angle in a semicircle

∠ACB=90∘\angle ACB = 90^{\circ}

If ABAB is a diameter, the angle it makes at any other point CC on the circle is a right angle.

Angles in the same segment (arcs and subtended angles)

∠ACB=∠ADB\angle ACB = \angle ADB

Angles at CC and DD on the same side of chord ABAB, standing on the same arc, are equal.

Cyclic quadrilateral

∠A+∠C=180∘\angle A + \angle C = 180^{\circ}, ∠B+∠D=180∘\angle B + \angle D = 180^{\circ}

When all four vertices lie on a circle, each pair of opposite angles is supplementary.

Brahmagupta's formula

A=(s−a)(s−b)(s−c)(s−d)A = \sqrt{(s - a)(s - b)(s - c)(s - d)}

Area of a cyclic quadrilateral with sides aa, bb, cc, dd and semi-perimeter s=a+b+c+d2s = \frac{a + b + c + d}{2}.

Ptolemy's theorem

AC⋅BD=AB⋅CD+AD⋅BCAC \cdot BD = AB \cdot CD + AD \cdot BC

In a cyclic quadrilateral ABCDABCD, the product of the diagonals equals the sum of products of opposite sides.

Tangent perpendicular to radius

OT⊥PTOT \perp PT

The tangent line PTPT touching the circle at TT meets the radius OTOT from centre OO at a right angle.

Tangents from an external point

PA=PB=d2−r2PA = PB = \sqrt{d^{2} - r^{2}}

From a point PP at distance d>rd > r from the centre, both tangents to the circle have equal length.

Intersecting chords theorem

AE×EB=CE×EDAE \times EB = CE \times ED

When chords ABAB and CDCD cross at EE inside the circle, the products of their parts are equal.

Tangent-secant theorem

PT2=PA×PBPT^{2} = PA \times PB

From external point PP, tangent PTPT and a secant meeting the circle at AA (near) and BB (far).

Secant-secant theorem

PA×PB=PC×PDPA \times PB = PC \times PD

Two secants from external point PP cut the circle at AA, BB and CC, DD. Use whole secant lengths PBPB and PDPD.

Alternate segment theorem

∠TAB=∠ACB\angle TAB = \angle ACB

The angle between tangent TATA and chord ABAB equals the inscribed angle at CC in the opposite segment.

Example: From a point PP, a secant meets a circle at AA and BB with PA=4PA = 4 and PB=9PB = 9, so the tangent length is PT=4×9=6PT = \sqrt{4 \times 9} = 6.

Ellipse Formulas

Here aa is the semi-major axis and bb is the semi-minor axis, with a≥b>0a \geq b > 0.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area of an ellipse

A=πabA = \pi ab

Exact area of an ellipse. It stretches the circle formula along two axes.

Perimeter of an ellipse (Ramanujan)

P≈π[3(a+b)−(3a+b)(a+3b)]P \approx \pi\left[3(a + b) - \sqrt{(3a + b)(a + 3b)}\right]

No simple exact formula exists. This approximation is accurate to a tiny fraction of a percent for most ellipses.

Rough perimeter of an ellipse

P≈2πa2+b22P \approx 2\pi\sqrt{\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{2}}

A quicker estimate that works well when aa and bb are close in size.

Area of a semi-ellipse

A=12πabA = \frac{1}{2}\pi ab

Half of an ellipse cut along either axis.

Circle as a special case

a=b=r⇒A=πr2a = b = r \Rightarrow A = \pi r^{2}

When both semi-axes are equal, the ellipse is a circle and the formulas reduce to the circle forms.

Area of an elliptical ring

A=π(ab−cd)A = \pi(ab - cd)

Region between an outer ellipse with semi-axes aa, bb and an inner ellipse with semi-axes cc, dd.

Example: For a=5a = 5 and b=3b = 3, the area is 15π≈47.1215\pi \approx 47.12 and the Ramanujan perimeter is π(24−252)≈π×8.1255≈25.53\pi(24 - \sqrt{252}) \approx \pi \times 8.1255 \approx 25.53.

Cube And Cuboid Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Volume of a cube (cube formula)

V=a3V = a^{3}

aa is the edge length. Volume is measured in cubic units.

Lateral surface area of a cube

LSA=4a2\text{LSA} = 4a^{2}

Area of the four side faces only, leaving out the top and bottom.

Total surface area of a cube

TSA=6a2\text{TSA} = 6a^{2}

Area of all six square faces of the cube.

Face diagonal of a cube

a2a\sqrt{2}

Diagonal across one square face, found from Pythagoras on two edges.

Space diagonal of a cube

d=a3d = a\sqrt{3}

Line through the centre joining opposite corners of the cube.

Edge of a cube from its volume

a=V3a = \sqrt[3]{V}

Take the cube root of the volume to recover the edge.

Volume of a cuboid (rectangular prism)

V=l×w×hV = l \times w \times h

ll, ww and hh are the length, width (breadth) and height in the same unit.

Lateral surface area of a cuboid

LSA=2h(l+w)\text{LSA} = 2h(l + w)

Area of the four walls, as used for painting the walls of a room.

Total surface area of a cuboid

TSA=2(lw+wh+hl)\text{TSA} = 2(lw + wh + hl)

Area of all six rectangular faces, which come in three equal pairs.

Space diagonal of a cuboid

d=l2+w2+h2d = \sqrt{l^{2} + w^{2} + h^{2}}

Longest straight rod that fits inside the box, joining opposite corners.

Total edge length

4(l+w+h)4(l + w + h) for a cuboid, 12a12a for a cube

A cuboid has 12 edges, four each of length ll, ww and hh.

Example: A cuboid 3×4×123 \times 4 \times 12 has V=144V = 144, TSA=2(12+48+36)=192\text{TSA} = 2(12 + 48 + 36) = 192 and space diagonal 9+16+144=13\sqrt{9 + 16 + 144} = 13.

Cylinder Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Volume of a cylinder

V=πr2hV = \pi r^{2}h

Base area πr2\pi r^{2} times height hh. It also holds for an oblique cylinder if hh is the perpendicular height.

Curved surface area of a right circular cylinder

CSA=2πrh\text{CSA} = 2\pi rh

Area of the side only. Unrolled, it is a rectangle of width 2πr2\pi r and height hh.

Total surface area of a cylinder

TSA=2πr(r+h)\text{TSA} = 2\pi r(r + h)

Curved surface plus the two circular ends, 2πrh+2πr22\pi rh + 2\pi r^{2}.

Volume of a hollow cylinder

V=π(R2−r2)hV = \pi(R^{2} - r^{2})h

Volume of material in a pipe with outer radius RR, inner radius rr and length hh.

Total surface area of a hollow cylinder

2π(R+r)h+2π(R2−r2)2\pi(R + r)h + 2\pi(R^{2} - r^{2})

Outer and inner curved surfaces plus the two ring-shaped ends.

Height of a cylinder from its volume

h=Vπr2h = \frac{V}{\pi r^{2}}

Rearranged volume formula, used for tank and container filling questions.

Example: A cylinder with r=7,cmr = 7,\text{cm}, h=10,cmh = 10,\text{cm} and π=227\pi = \frac{22}{7} has V=227×49×10=1540,cm3V = \frac{22}{7} \times 49 \times 10 = 1540,\text{cm}^{3}, CSA=440,cm2\text{CSA} = 440,\text{cm}^{2} and TSA=440+308=748,cm2\text{TSA} = 440 + 308 = 748,\text{cm}^{2}.

Cone And Frustum Formulas

For a frustum, RR and rr are the radii of the two circular ends and hh is the perpendicular height.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Volume of a cone

V=13πr2hV = \frac{1}{3}\pi r^{2}h

One third of a cylinder with the same base radius rr and height hh.

Slant height of a right circular cone

l=r2+h2l = \sqrt{r^{2} + h^{2}}

Distance from the apex to the edge of the base, found from the right triangle formed by rr, hh and ll.

Curved surface area of a cone

CSA=πrl\text{CSA} = \pi rl

Area of the sloping surface only. It uses the slant height ll, not the vertical height.

Total surface area of a cone

TSA=πr(l+r)\text{TSA} = \pi r(l + r)

Curved surface plus the circular base, πrl+πr2\pi rl + \pi r^{2}.

Cone made from a sector

l=sector radiusl = \text{sector radius}, r=θ360∘×lr = \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times l

Rolling a sector of angle θ\theta into a cone turns the sector radius into ll and the arc into the base circumference.

Volume of a frustum of a cone

V=13πh(R2+Rr+r2)V = \frac{1}{3}\pi h(R^{2} + Rr + r^{2})

Volume of a cone with its top cut off parallel to the base, such as a bucket or lampshade.

Slant height of a frustum

l=h2+(R−r)2l = \sqrt{h^{2} + (R - r)^{2}}

Found from a right triangle with legs hh and R−rR - r.

Curved surface area of a frustum

CSA=πl(R+r)\text{CSA} = \pi l(R + r)

Area of the sloping side of the frustum only.

Total surface area of a frustum

TSA=πl(R+r)+πR2+πr2\text{TSA} = \pi l(R + r) + \pi R^{2} + \pi r^{2}

Curved surface plus both circular ends. Drop πr2\pi r^{2} for an open-topped bucket.

Example: A cone with r=3r = 3 and h=4h = 4 has l=5l = 5, V=13π×9×4=12π≈37.70V = \frac{1}{3}\pi \times 9 \times 4 = 12\pi \approx 37.70, CSA=15π≈47.12\text{CSA} = 15\pi \approx 47.12 and TSA=24π≈75.40\text{TSA} = 24\pi \approx 75.40.

Sphere And Hemisphere Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Volume of a sphere

V=43πr3V = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^{3}

rr is the radius. The volume grows with the cube of the radius.

Surface area of a sphere

A=4πr2A = 4\pi r^{2}

Equal to four times the area of a great circle of the same radius.

Volume of a hemisphere

V=23πr3V = \frac{2}{3}\pi r^{3}

Half the volume of a sphere of radius rr.

Curved surface area of a hemisphere

CSA=2πr2\text{CSA} = 2\pi r^{2}

Area of the dome only, which is half the sphere's surface.

Total surface area of a hemisphere

TSA=3πr2\text{TSA} = 3\pi r^{2}

Curved dome 2πr22\pi r^{2} plus the flat circular base πr2\pi r^{2}.

Volume of a spherical shell

V=43π(R3−r3)V = \frac{4}{3}\pi(R^{3} - r^{3})

Material in a hollow ball with outer radius RR and inner radius rr.

Volume of a spherical cap

V=13πh2(3r−h)V = \frac{1}{3}\pi h^{2}(3r - h)

A cap of height hh cut from a sphere of radius rr, with 0<h≤2r0 < h \leq 2r.

Curved surface area of a spherical cap

A=2πrhA = 2\pi rh

Area of the curved part of a cap of height hh on a sphere of radius rr.

Volume of an ellipsoid

V=43πabcV = \frac{4}{3}\pi abc

aa, bb and cc are the three semi-axes. It becomes the sphere formula when all three equal rr.

Radius of a sphere from its volume

r=3V4π3r = \sqrt[3]{\frac{3V}{4\pi}}

Rearranged volume formula for when the volume is known.

Example: A sphere of radius 3,cm3,\text{cm} has volume 43π×27=36π≈113.10,cm3\frac{4}{3}\pi \times 27 = 36\pi \approx 113.10,\text{cm}^{3} and surface area 4π×9=36π≈113.10,cm24\pi \times 9 = 36\pi \approx 113.10,\text{cm}^{2}.

Prism And Pyramid Formulas

In these rows, BB is the area of the base and PP is the perimeter of the base.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Volume of a prism

V=B×hV = B \times h

Base area times the perpendicular height hh between the two identical end faces.

Lateral surface area of a prism (lateral area formula)

LSA=P×h\text{LSA} = P \times h

For a right prism, the side faces are rectangles whose total area is the base perimeter times height.

Total surface area of a prism

TSA=Ph+2B\text{TSA} = Ph + 2B

Lateral area plus the two congruent end faces.

Volume of a triangular prism

V=12bht×lV = \frac{1}{2}bh_{t} \times l

bb and hth_{t} are the base and height of the triangular face, and ll is the length of the prism.

Volume of a pyramid

V=13BhV = \frac{1}{3}Bh

One third of the prism with the same base and height. hh is the perpendicular height to the apex.

Lateral surface area of a regular pyramid

LSA=12Pl\text{LSA} = \frac{1}{2}Pl

ll is the slant height of each triangular face, measured from the apex to the midpoint of a base edge.

Total surface area of a regular pyramid

TSA=12Pl+B\text{TSA} = \frac{1}{2}Pl + B

Area of all the triangular side faces plus the area BB of the base.

Square pyramid

V=13a2hV = \frac{1}{3}a^{2}h, l=h2+a24l = \sqrt{h^{2} + \frac{a^{2}}{4}}

aa is the base edge, hh the height and ll the slant height of each face.

Total surface area of a square pyramid

TSA=a2+2al\text{TSA} = a^{2} + 2al

Square base a2a^{2} plus four triangles of area 12al\frac{1}{2}al each.

Volume of a frustum of a pyramid

V=h3(B1+B2+B1B2)V = \frac{h}{3}\left(B_{1} + B_{2} + \sqrt{B_{1}B_{2}}\right)

B1B_{1} and B2B_{2} are the areas of the two parallel faces and hh is the perpendicular height between them.

Regular tetrahedron (triangular pyramid)

V=a362V = \frac{a^{3}}{6\sqrt{2}}, TSA=3a2\text{TSA} = \sqrt{3}a^{2}

A pyramid whose four faces are equilateral triangles with edge aa.

Example: A square pyramid with base edge 1010 and height 1212 has slant height l=144+25=13l = \sqrt{144 + 25} = 13, volume 13×100×12=400\frac{1}{3} \times 100 \times 12 = 400 and TSA=100+2×10×13=360\text{TSA} = 100 + 2 \times 10 \times 13 = 360.

Euler's Formula For Polyhedra

The formula holds for every convex polyhedron, where VV, EE and FF count its vertices, edges and faces.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Euler's formula for a polyhedron

V−E+F=2V - E + F = 2

Vertices minus edges plus faces always equals 2 for a convex solid. Use it to find one count from the other two.

Edges from the faces

E=12∑(sides of each face)E = \frac{1}{2} \sum (\text{sides of each face})

Each edge is shared by exactly two faces, so adding the sides of all faces counts every edge twice.

Tetrahedron

V=4V = 4, E=6E = 6, F=4F = 4

Four triangular faces. Check: 4−6+4=24 - 6 + 4 = 2.

Cube (hexahedron)

V=8V = 8, E=12E = 12, F=6F = 6

Six square faces. Check: 8−12+6=28 - 12 + 6 = 2.

Octahedron

V=6V = 6, E=12E = 12, F=8F = 8

Eight triangular faces, with four meeting at each vertex. Check: 6−12+8=26 - 12 + 8 = 2.

Dodecahedron

V=20V = 20, E=30E = 30, F=12F = 12

Twelve regular pentagon faces, with three meeting at each vertex.

Icosahedron

V=12V = 12, E=30E = 30, F=20F = 20

Twenty triangular faces, with five meeting at each vertex.

Prism with an nn-sided base

V=2nV = 2n, E=3nE = 3n, F=n+2F = n + 2

Two nn-gon ends plus nn rectangular sides. A triangular prism has 6 vertices, 9 edges and 5 faces.

Pyramid with an nn-sided base

V=n+1V = n + 1, E=2nE = 2n, F=n+1F = n + 1

One nn-gon base plus nn triangular faces meeting at the apex.

Example: A polyhedron with 1212 faces and 3030 edges has V=2+E−F=2+30−12=20V = 2 + E - F = 2 + 30 - 12 = 20 vertices, which matches the dodecahedron.

Coordinate Geometry And Vector Formulas

Coordinate geometry turns points, lines and curves into equations, and vectors describe quantities that have both size and direction. This branch covers the coordinate geometry, conics, vectors and 3D geometry taught from Class 9 to Class 12, in precalculus, and for JEE and SAT.

Distance, Midpoint And Section Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Distance formula in 2D

d=(x2−x1)2+(y2−y1)2d = \sqrt{(x_{2} - x_{1})^{2} + (y_{2} - y_{1})^{2}}

Length of the segment joining (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) and (x2,y2)(x_{2}, y_{2}), built from the Pythagorean theorem on the horizontal and vertical gaps.

Euclidean distance formula in 3D

d=(x2−x1)2+(y2−y1)2+(z2−z1)2d = \sqrt{(x_{2} - x_{1})^{2} + (y_{2} - y_{1})^{2} + (z_{2} - z_{1})^{2}}

Straight-line distance between two points in space. Add the squared gap along the zz-axis to the 2D formula.

Midpoint formula

M=(x1+x22,y1+y22)M = \left(\frac{x_{1} + x_{2}}{2}, \frac{y_{1} + y_{2}}{2}\right)

Point exactly halfway between two endpoints, found by averaging the xx-coordinates and the yy-coordinates separately.

Midpoint in 3D

M=(x1+x22,y1+y22,z1+z22)M = \left(\frac{x_{1} + x_{2}}{2}, \frac{y_{1} + y_{2}}{2}, \frac{z_{1} + z_{2}}{2}\right)

The same averaging rule applied to all three coordinates of two endpoints in space.

Section formula (internal division)

P=(mx2+nx1m+n,my2+ny1m+n)P = \left(\frac{mx_{2} + nx_{1}}{m + n}, \frac{my_{2} + ny_{1}}{m + n}\right)

Point PP between A(x1,y1)A(x_{1}, y_{1}) and B(x2,y2)B(x_{2}, y_{2}) with AP:PB=m:nAP : PB = m : n. Note that mm multiplies the coordinates of BB.

Section formula (external division)

P=(mx2−nx1m−n,my2−ny1m−n)P = \left(\frac{mx_{2} - nx_{1}}{m - n}, \frac{my_{2} - ny_{1}}{m - n}\right)

Point on line ABAB extended, outside the segment, with AP:PB=m:nAP : PB = m : n. It needs m≠nm \neq n.

Section formula in 3D

P=(mx2+nx1m+n,my2+ny1m+n,mz2+nz1m+n)P = \left(\frac{mx_{2} + nx_{1}}{m + n}, \frac{my_{2} + ny_{1}}{m + n}, \frac{mz_{2} + nz_{1}}{m + n}\right)

Internal division of a segment in space in the ratio m:nm : n, with the same weights applied to the zz-coordinates.

Ratio in which a line divides a segment

mn=−ax1+by1+cax2+by2+c\frac{m}{n} = -\frac{ax_{1} + by_{1} + c}{ax_{2} + by_{2} + c}

Ratio in which the line ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 cuts the segment from (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) to (x2,y2)(x_{2}, y_{2}). A positive value means internal division.

Example: The point dividing A(1,2)A(1, 2) and B(7,8)B(7, 8) internally in the ratio 1:21 : 2 is (1⋅7+2⋅13,1⋅8+2⋅23)=(3,4)\left(\frac{1 \cdot 7 + 2 \cdot 1}{3}, \frac{1 \cdot 8 + 2 \cdot 2}{3}\right) = (3, 4), and AB=62+62=62≈8.49AB = \sqrt{6^{2} + 6^{2}} = 6\sqrt{2} \approx 8.49.

Triangle Centres And Area From Coordinates

In this table the vertices are A(x1,y1)A(x_{1}, y_{1}), B(x2,y2)B(x_{2}, y_{2}), C(x3,y3)C(x_{3}, y_{3}), and the side lengths are a=BCa = BC, b=CAb = CA, c=ABc = AB.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Centroid of a triangle

G=(x1+x2+x33,y1+y2+y33)G = \left(\frac{x_{1} + x_{2} + x_{3}}{3}, \frac{y_{1} + y_{2} + y_{3}}{3}\right)

Meeting point of the three medians, found by averaging the vertices. It divides each median in the ratio 2:12 : 1 from the vertex.

Incentre (incenter) of a triangle

I=(ax1+bx2+cx3a+b+c,ay1+by2+cy3a+b+c)I = \left(\frac{ax_{1} + bx_{2} + cx_{3}}{a + b + c}, \frac{ay_{1} + by_{2} + cy_{3}}{a + b + c}\right)

Centre of the inscribed circle, where the angle bisectors meet. Each vertex is weighted by the length of the side opposite it.

Excentre opposite AA

I1=(−ax1+bx2+cx3−a+b+c,−ay1+by2+cy3−a+b+c)I_{1} = \left(\frac{-ax_{1} + bx_{2} + cx_{3}}{-a + b + c}, \frac{-ay_{1} + by_{2} + cy_{3}}{-a + b + c}\right)

Centre of the circle touching side BCBC and the extensions of ABAB and ACAC. Flip the sign of the weight on AA.

Circumcentre (circumcenter)

(x−x1)2+(y−y1)2=(x−x2)2+(y−y2)2=(x−x3)2+(y−y3)2(x - x_{1})^{2} + (y - y_{1})^{2} = (x - x_{2})^{2} + (y - y_{2})^{2} = (x - x_{3})^{2} + (y - y_{3})^{2}

The point (x,y)(x, y) equidistant from all three vertices. Expand to get two linear equations. In a right triangle it is the midpoint of the hypotenuse.

Euler line relation

G=H+2O3G = \frac{H + 2O}{3}

Orthocentre HH, centroid GG and circumcentre OO are collinear, and GG divides HOHO in the ratio 2:12 : 1. Apply it coordinate by coordinate.

Area of a triangle from coordinates

Area=12∣x1(y2−y3)+x2(y3−y1)+x3(y1−y2)∣\text{Area} = \frac{1}{2}\lvert x_{1}(y_{2} - y_{3}) + x_{2}(y_{3} - y_{1}) + x_{3}(y_{1} - y_{2}) \rvert

Area straight from the three vertices. The absolute value keeps the answer positive whatever order the vertices are listed in.

Shoelace formula for a polygon

Area=12∣∑k=1n(xkyk+1−xk+1yk)∣\text{Area} = \frac{1}{2}\left\lvert \sum_{k=1}^{n} (x_{k}y_{k+1} - x_{k+1}y_{k}) \right\rvert

Area of a simple polygon with nn vertices listed in order around the boundary, taking (xn+1,yn+1)=(x1,y1)(x_{n+1}, y_{n+1}) = (x_{1}, y_{1}).

Collinearity condition

x1(y2−y3)+x2(y3−y1)+x3(y1−y2)=0x_{1}(y_{2} - y_{3}) + x_{2}(y_{3} - y_{1}) + x_{3}(y_{1} - y_{2}) = 0

Three points lie on one straight line exactly when the triangle they form has zero area. Equal slopes of ABAB and BCBC give the same test.

Example: For A(1,2)A(1, 2), B(4,6)B(4, 6), C(7,2)C(7, 2), the area is 12∣1(6−2)+4(2−2)+7(2−6)∣=12∣−24∣=12\frac{1}{2}\lvert 1(6 - 2) + 4(2 - 2) + 7(2 - 6) \rvert = \frac{1}{2}\lvert -24 \rvert = 12 square units, and the centroid is (4,103)\left(4, \frac{10}{3}\right).

Slope And Angle Between Lines

Formula

Expression

What it means

Slope from two points

m=y2−y1x2−x1m = \frac{y_{2} - y_{1}}{x_{2} - x_{1}}

Rise over run between (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) and (x2,y2)(x_{2}, y_{2}). It needs x1≠x2x_{1} \neq x_{2}, because a vertical line has undefined slope.

Slope from the angle of inclination

m=tan⁡θm = \tan\theta

θ\theta is the angle the line makes with the positive xx-axis, measured anticlockwise, with 0∘≤θ<180∘0^{\circ} \leq \theta < 180^{\circ} and θ≠90∘\theta \neq 90^{\circ}.

Slope from the general equation

m=−abm = -\frac{a}{b}

Slope of the line ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 when b≠0b \neq 0. If b=0b = 0 the line is vertical.

Angle between two lines

tan⁡θ=∣m1−m21+m1m2∣\tan\theta = \left\lvert \frac{m_{1} - m_{2}}{1 + m_{1}m_{2}} \right\rvert

Acute angle θ\theta between lines with slopes m1m_{1} and m2m_{2}. If m1m2=−1m_{1}m_{2} = -1 the lines are perpendicular and θ=90∘\theta = 90^{\circ}.

Angle between lines in general form

cos⁡θ=∣a1a2+b1b2∣a12+b12a22+b22\cos\theta = \frac{\lvert a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{a_{1}^{2} + b_{1}^{2}}\sqrt{a_{2}^{2} + b_{2}^{2}}}

Acute angle between a1x+b1y+c1=0a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1} = 0 and a2x+b2y+c2=0a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2} = 0. It works even when a line is vertical.

Parallel lines (slope test)

m1=m2m_{1} = m_{2}

Two non-vertical lines are parallel exactly when their slopes are equal.

Perpendicular lines (slope test)

m1m2=−1m_{1}m_{2} = -1

Two lines, neither of them vertical, meet at a right angle exactly when the product of their slopes is −1-1.

Parallel lines in general form

a1b2=a2b1a_{1}b_{2} = a_{2}b_{1}

Condition for a1x+b1y+c1=0a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1} = 0 and a2x+b2y+c2=0a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2} = 0 to be parallel. If the constants share that ratio, the lines coincide.

Perpendicular lines in general form

a1a2+b1b2=0a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} = 0

Condition for the two lines above to be perpendicular, read from their normal vectors (a1,b1)(a_{1}, b_{1}) and (a2,b2)(a_{2}, b_{2}).

Example: For slopes m1=2m_{1} = 2 and m2=13m_{2} = \frac{1}{3}, tan⁡θ=∣2−131+23∣=5/35/3=1\tan\theta = \left\lvert \frac{2 - \frac{1}{3}}{1 + \frac{2}{3}} \right\rvert = \frac{5/3}{5/3} = 1, so the acute angle between the lines is 45∘45^{\circ}.

Straight Line Forms And Conditions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Normal (perpendicular) form

xcos⁡α+ysin⁡α=px\cos\alpha + y\sin\alpha = p

p≥0p \geq 0 is the perpendicular distance from the origin to the line, and α\alpha is the angle that perpendicular makes with the positive xx-axis.

Parametric (distance) form

x−x1cos⁡θ=y−y1sin⁡θ=r\frac{x - x_{1}}{\cos\theta} = \frac{y - y_{1}}{\sin\theta} = r

The point (x1+rcos⁡θ,y1+rsin⁡θ)(x_{1} + r\cos\theta, y_{1} + r\sin\theta) lies at signed distance rr from (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) along a line inclined at θ\theta.

Line parallel to a given line

ax+by+k=0ax + by + k = 0

Every line parallel to ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 keeps aa and bb and changes only the constant. Find kk from one point on it.

Line perpendicular to a given line

bx−ay+k=0bx - ay + k = 0

Every line perpendicular to ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0. Swap the coefficients of xx and yy and change one sign, then find kk.

Point of intersection of two lines

(b1c2−b2c1a1b2−a2b1,c1a2−c2a1a1b2−a2b1)\left(\frac{b_{1}c_{2} - b_{2}c_{1}}{a_{1}b_{2} - a_{2}b_{1}}, \frac{c_{1}a_{2} - c_{2}a_{1}}{a_{1}b_{2} - a_{2}b_{1}}\right)

Where a1x+b1y+c1=0a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1} = 0 meets a2x+b2y+c2=0a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2} = 0, valid when a1b2≠a2b1a_{1}b_{2} \neq a_{2}b_{1}, that is, the lines are not parallel.

Family of lines through an intersection

(a1x+b1y+c1)+λ(a2x+b2y+c2)=0(a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1}) + \lambda(a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2}) = 0

Any line through the meeting point of the two given lines, except the second line itself. One more condition fixes the value of λ\lambda.

Concurrency of three lines

a1(b2c3−b3c2)−b1(a2c3−a3c2)+c1(a2b3−a3b2)=0a_{1}(b_{2}c_{3} - b_{3}c_{2}) - b_{1}(a_{2}c_{3} - a_{3}c_{2}) + c_{1}(a_{2}b_{3} - a_{3}b_{2}) = 0

Three lines aix+biy+ci=0a_{i}x + b_{i}y + c_{i} = 0, no two of them parallel, pass through one point exactly when this coefficient determinant equals zero.

Side of a line on which a point lies

sign of ax1+by1+c\text{sign of } ax_{1} + by_{1} + c

Two points are on the same side of ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 when substituting them gives values of the same sign, and on opposite sides otherwise.

Angle bisectors of two lines

a1x+b1y+c1a12+b12=±a2x+b2y+c2a22+b22\frac{a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1}}{\sqrt{a_{1}^{2} + b_{1}^{2}}} = \pm \frac{a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2}}{\sqrt{a_{2}^{2} + b_{2}^{2}}}

The two lines that bisect the angles between the given lines. Every point on them is equidistant from both lines.

Pair of straight lines through the origin

ax2+2hxy+by2=0ax^{2} + 2hxy + by^{2} = 0

Represents two lines through the origin when h2≥abh^{2} \geq ab. The acute angle between them satisfies tan⁡θ=2h2−ab∣a+b∣\tan\theta = \frac{2\sqrt{h^{2} - ab}}{\lvert a + b \rvert}.

Example: The line through (2,3)(2, 3) parallel to 3x−4y+5=03x - 4y + 5 = 0 is 3x−4y+k=03x - 4y + k = 0 with 6−12+k=06 - 12 + k = 0, so k=6k = 6 and the line is 3x−4y+6=03x - 4y + 6 = 0.

Distance From A Line, Foot Of Perpendicular And Reflection

Formula

Expression

What it means

Distance of a point from a line

d=∣ax1+by1+c∣a2+b2d = \frac{\lvert ax_{1} + by_{1} + c \rvert}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}}

Shortest (perpendicular) distance from the point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) to the line ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0.

Distance between parallel lines

d=∣c1−c2∣a2+b2d = \frac{\lvert c_{1} - c_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}}

Gap between ax+by+c1=0ax + by + c_{1} = 0 and ax+by+c2=0ax + by + c_{2} = 0. Scale one equation first so the xx and yy coefficients match.

Distance between parallel lines in slope form

d=∣c1−c2∣1+m2d = \frac{\lvert c_{1} - c_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{1 + m^{2}}}

Gap between the parallel lines y=mx+c1y = mx + c_{1} and y=mx+c2y = mx + c_{2}.

Foot of the perpendicular

h−x1a=k−y1b=−ax1+by1+ca2+b2\frac{h - x_{1}}{a} = \frac{k - y_{1}}{b} = -\frac{ax_{1} + by_{1} + c}{a^{2} + b^{2}}

(h,k)(h, k) is the point on ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 nearest to (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}). If aa or bb is 00, that coordinate stays unchanged.

Image (reflection) of a point in a line

h−x1a=k−y1b=−2(ax1+by1+c)a2+b2\frac{h - x_{1}}{a} = \frac{k - y_{1}}{b} = -\frac{2(ax_{1} + by_{1} + c)}{a^{2} + b^{2}}

Mirror image (h,k)(h, k) of (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) in ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0. The foot of the perpendicular is the midpoint of the point and its image.

Reflection in the axes and in y=xy = x

(x,y)→(x,−y),(−x,y),(y,x)(x, y) \to (x, -y), (-x, y), (y, x)

Images of the point (x,y)(x, y) in the xx-axis, the yy-axis and the line y=xy = x, in that order.

Area cut off by a line and the axes

Area=c22∣ab∣\text{Area} = \frac{c^{2}}{2\lvert ab \rvert}

Area of the triangle formed by ax+by+c=0ax + by + c = 0 and the two coordinate axes, with a≠0a \neq 0 and b≠0b \neq 0.

Example: The distance from (3,4)(3, 4) to 3x+4y−10=03x + 4y - 10 = 0 is ∣9+16−10∣9+16=155=3\frac{\lvert 9 + 16 - 10 \rvert}{\sqrt{9 + 16}} = \frac{15}{5} = 3 units.

Equation Of A Circle

Formula

Expression

What it means

Equation of a circle (centre-radius form)

(x−h)2+(y−k)2=r2(x - h)^{2} + (y - k)^{2} = r^{2}

Circle with centre (h,k)(h, k) and radius r>0r > 0. Every point on it is at distance rr from the centre.

General form of a circle

x2+y2+2gx+2fy+c=0x^{2} + y^{2} + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0

Expanded form. The coefficients of x2x^{2} and y2y^{2} are equal and there is no xyxy term.

Centre of a circle and radius from the general form

(−g,−f)(-g, -f) and r=g2+f2−cr = \sqrt{g^{2} + f^{2} - c}

Read these off the general form. The circle is real only if g2+f2−c>0g^{2} + f^{2} - c > 0, and shrinks to a point if it equals 00.

Diameter form

(x−x1)(x−x2)+(y−y1)(y−y2)=0(x - x_{1})(x - x_{2}) + (y - y_{1})(y - y_{2}) = 0

Circle that has the segment from (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) to (x2,y2)(x_{2}, y_{2}) as a diameter.

Parametric form

x=h+rcos⁡θx = h + r\cos\theta, y=k+rsin⁡θy = k + r\sin\theta

Gives every point of the circle as θ\theta runs over 0≤θ<2π0 \leq \theta < 2\pi. Useful when a point moves around the circle.

Position of a point

S1=x12+y12+2gx1+2fy1+cS_{1} = x_{1}^{2} + y_{1}^{2} + 2gx_{1} + 2fy_{1} + c

Substitute the point into the general form. S1<0S_{1} < 0 means inside, S1=0S_{1} = 0 on the circle and S1>0S_{1} > 0 outside.

Tangent at a point on the circle

xx1+yy1=r2xx_{1} + yy_{1} = r^{2}

Tangent to x2+y2=r2x^{2} + y^{2} = r^{2} at (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}). For the general form use xx1+yy1+g(x+x1)+f(y+y1)+c=0xx_{1} + yy_{1} + g(x + x_{1}) + f(y + y_{1}) + c = 0.

Condition of tangency

c2=r2(1+m2)c^{2} = r^{2}(1 + m^{2})

The line y=mx+cy = mx + c touches x2+y2=r2x^{2} + y^{2} = r^{2} exactly when this holds, which gives the tangents y=mx±r1+m2y = mx \pm r\sqrt{1 + m^{2}}.

Length of the tangent from an external point

L=S1L = \sqrt{S_{1}}

Tangent length from an outside point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) to the point of contact. Equivalently d2−r2\sqrt{d^{2} - r^{2}}, with dd the distance to the centre.

Chord of contact

xx1+yy1=r2xx_{1} + yy_{1} = r^{2}

For an external point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}), this is the chord joining the two points where its tangents touch x2+y2=r2x^{2} + y^{2} = r^{2}.

Orthogonal circles

2g1g2+2f1f2=c1+c22g_{1}g_{2} + 2f_{1}f_{2} = c_{1} + c_{2}

Two circles in general form cut each other at right angles exactly when this holds, equivalently d2=r12+r22d^{2} = r_{1}^{2} + r_{2}^{2} for centre distance dd.

Example: For x2+y2−6x+4y−12=0x^{2} + y^{2} - 6x + 4y - 12 = 0, g=−3g = -3 and f=2f = 2, so the centre is (3,−2)(3, -2) and r=9+4+12=5r = \sqrt{9 + 4 + 12} = 5.

Parabola

Unless a row says otherwise, the parabola is y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax with a>0a > 0, which opens to the right.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Parabola in standard form

y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax

Vertex at the origin and axis along the xx-axis. It is the set of points equally far from the focus and the directrix.

Focus of parabola

(a,0)(a, 0)

Fixed point inside the curve on its axis, at distance aa from the vertex.

Directrix of parabola

x=−ax = -a

Fixed line perpendicular to the axis, at distance aa from the vertex on the side away from the focus.

Latus rectum of parabola

length=4a\text{length} = 4a

Focal chord perpendicular to the axis, with endpoints (a,2a)(a, 2a) and (a,−2a)(a, -2a).

Other standard orientations

y2=−4axy^{2} = -4ax, x2=4ayx^{2} = 4ay, x2=−4ayx^{2} = -4ay

Parabolas opening left with focus (−a,0)(-a, 0), up with focus (0,a)(0, a) and down with focus (0,−a)(0, -a). The directrix is always opposite the focus.

Parabola with vertex (h,k)(h, k)

(y−k)2=4a(x−h)(y - k)^{2} = 4a(x - h)

Right-opening parabola shifted so the vertex is (h,k)(h, k), with focus (h+a,k)(h + a, k) and directrix x=h−ax = h - a.

Parametric form

x=at2x = at^{2}, y=2aty = 2at

The point with parameter tt on y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax. Each real value of tt gives exactly one point of the curve.

Focal distance of a point

PS=x1+aPS = x_{1} + a

Distance from a point P(x1,y1)P(x_{1}, y_{1}) on the parabola to the focus SS, which equals its distance from the directrix.

Tangent at a point

yy1=2a(x+x1)yy_{1} = 2a(x + x_{1})

Tangent to y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax at the point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) on the curve.

Tangent in slope form

y=mx+amy = mx + \frac{a}{m}

Tangent to y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax with slope m≠0m \neq 0. It touches the curve at (am2,2am)\left(\frac{a}{m^{2}}, \frac{2a}{m}\right).

Normal in slope form

y=mx−2am−am3y = mx - 2am - am^{3}

Normal to y2=4axy^{2} = 4ax with slope mm, meeting the curve at (am2,−2am)(am^{2}, -2am).

Eccentricity of parabola

e=1e = 1

Every point is exactly as far from the focus as from the directrix, so the ratio of the two distances is 11.

Example: For y2=12xy^{2} = 12x, 4a=124a = 12 gives a=3a = 3, so the focus is (3,0)(3, 0), the directrix is x=−3x = -3 and the latus rectum has length 1212.

Ellipse

Formula

Expression

What it means

Ellipse in standard form

x2a2+y2b2=1\frac{x^{2}}{a^{2}} + \frac{y^{2}}{b^{2}} = 1

Centre at the origin with a>b>0a > b > 0. The major axis lies along the xx-axis, aa is the semi-major axis and bb the semi-minor axis.

Focus distance relation

c2=a2−b2c^{2} = a^{2} - b^{2}

cc is the distance from the centre to each focus. Since a>ba > b, the foci lie inside the ellipse with c<ac < a.

Foci of ellipse

(±c,0)(\pm c, 0)

Two fixed points on the major axis, one on each side of the centre.

Eccentricity of ellipse

e=ca=1−b2a2e = \frac{c}{a} = \sqrt{1 - \frac{b^{2}}{a^{2}}}

Measures how stretched the ellipse is, with 0<e<10 < e < 1. Values near 00 look almost like a circle.

Vertex of ellipse (vertices)

(±a,0)(\pm a, 0)

Ends of the major axis, of length 2a2a. The ends of the minor axis, of length 2b2b, are (0,±b)(0, \pm b).

Directrices

x=±aex = \pm \frac{a}{e}

Two lines perpendicular to the major axis, outside the ellipse, one paired with each focus.

Latus rectum of ellipse

length=2b2a\text{length} = \frac{2b^{2}}{a}

Length of the focal chord through either focus, perpendicular to the major axis.

Sum of focal distances

PF1+PF2=2aPF_{1} + PF_{2} = 2a

Defining property of every point PP on the ellipse. For PP with abscissa x1x_{1}, the distances are a−ex1a - ex_{1} and a+ex1a + ex_{1}.

Vertical ellipse

x2b2+y2a2=1\frac{x^{2}}{b^{2}} + \frac{y^{2}}{a^{2}} = 1

With a>ba > b, the major axis lies along the yy-axis and the foci are (0,±c)(0, \pm c), still with c2=a2−b2c^{2} = a^{2} - b^{2}.

Ellipse with centre (h,k)(h, k)

(x−h)2a2+(y−k)2b2=1\frac{(x - h)^{2}}{a^{2}} + \frac{(y - k)^{2}}{b^{2}} = 1

The standard ellipse shifted so its centre is (h,k)(h, k). The foci move to (h±c,k)(h \pm c, k).

Parametric form

x=acos⁡θx = a\cos\theta, y=bsin⁡θy = b\sin\theta

The point with eccentric angle θ\theta on the ellipse, for 0≤θ<2π0 \leq \theta < 2\pi.

Tangent at a point

xx1a2+yy1b2=1\frac{xx_{1}}{a^{2}} + \frac{yy_{1}}{b^{2}} = 1

Tangent at (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) on the ellipse. In slope form the tangents are y=mx±a2m2+b2y = mx \pm \sqrt{a^{2}m^{2} + b^{2}}.

Example: For x225+y29=1\frac{x^{2}}{25} + \frac{y^{2}}{9} = 1, a=5a = 5, b=3b = 3 and c=25−9=4c = \sqrt{25 - 9} = 4, so the foci are (±4,0)(\pm 4, 0), e=45=0.8e = \frac{4}{5} = 0.8 and the latus rectum is 2×95=3.6\frac{2 \times 9}{5} = 3.6.

Hyperbola

Compared with the ellipse, the equation has a minus sign and the focus relation has a plus sign.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Hyperbola in standard form

x2a2−y2b2=1\frac{x^{2}}{a^{2}} - \frac{y^{2}}{b^{2}} = 1

Centre at the origin, a>0a > 0, b>0b > 0, transverse axis along the xx-axis, with two branches opening left and right.

Focus distance relation

c2=a2+b2c^{2} = a^{2} + b^{2}

cc is the distance from the centre to each focus, so c>ac > a and the foci lie beyond the vertices.

Foci of hyperbola

(±c,0)(\pm c, 0)

Two fixed points on the transverse axis, each inside one branch.

Eccentricity of hyperbola

e=ca=1+b2a2e = \frac{c}{a} = \sqrt{1 + \frac{b^{2}}{a^{2}}}

Always e>1e > 1. A larger ee means the branches open more widely.

Vertex of hyperbola (vertices)

(±a,0)(\pm a, 0)

Where the branches cross the transverse axis. The transverse axis has length 2a2a and the conjugate axis has length 2b2b.

Asymptotes

y=±baxy = \pm \frac{b}{a}x

Lines that the branches approach but never touch as xx grows. Setting the right side of the equation to 00 gives them.

Directrices

x=±aex = \pm \frac{a}{e}

Two lines perpendicular to the transverse axis, between the centre and the vertices, one for each focus.

Latus rectum

length=2b2a\text{length} = \frac{2b^{2}}{a}

Length of the focal chord through either focus, perpendicular to the transverse axis.

Difference of focal distances

∣PF1−PF2∣=2a\lvert PF_{1} - PF_{2} \rvert = 2a

Defining property of every point PP on the hyperbola, in contrast to the constant sum for an ellipse.

Vertical hyperbola

y2a2−x2b2=1\frac{y^{2}}{a^{2}} - \frac{x^{2}}{b^{2}} = 1

Opens up and down, with foci (0,±c)(0, \pm c) and asymptotes y=±abxy = \pm \frac{a}{b}x.

Conjugate hyperbola

x2a2−y2b2=−1\frac{x^{2}}{a^{2}} - \frac{y^{2}}{b^{2}} = -1

Shares its asymptotes with the standard hyperbola. The two eccentricities satisfy 1e12+1e22=1\frac{1}{e_{1}^{2}} + \frac{1}{e_{2}^{2}} = 1.

Rectangular hyperbola

x2−y2=a2x^{2} - y^{2} = a^{2}

The case a=ba = b, with perpendicular asymptotes and e=2e = \sqrt{2}. Turning the axes clockwise through 45∘45^{\circ} turns it into xy=a22xy = \frac{a^{2}}{2}.

Tangent at a point

xx1a2−yy1b2=1\frac{xx_{1}}{a^{2}} - \frac{yy_{1}}{b^{2}} = 1

Tangent at (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) on the hyperbola. In slope form, y=mx±a2m2−b2y = mx \pm \sqrt{a^{2}m^{2} - b^{2}} with a2m2>b2a^{2}m^{2} > b^{2}.

Example: For x216−y29=1\frac{x^{2}}{16} - \frac{y^{2}}{9} = 1, c=16+9=5c = \sqrt{16 + 9} = 5, so the foci are (±5,0)(\pm 5, 0), e=54=1.25e = \frac{5}{4} = 1.25 and the asymptotes are y=±34xy = \pm \frac{3}{4}x.

Conic Sections And Transformation Of Axes

Formula

Expression

What it means

Eccentricity (focus-directrix definition)

PS=e⋅PMPS = e \cdot PM

A conic is the path of a point PP whose distance PSPS to a fixed focus is ee times its distance PMPM to a fixed directrix.

Type of conic from eccentricity

e=0e = 0, 0<e<10 < e < 1, e=1e = 1, e>1e > 1

These give a circle, an ellipse, a parabola and a hyperbola, in that order.

General second-degree equation

Ax2+Bxy+Cy2+Dx+Ey+F=0Ax^{2} + Bxy + Cy^{2} + Dx + Ey + F = 0

Every conic in the plane, including shifted and rotated ones, has this form. The xyxy term appears only when the axes of the conic are tilted.

Conic section type test

B2−4ACB^{2} - 4AC

For a non-degenerate conic, a negative value means an ellipse (a circle if A=CA = C and B=0B = 0), zero means a parabola and positive means a hyperbola.

Rotation angle that removes the xyxy term

cot⁡2θ=A−CB\cot 2\theta = \frac{A - C}{B}

Turning the axes through this θ\theta, with B≠0B \neq 0, removes the xyxy term so the conic can be written in standard form.

Shift of origin

x=X+hx = X + h, y=Y+ky = Y + k

Moving the origin to (h,k)(h, k) without turning the axes. (x,y)(x, y) are old coordinates and (X,Y)(X, Y) are new ones.

Rotation of axes

x=Xcos⁡θ−Ysin⁡θx = X\cos\theta - Y\sin\theta, y=Xsin⁡θ+Ycos⁡θy = X\sin\theta + Y\cos\theta

Old coordinates in terms of new ones when the axes are turned anticlockwise through θ\theta about the origin.

Example: For 4x2+9y2−36=04x^{2} + 9y^{2} - 36 = 0, A=4A = 4, B=0B = 0, C=9C = 9 and B2−4AC=−144<0B^{2} - 4AC = -144 < 0, so it is an ellipse, which is x29+y24=1\frac{x^{2}}{9} + \frac{y^{2}}{4} = 1 in standard form.

Polar, Cylindrical And Spherical Coordinates

Formula

Expression

What it means

Polar to rectangular

x=rcos⁡θx = r\cos\theta, y=rsin⁡θy = r\sin\theta

Converts polar (r,θ)(r, \theta) to Cartesian (x,y)(x, y), where rr is the distance from the pole and θ\theta the angle from the positive xx-axis.

Polar coordinates from rectangular

r=x2+y2r = \sqrt{x^{2} + y^{2}}, tan⁡θ=yx\tan\theta = \frac{y}{x}

Converts (x,y)(x, y) to (r,θ)(r, \theta). Pick θ\theta in the quadrant of the point, because tan⁡−1\tan^{-1} alone gives only angles in (−π2,π2)\left(-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right).

Distance between two polar points

d=r12+r22−2r1r2cos⁡(θ1−θ2)d = \sqrt{r_{1}^{2} + r_{2}^{2} - 2r_{1}r_{2}\cos(\theta_{1} - \theta_{2})}

The law of cosines on the triangle formed by the pole and the points (r1,θ1)(r_{1}, \theta_{1}) and (r2,θ2)(r_{2}, \theta_{2}).

Polar equation of a line

rcos⁡(θ−α)=pr\cos(\theta - \alpha) = p

Line at perpendicular distance pp from the pole, with that perpendicular at angle α\alpha. It is the normal form written in polar terms.

Polar equations of circles

r=ar = a, r=2acos⁡θr = 2a\cos\theta

The first is a circle of radius aa centred at the pole. The second has radius aa, centre (a,0)(a, 0) and passes through the pole.

Polar equation of a conic

r=l1+ecos⁡θr = \frac{l}{1 + e\cos\theta}

Conic with one focus at the pole, eccentricity ee and semi-latus rectum ll. It is the standard form for orbit problems.

Cylindrical coordinates

x=rcos⁡θx = r\cos\theta, y=rsin⁡θy = r\sin\theta, z=zz = z

A 3D system that uses polar coordinates in the xyxy-plane and keeps the height zz. Suited to cylinders and shapes with an axis.

Spherical coordinates

x=ρsin⁡ϕcos⁡θx = \rho\sin\phi\cos\theta, y=ρsin⁡ϕsin⁡θy = \rho\sin\phi\sin\theta, z=ρcos⁡ϕz = \rho\cos\phi

ρ\rho is distance from the origin, ϕ\phi the angle from the positive zz-axis with 0≤ϕ≤π0 \leq \phi \leq \pi, and θ\theta the angle in the xyxy-plane.

Example: The polar point (4,π3)\left(4, \frac{\pi}{3}\right) has x=4cos⁡π3=2x = 4\cos\frac{\pi}{3} = 2 and y=4sin⁡π3=23≈3.46y = 4\sin\frac{\pi}{3} = 2\sqrt{3} \approx 3.46.

Vector Basics

Formula

Expression

What it means

Components of a vector

a⃗=a1i^+a2j^+a3k^\vec{a} = a_{1}\hat{i} + a_{2}\hat{j} + a_{3}\hat{k}

a1a_{1}, a2a_{2}, a3a_{3} are the parts of the vector along the xx, yy and zz axes, and i^\hat{i}, j^\hat{j}, k^\hat{k} are unit vectors along them.

Magnitude of a vector

∣a⃗∣=a12+a22+a32\lvert \vec{a} \rvert = \sqrt{a_{1}^{2} + a_{2}^{2} + a_{3}^{2}}

Length of the vector, also written ∥a⃗∥\lVert \vec{a} \rVert. In 2D, leave out a3a_{3}.

Unit vector

a^=a⃗∣a⃗∣\hat{a} = \frac{\vec{a}}{\lvert \vec{a} \rvert}

Vector of length 11 pointing the same way as a⃗\vec{a}, defined only for a⃗≠0⃗\vec{a} \neq \vec{0}.

Position vector of BB relative to AA

AB→=b⃗−a⃗=(x2−x1)i^+(y2−y1)j^+(z2−z1)k^\overrightarrow{AB} = \vec{b} - \vec{a} = (x_{2} - x_{1})\hat{i} + (y_{2} - y_{1})\hat{j} + (z_{2} - z_{1})\hat{k}

Vector from AA to BB, where a⃗\vec{a} and b⃗\vec{b} are the position vectors of the two points. Always head minus tail.

Vector addition

a⃗+b⃗=(a1+b1)i^+(a2+b2)j^+(a3+b3)k^\vec{a} + \vec{b} = (a_{1} + b_{1})\hat{i} + (a_{2} + b_{2})\hat{j} + (a_{3} + b_{3})\hat{k}

Add matching components. Geometrically this is the triangle law or the parallelogram law of addition.

Scalar multiple

λa⃗=λa1i^+λa2j^+λa3k^\lambda\vec{a} = \lambda a_{1}\hat{i} + \lambda a_{2}\hat{j} + \lambda a_{3}\hat{k}

Multiplies the length by ∣λ∣\lvert \lambda \rvert. The direction reverses when λ<0\lambda < 0.

Collinear vectors

a⃗=λb⃗\vec{a} = \lambda\vec{b}

Non-zero vectors are parallel exactly when one is a scalar multiple of the other, so a1b1=a2b2=a3b3\frac{a_{1}}{b_{1}} = \frac{a_{2}}{b_{2}} = \frac{a_{3}}{b_{3}} when no bib_{i} is zero.

Section formula for vectors (internal)

r⃗=mb⃗+na⃗m+n\vec{r} = \frac{m\vec{b} + n\vec{a}}{m + n}

Position vector of the point dividing ABAB internally in the ratio m:nm : n.

Section formula for vectors (external)

r⃗=mb⃗−na⃗m−n\vec{r} = \frac{m\vec{b} - n\vec{a}}{m - n}

Position vector of the point dividing ABAB externally in the ratio m:nm : n, with m≠nm \neq n.

Midpoint and centroid in vector form

a⃗+b⃗2\frac{\vec{a} + \vec{b}}{2}, a⃗+b⃗+c⃗3\frac{\vec{a} + \vec{b} + \vec{c}}{3}

Position vectors of the midpoint of ABAB and of the centroid of triangle ABCABC.

Example: For a⃗=3i^−4j^+12k^\vec{a} = 3\hat{i} - 4\hat{j} + 12\hat{k}, ∣a⃗∣=9+16+144=13\lvert \vec{a} \rvert = \sqrt{9 + 16 + 144} = 13, so a^=313i^−413j^+1213k^\hat{a} = \frac{3}{13}\hat{i} - \frac{4}{13}\hat{j} + \frac{12}{13}\hat{k}.

Dot Product And Projection

Formula

Expression

What it means

Dot product (scalar product)

a⃗⋅b⃗=∣a⃗∣∣b⃗∣cos⁡θ\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert \lvert \vec{b} \rvert \cos\theta

θ\theta is the angle between the vectors, with 0≤θ≤π0 \leq \theta \leq \pi. The result is a number, not a vector.

Dot product in components

a⃗⋅b⃗=a1b1+a2b2+a3b3\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} = a_{1}b_{1} + a_{2}b_{2} + a_{3}b_{3}

Multiply matching components and add. This is how the dot product is worked out in practice.

Angle between two vectors

cos⁡θ=a⃗⋅b⃗∣a⃗∣∣b⃗∣\cos\theta = \frac{\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}}{\lvert \vec{a} \rvert \lvert \vec{b} \rvert}

Angle between two non-zero vectors. A negative dot product means the angle is obtuse.

Perpendicular vectors

a⃗⋅b⃗=0\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} = 0

Two non-zero vectors are perpendicular (orthogonal) exactly when their dot product is zero.

Dot products of unit vectors

i^⋅i^=j^⋅j^=k^⋅k^=1\hat{i} \cdot \hat{i} = \hat{j} \cdot \hat{j} = \hat{k} \cdot \hat{k} = 1, i^⋅j^=j^⋅k^=k^⋅i^=0\hat{i} \cdot \hat{j} = \hat{j} \cdot \hat{k} = \hat{k} \cdot \hat{i} = 0

The axis unit vectors have length 11 and are mutually perpendicular, which is why the component formula works.

Dot product of a vector with itself

a⃗⋅a⃗=∣a⃗∣2\vec{a} \cdot \vec{a} = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert^{2}

Gives the squared length. The dot product is also commutative, so a⃗⋅b⃗=b⃗⋅a⃗\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} = \vec{b} \cdot \vec{a}.

Square of a sum of vectors

∣a⃗+b⃗∣2=∣a⃗∣2+∣b⃗∣2+2a⃗⋅b⃗\lvert \vec{a} + \vec{b} \rvert^{2} = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert^{2} + \lvert \vec{b} \rvert^{2} + 2\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}

Finds the length of a resultant. For ∣a⃗−b⃗∣2\lvert \vec{a} - \vec{b} \rvert^{2}, change the last sign to minus.

Scalar projection of a⃗\vec{a} on b⃗\vec{b}

a⃗⋅b⃗∣b⃗∣\frac{\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}}{\lvert \vec{b} \rvert}

Signed length of the shadow of a⃗\vec{a} along the direction of b⃗\vec{b}, for b⃗≠0⃗\vec{b} \neq \vec{0}.

Projection vector of a⃗\vec{a} on b⃗\vec{b}

(a⃗⋅b⃗∣b⃗∣2)b⃗\left(\frac{\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}}{\lvert \vec{b} \rvert^{2}}\right)\vec{b}

The part of a⃗\vec{a} that points along b⃗\vec{b}, written as a vector.

Cauchy-Schwarz inequality

∣a⃗⋅b⃗∣≤∣a⃗∣∣b⃗∣\lvert \vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} \rvert \leq \lvert \vec{a} \rvert \lvert \vec{b} \rvert

Follows from ∣cos⁡θ∣≤1\lvert \cos\theta \rvert \leq 1. Equality holds only when the vectors are parallel or one of them is zero.

Work done by a constant force

W=F⃗⋅d⃗W = \vec{F} \cdot \vec{d}

Work when force F⃗\vec{F} moves an object through displacement d⃗\vec{d}, equal to ∣F⃗∣∣d⃗∣cos⁡θ\lvert \vec{F} \rvert \lvert \vec{d} \rvert \cos\theta.

Example: For a⃗=2i^+2j^−k^\vec{a} = 2\hat{i} + 2\hat{j} - \hat{k} and b⃗=i^+2j^+2k^\vec{b} = \hat{i} + 2\hat{j} + 2\hat{k}, a⃗⋅b⃗=2+4−2=4\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b} = 2 + 4 - 2 = 4 and both lengths are 33, so cos⁡θ=49\cos\theta = \frac{4}{9} and θ≈63.61∘\theta \approx 63.61^{\circ}.

Cross Product

Formula

Expression

What it means

Cross product of two vectors

a⃗×b⃗=∣a⃗∣∣b⃗∣sin⁡θ,n^\vec{a} \times \vec{b} = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert \lvert \vec{b} \rvert \sin\theta,\hat{n}

n^\hat{n} is the unit vector perpendicular to both vectors, set by the right-hand rule, and 0≤θ≤π0 \leq \theta \leq \pi is the angle between them.

Magnitude of the cross product

∣a⃗×b⃗∣=∣a⃗∣∣b⃗∣sin⁡θ\lvert \vec{a} \times \vec{b} \rvert = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert \lvert \vec{b} \rvert \sin\theta

Never negative. It equals the area of the parallelogram spanned by the two vectors.

Cross product in components

a⃗×b⃗=(a2b3−a3b2)i^−(a1b3−a3b1)j^+(a1b2−a2b1)k^\vec{a} \times \vec{b} = (a_{2}b_{3} - a_{3}b_{2})\hat{i} - (a_{1}b_{3} - a_{3}b_{1})\hat{j} + (a_{1}b_{2} - a_{2}b_{1})\hat{k}

Expansion of the determinant with rows i^,j^,k^\hat{i}, \hat{j}, \hat{k}, then a1,a2,a3a_{1}, a_{2}, a_{3}, then b1,b2,b3b_{1}, b_{2}, b_{3}. Watch the minus sign on j^\hat{j}.

Anticommutative law

a⃗×b⃗=−(b⃗×a⃗)\vec{a} \times \vec{b} = -(\vec{b} \times \vec{a})

Swapping the order reverses the direction, so the cross product is not commutative.

Cross products of unit vectors

i^×j^=k^\hat{i} \times \hat{j} = \hat{k}, j^×k^=i^\hat{j} \times \hat{k} = \hat{i}, k^×i^=j^\hat{k} \times \hat{i} = \hat{j}

Cyclic order gives the third vector, reverse order gives its negative, and i^×i^=j^×j^=k^×k^=0⃗\hat{i} \times \hat{i} = \hat{j} \times \hat{j} = \hat{k} \times \hat{k} = \vec{0}.

Parallel vectors test

a⃗×b⃗=0⃗\vec{a} \times \vec{b} = \vec{0}

Two non-zero vectors are parallel exactly when their cross product is the zero vector.

Unit vector perpendicular to two vectors

n^=±a⃗×b⃗∣a⃗×b⃗∣\hat{n} = \pm \frac{\vec{a} \times \vec{b}}{\lvert \vec{a} \times \vec{b} \rvert}

The two unit vectors perpendicular to both a⃗\vec{a} and b⃗\vec{b}, when a⃗\vec{a} and b⃗\vec{b} are not parallel.

Area of a parallelogram

Area=∣a⃗×b⃗∣\text{Area} = \lvert \vec{a} \times \vec{b} \rvert

Parallelogram with adjacent sides a⃗\vec{a} and b⃗\vec{b}. With diagonals $\vec{d}{1}and and \vec{d}{2}itis it is \frac{1}{2}\lvert \vec{d}{1} \times \vec{d}{2} \rvert$.

Area of a triangle in vector form

Area=12∣AB→×AC→∣\text{Area} = \frac{1}{2}\lvert \overrightarrow{AB} \times \overrightarrow{AC} \rvert

Half the parallelogram on two sides of triangle ABCABC. It works for triangles in space too.

Lagrange's identity

∣a⃗×b⃗∣2+(a⃗⋅b⃗)2=∣a⃗∣2∣b⃗∣2\lvert \vec{a} \times \vec{b} \rvert^{2} + (\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b})^{2} = \lvert \vec{a} \rvert^{2} \lvert \vec{b} \rvert^{2}

Links the two products, because sin⁡2θ+cos⁡2θ=1\sin^{2}\theta + \cos^{2}\theta = 1. Handy for finding one product from the other.

Example: For a⃗=i^+2j^+3k^\vec{a} = \hat{i} + 2\hat{j} + 3\hat{k} and b⃗=4i^+5j^+6k^\vec{b} = 4\hat{i} + 5\hat{j} + 6\hat{k}, a⃗×b⃗=(12−15)i^−(6−12)j^+(5−8)k^=−3i^+6j^−3k^\vec{a} \times \vec{b} = (12 - 15)\hat{i} - (6 - 12)\hat{j} + (5 - 8)\hat{k} = -3\hat{i} + 6\hat{j} - 3\hat{k}, so the parallelogram area is 54≈7.35\sqrt{54} \approx 7.35.

Scalar And Vector Triple Products

Formula

Expression

What it means

Scalar triple product

[a⃗,b⃗,c⃗]=a⃗⋅(b⃗×c⃗)[\vec{a},\vec{b},\vec{c}] = \vec{a} \cdot (\vec{b} \times \vec{c})

A number built from three vectors. It is positive when a⃗\vec{a}, b⃗\vec{b}, c⃗\vec{c} form a right-handed set.

Scalar triple product in components

a1(b2c3−b3c2)−a2(b1c3−b3c1)+a3(b1c2−b2c1)a_{1}(b_{2}c_{3} - b_{3}c_{2}) - a_{2}(b_{1}c_{3} - b_{3}c_{1}) + a_{3}(b_{1}c_{2} - b_{2}c_{1})

Value of the 3×33 \times 3 determinant whose rows are the components of a⃗\vec{a}, b⃗\vec{b} and c⃗\vec{c}.

Cyclic property

a⃗⋅(b⃗×c⃗)=b⃗⋅(c⃗×a⃗)=c⃗⋅(a⃗×b⃗)\vec{a} \cdot (\vec{b} \times \vec{c}) = \vec{b} \cdot (\vec{c} \times \vec{a}) = \vec{c} \cdot (\vec{a} \times \vec{b})

Rotating the order keeps the value, while swapping any two vectors changes its sign. The dot and cross can also be interchanged.

Volume of a parallelepiped

V=∣[a⃗,b⃗,c⃗]∣V = \lvert [\vec{a},\vec{b},\vec{c}] \rvert

Volume of the box whose three edges from one corner are a⃗\vec{a}, b⃗\vec{b} and c⃗\vec{c}.

Volume of a tetrahedron

V=16∣[a⃗,b⃗,c⃗]∣V = \frac{1}{6}\lvert [\vec{a},\vec{b},\vec{c}] \rvert

Tetrahedron with three edges a⃗\vec{a}, b⃗\vec{b}, c⃗\vec{c} from one vertex, one sixth of the parallelepiped on the same edges.

Coplanarity condition

[a⃗,b⃗,c⃗]=0[\vec{a},\vec{b},\vec{c}] = 0

Three vectors lie in one plane exactly when the box they span has zero volume. For points A,B,C,DA, B, C, D, test AB→\overrightarrow{AB}, AC→\overrightarrow{AC}, AD→\overrightarrow{AD}.

Vector triple product

a⃗×(b⃗×c⃗)=(a⃗⋅c⃗)b⃗−(a⃗⋅b⃗)c⃗\vec{a} \times (\vec{b} \times \vec{c}) = (\vec{a} \cdot \vec{c})\vec{b} - (\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b})\vec{c}

The result lies in the plane of b⃗\vec{b} and c⃗\vec{c}. Often remembered as "BAC minus CAB".

Vector triple product (other bracketing)

(a⃗×b⃗)×c⃗=(a⃗⋅c⃗)b⃗−(b⃗⋅c⃗)a⃗(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}) \times \vec{c} = (\vec{a} \cdot \vec{c})\vec{b} - (\vec{b} \cdot \vec{c})\vec{a}

Differs from the row above, so the cross product is not associative and the brackets matter.

Example: For a⃗=i^+j^\vec{a} = \hat{i} + \hat{j}, b⃗=j^+k^\vec{b} = \hat{j} + \hat{k}, c⃗=i^+k^\vec{c} = \hat{i} + \hat{k}, [a⃗,b⃗,c⃗]=1(1−0)−1(0−1)+0=2[\vec{a},\vec{b},\vec{c}] = 1(1 - 0) - 1(0 - 1) + 0 = 2, so the parallelepiped has volume 22 cubic units.

Direction Cosines And Direction Ratios

Formula

Expression

What it means

Direction cosines

l=cos⁡αl = \cos\alpha, m=cos⁡βm = \cos\beta, n=cos⁡γn = \cos\gamma

α\alpha, β\beta, γ\gamma are the angles a line or vector makes with the positive xx, yy and zz axes.

Sum of squares of direction cosines

l2+m2+n2=1l^{2} + m^{2} + n^{2} = 1

True for every line, so two direction cosines fix the third up to its sign.

Direction cosines from direction ratios

l=aa2+b2+c2l = \frac{a}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2}}}, m=ba2+b2+c2m = \frac{b}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2}}}, n=ca2+b2+c2n = \frac{c}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2}}}

Direction ratios a,b,ca, b, c are any numbers proportional to l,m,nl, m, n. Changing all three signs gives the opposite direction.

Direction ratios of a line through two points

x2−x1,y2−y1,z2−z1x_{2} - x_{1}, y_{2} - y_{1}, z_{2} - z_{1}

For the line through (x1,y1,z1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, z_{1}) and (x2,y2,z2)(x_{2}, y_{2}, z_{2}). Divide by the distance between the points to get direction cosines.

Angle between two lines (direction cosines)

cos⁡θ=∣l1l2+m1m2+n1n2∣\cos\theta = \lvert l_{1}l_{2} + m_{1}m_{2} + n_{1}n_{2} \rvert

Acute angle between two lines with direction cosines l1,m1,n1l_{1}, m_{1}, n_{1} and l2,m2,n2l_{2}, m_{2}, n_{2}.

Angle between two lines (direction ratios)

cos⁡θ=∣a1a2+b1b2+c1c2∣a12+b12+c12a22+b22+c22\cos\theta = \frac{\lvert a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} + c_{1}c_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{a_{1}^{2} + b_{1}^{2} + c_{1}^{2}}\sqrt{a_{2}^{2} + b_{2}^{2} + c_{2}^{2}}}

The same acute angle when only direction ratios a1,b1,c1a_{1}, b_{1}, c_{1} and a2,b2,c2a_{2}, b_{2}, c_{2} are known.

Perpendicular and parallel lines in 3D

a1a2+b1b2+c1c2=0a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} + c_{1}c_{2} = 0, a1a2=b1b2=c1c2\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}} = \frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}} = \frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}

The first condition makes two lines perpendicular and the second makes them parallel.

Projection of a segment on a line

∣(x2−x1)l+(y2−y1)m+(z2−z1)n∣\lvert (x_{2} - x_{1})l + (y_{2} - y_{1})m + (z_{2} - z_{1})n \rvert

Length of the projection of the segment from (x1,y1,z1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, z_{1}) to (x2,y2,z2)(x_{2}, y_{2}, z_{2}) onto a line with direction cosines l,m,nl, m, n.

Example: A line with direction ratios 2,−1,22, -1, 2 has 4+1+4=3\sqrt{4 + 1 + 4} = 3, so its direction cosines are 23,−13,23\frac{2}{3}, -\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{3}, and 49+19+49=1\frac{4}{9} + \frac{1}{9} + \frac{4}{9} = 1.

Lines In 3D

Formula

Expression

What it means

Vector equation of a line

r⃗=a⃗+λb⃗\vec{r} = \vec{a} + \lambda\vec{b}

Line through the point with position vector a⃗\vec{a}, parallel to b⃗\vec{b}. Each real λ\lambda gives one point on it.

Cartesian (symmetric) form

x−x1a=y−y1b=z−z1c\frac{x - x_{1}}{a} = \frac{y - y_{1}}{b} = \frac{z - z_{1}}{c}

Line through (x1,y1,z1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, z_{1}) with direction ratios a,b,ca, b, c. A zero denominator means that coordinate stays fixed.

Parametric form

x=x1+aλx = x_{1} + a\lambda, y=y1+bλy = y_{1} + b\lambda, z=z1+cλz = z_{1} + c\lambda

Every point of the line for real λ\lambda. Substitute these into a plane equation to find where a line meets a plane.

Line through two points (vector form)

r⃗=a⃗+λ(b⃗−a⃗)\vec{r} = \vec{a} + \lambda(\vec{b} - \vec{a})

Line through the points with position vectors a⃗\vec{a} and b⃗\vec{b}.

Line through two points (Cartesian form)

x−x1x2−x1=y−y1y2−y1=z−z1z2−z1\frac{x - x_{1}}{x_{2} - x_{1}} = \frac{y - y_{1}}{y_{2} - y_{1}} = \frac{z - z_{1}}{z_{2} - z_{1}}

The same line in coordinates, using the coordinate differences as direction ratios.

Angle between two lines (vector form)

$\cos\theta = \frac{\lvert \vec{b}{1} \cdot \vec{b}{2} \rvert}{\lvert \vec{b}{1} \rvert \lvert \vec{b}{2} \rvert}$

Acute angle between $\vec{r} = \vec{a}{1} + \lambda\vec{b}{1}and and \vec{r} = \vec{a}{2} + \mu\vec{b}{2}$, from their direction vectors.

Shortest distance between skew lines

$d = \frac{\lvert (\vec{a}{2} - \vec{a}{1}) \cdot (\vec{b}{1} \times \vec{b}{2}) \rvert}{\lvert \vec{b}{1} \times \vec{b}{2} \rvert}$

Length of the common perpendicular between two lines that are neither parallel nor intersecting.

Distance between parallel lines in 3D

$d = \frac{\lvert \vec{b} \times (\vec{a}{2} - \vec{a}{1}) \rvert}{\lvert \vec{b} \rvert}$

Gap between the parallel lines $\vec{r} = \vec{a}{1} + \lambda\vec{b}and and \vec{r} = \vec{a}{2} + \mu\vec{b}$.

Condition for two lines to intersect

$(\vec{a}{2} - \vec{a}{1}) \cdot (\vec{b}{1} \times \vec{b}{2}) = 0$

Two non-parallel lines meet exactly when they are coplanar, which makes the shortest distance between them zero.

Distance from a point to a line in 3D

d=∣(p⃗−a⃗)×b⃗∣∣b⃗∣d = \frac{\lvert (\vec{p} - \vec{a}) \times \vec{b} \rvert}{\lvert \vec{b} \rvert}

Perpendicular distance from the point with position vector p⃗\vec{p} to the line r⃗=a⃗+λb⃗\vec{r} = \vec{a} + \lambda\vec{b}.

Example: For r⃗=i^+λ(i^+j^)\vec{r} = \hat{i} + \lambda(\hat{i} + \hat{j}) and r⃗=j^+3k^+μ(j^+k^)\vec{r} = \hat{j} + 3\hat{k} + \mu(\hat{j} + \hat{k}), $\vec{b}{1} \times \vec{b}{2} = \hat{i} - \hat{j} + \hat{k}and and \vec{a}{2} - \vec{a}{1} = -\hat{i} + \hat{j} + 3\hat{k},so, so d = \frac{\lvert -1 - 1 + 3 \rvert}{\sqrt{3}} = \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}} \approx 0.58$.

Planes In 3D

Formula

Expression

What it means

Equation of a plane in normal form

r⃗⋅n^=d\vec{r} \cdot \hat{n} = d

Plane at perpendicular distance d≥0d \geq 0 from the origin, where n^\hat{n} is the unit normal pointing from the origin toward the plane.

Normal form in Cartesian coordinates

lx+my+nz=dlx + my + nz = d

The same plane written with the direction cosines l,m,nl, m, n of its normal.

General form

ax+by+cz+d=0ax + by + cz + d = 0

Any plane, with normal vector ai^+bj^+ck^a\hat{i} + b\hat{j} + c\hat{k}, where aa, bb, cc are not all zero.

Point-normal form

a(x−x1)+b(y−y1)+c(z−z1)=0a(x - x_{1}) + b(y - y_{1}) + c(z - z_{1}) = 0

Plane through (x1,y1,z1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, z_{1}) with normal direction ratios a,b,ca, b, c. In vector form it reads (r⃗−a⃗)⋅n⃗=0(\vec{r} - \vec{a}) \cdot \vec{n} = 0.

Intercept form

xa+yb+zc=1\frac{x}{a} + \frac{y}{b} + \frac{z}{c} = 1

Plane cutting the axes at (a,0,0)(a, 0, 0), (0,b,0)(0, b, 0) and (0,0,c)(0, 0, c), with aa, bb, cc all non-zero.

Plane through three points

(r⃗−a⃗)⋅[(b⃗−a⃗)×(c⃗−a⃗)]=0(\vec{r} - \vec{a}) \cdot [(\vec{b} - \vec{a}) \times (\vec{c} - \vec{a})] = 0

Plane through three non-collinear points with position vectors a⃗\vec{a}, b⃗\vec{b}, c⃗\vec{c}. The cross product supplies the normal.

Plane through the line of intersection of two planes

(a1x+b1y+c1z+d1)+λ(a2x+b2y+c2z+d2)=0(a_{1}x + b_{1}y + c_{1}z + d_{1}) + \lambda(a_{2}x + b_{2}y + c_{2}z + d_{2}) = 0

Any plane containing the line where the two given planes meet. One more condition fixes λ\lambda.

Angle between two planes

cos⁡θ=∣a1a2+b1b2+c1c2∣a12+b12+c12a22+b22+c22\cos\theta = \frac{\lvert a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} + c_{1}c_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{a_{1}^{2} + b_{1}^{2} + c_{1}^{2}}\sqrt{a_{2}^{2} + b_{2}^{2} + c_{2}^{2}}}

Acute angle between two planes, which is the angle between their normal vectors.

Parallel and perpendicular planes

a1a2=b1b2=c1c2\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}} = \frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}} = \frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}, a1a2+b1b2+c1c2=0a_{1}a_{2} + b_{1}b_{2} + c_{1}c_{2} = 0

The first condition makes the two planes parallel and the second makes them perpendicular.

Angle between a line and a plane

sin⁡ϕ=∣b⃗⋅n⃗∣∣b⃗∣∣n⃗∣\sin\phi = \frac{\lvert \vec{b} \cdot \vec{n} \rvert}{\lvert \vec{b} \rvert \lvert \vec{n} \rvert}

Angle ϕ\phi between a line with direction b⃗\vec{b} and a plane with normal n⃗\vec{n}. Sine appears because ϕ\phi is the complement of the angle with the normal.

Distance from a point to a plane

D=∣ax1+by1+cz1+d∣a2+b2+c2D = \frac{\lvert ax_{1} + by_{1} + cz_{1} + d \rvert}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2}}}

Perpendicular distance from the point (x1,y1,z1)(x_{1}, y_{1}, z_{1}) to the plane ax+by+cz+d=0ax + by + cz + d = 0.

Distance between two planes

D=∣d1−d2∣a2+b2+c2D = \frac{\lvert d_{1} - d_{2} \rvert}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2} + c^{2}}}

Gap between the parallel planes ax+by+cz+d1=0ax + by + cz + d_{1} = 0 and ax+by+cz+d2=0ax + by + cz + d_{2} = 0, with aa, bb, cc matched first.

Example: The distance from (2,3,−5)(2, 3, -5) to the plane x+2y−2z−9=0x + 2y - 2z - 9 = 0 is ∣2+6+10−9∣1+4+4=93=3\frac{\lvert 2 + 6 + 10 - 9 \rvert}{\sqrt{1 + 4 + 4}} = \frac{9}{3} = 3 units.

Trigonometry Formulas

Trigonometry links angles to side lengths, first in right triangles and then for any angle on the unit circle. These formulas cover Grade 9 and 10 basics through the identities, triangle rules, inverse functions and equations tested in Grade 11 and 12, JEE, SAT and A level papers.

Basic Trigonometric Ratios (SOH CAH TOA)

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sin cos tan memory aid (SOH CAH TOA)

S=OH\text{S} = \frac{\text{O}}{\text{H}}, C=AH\text{C} = \frac{\text{A}}{\text{H}}, T=OA\text{T} = \frac{\text{O}}{\text{A}}

Sine is Opposite over Hypotenuse, Cosine is Adjacent over Hypotenuse, Tangent is Opposite over Adjacent, all measured from the chosen acute angle.

Sine

sin⁡θ=oppositehypotenuse\sin\theta = \frac{\text{opposite}}{\text{hypotenuse}}

In a right triangle, the side facing angle θ\theta divided by the hypotenuse, the side facing the right angle.

Cosine

cos⁡θ=adjacenthypotenuse\cos\theta = \frac{\text{adjacent}}{\text{hypotenuse}}

The side next to angle θ\theta (not the hypotenuse) divided by the hypotenuse. Its value lies between 0 and 1 for acute angles.

Tangent

tan⁡θ=oppositeadjacent\tan\theta = \frac{\text{opposite}}{\text{adjacent}}

The side facing θ\theta divided by the side next to it. Used for slopes, heights and gradients.

Cosecant (cosec or csc)

csc⁡θ=hypotenuseopposite\csc\theta = \frac{\text{hypotenuse}}{\text{opposite}}

The sine ratio turned upside down. Indian textbooks write it as cosec, US and UK books often write csc.

Secant

sec⁡θ=hypotenuseadjacent\sec\theta = \frac{\text{hypotenuse}}{\text{adjacent}}

The cosine ratio turned upside down, defined only when the adjacent side is not zero.

Cotangent

cot⁡θ=adjacentopposite\cot\theta = \frac{\text{adjacent}}{\text{opposite}}

The tangent ratio turned upside down, defined only when the opposite side is not zero.

Unit circle definition

(x,y)=(cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ)(x, y) = (\cos\theta, \sin\theta)

The point at angle θ\theta on a circle of radius 1 centred at the origin. This extends sine and cosine to every angle, not only acute ones.

Ratios for any point

sin⁡θ=yr\sin\theta = \frac{y}{r}, cos⁡θ=xr\cos\theta = \frac{x}{r}, tan⁡θ=yx\tan\theta = \frac{y}{x}

For a point (x,y)(x, y) on the terminal side of θ\theta, with r=x2+y2r = \sqrt{x^{2} + y^{2}} and x≠0x \neq 0 for tangent.

Example: In a right triangle with sides 3, 4 and hypotenuse 5, the angle opposite side 3 has sin⁡θ=35=0.6\sin\theta = \frac{3}{5} = 0.6, cos⁡θ=45=0.8\cos\theta = \frac{4}{5} = 0.8 and tan⁡θ=34=0.75\tan\theta = \frac{3}{4} = 0.75.

Reciprocal And Quotient Identities

Each reciprocal ratio exists only where the ratio it inverts is not zero.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Cosecant as a reciprocal

csc⁡θ=1sin⁡θ\csc\theta = \frac{1}{\sin\theta}

Valid when sin⁡θ≠0\sin\theta \neq 0, so it is undefined at 0∘0^{\circ}, 180∘180^{\circ} and 360∘360^{\circ}.

Secant as a reciprocal

sec⁡θ=1cos⁡θ\sec\theta = \frac{1}{\cos\theta}

Valid when cos⁡θ≠0\cos\theta \neq 0, so it is undefined at 90∘90^{\circ} and 270∘270^{\circ}.

Cotangent as a reciprocal

cot⁡θ=1tan⁡θ\cot\theta = \frac{1}{\tan\theta}

Valid when tan⁡θ\tan\theta is defined and not zero. At 90∘90^{\circ} use the quotient form instead, which gives cot⁡90∘=0\cot 90^{\circ} = 0.

Reciprocal identities in product form

sin⁡θcsc⁡θ=1\sin\theta\csc\theta = 1, cos⁡θsec⁡θ=1\cos\theta\sec\theta = 1, tan⁡θcot⁡θ=1\tan\theta\cot\theta = 1

Each ratio times its reciprocal equals 1. Handy for cancelling terms when simplifying an expression.

Tangent quotient identity

tan⁡θ=sin⁡θcos⁡θ\tan\theta = \frac{\sin\theta}{\cos\theta}

Tangent is sine divided by cosine, valid whenever cos⁡θ≠0\cos\theta \neq 0. Used to rewrite everything in sine and cosine.

Cotangent quotient identity

cot⁡θ=cos⁡θsin⁡θ\cot\theta = \frac{\cos\theta}{\sin\theta}

Cotangent is cosine divided by sine, valid whenever sin⁡θ≠0\sin\theta \neq 0.

Example: If sin⁡θ=0.6\sin\theta = 0.6 and cos⁡θ=0.8\cos\theta = 0.8, then csc⁡θ=10.6≈1.6667\csc\theta = \frac{1}{0.6} \approx 1.6667, tan⁡θ=0.60.8=0.75\tan\theta = \frac{0.6}{0.8} = 0.75 and cot⁡θ=0.80.6≈1.3333\cot\theta = \frac{0.8}{0.6} \approx 1.3333.

Pythagorean Identities

Formula

Expression

What it means

Pythagorean identities (sine and cosine)

sin⁡2θ+cos⁡2θ=1\sin^{2}\theta + \cos^{2}\theta = 1

True for every angle θ\theta. It is the Pythagorean theorem applied to the point (cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ)(\cos\theta, \sin\theta) on the unit circle.

Secant and tangent identity

1+tan⁡2θ=sec⁡2θ1 + \tan^{2}\theta = \sec^{2}\theta

The first identity divided by cos⁡2θ\cos^{2}\theta, so it holds wherever cos⁡θ≠0\cos\theta \neq 0.

Cosecant and cotangent identity

1+cot⁡2θ=csc⁡2θ1 + \cot^{2}\theta = \csc^{2}\theta

The first identity divided by sin⁡2θ\sin^{2}\theta, so it holds wherever sin⁡θ≠0\sin\theta \neq 0.

Sine from cosine

sin⁡θ=±1−cos⁡2θ\sin\theta = \pm\sqrt{1 - \cos^{2}\theta}

Finds sine when cosine is known. Pick the sign from the quadrant of θ\theta.

Cosine from sine

cos⁡θ=±1−sin⁡2θ\cos\theta = \pm\sqrt{1 - \sin^{2}\theta}

Finds cosine when sine is known. The sign is positive in quadrants I and IV.

Secant and tangent factor form

(sec⁡θ−tan⁡θ)(sec⁡θ+tan⁡θ)=1(\sec\theta - \tan\theta)(\sec\theta + \tan\theta) = 1

So sec⁡θ+tan⁡θ\sec\theta + \tan\theta and sec⁡θ−tan⁡θ\sec\theta - \tan\theta are reciprocals. A common step in board-exam proofs.

Cosecant and cotangent factor form

(csc⁡θ−cot⁡θ)(csc⁡θ+cot⁡θ)=1(\csc\theta - \cot\theta)(\csc\theta + \cot\theta) = 1

So csc⁡θ+cot⁡θ\csc\theta + \cot\theta and csc⁡θ−cot⁡θ\csc\theta - \cot\theta are reciprocals of each other.

Fourth powers

sin⁡4θ+cos⁡4θ=1−2sin⁡2θcos⁡2θ\sin^{4}\theta + \cos^{4}\theta = 1 - 2\sin^{2}\theta\cos^{2}\theta

Comes from squaring sin⁡2θ+cos⁡2θ=1\sin^{2}\theta + \cos^{2}\theta = 1. Used when an expression has fourth powers of sine and cosine.

Example: If cos⁡θ=513\cos\theta = \frac{5}{13} with θ\theta acute, then sin⁡θ=1−25169=144169=1213\sin\theta = \sqrt{1 - \frac{25}{169}} = \sqrt{\frac{144}{169}} = \frac{12}{13} and tan⁡θ=125=2.4\tan\theta = \frac{12}{5} = 2.4.

Trigonometric Values Of Standard Angles

Formula

Expression

What it means

Angle 0∘0^{\circ} (0 rad)

sin⁡0∘=0\sin 0^{\circ} = 0, cos⁡0∘=1\cos 0^{\circ} = 1, tan⁡0∘=0\tan 0^{\circ} = 0

At zero angle the opposite side shrinks to nothing and the adjacent side equals the hypotenuse.

Angle 30∘30^{\circ} (π6\frac{\pi}{6})

sin⁡30∘=12\sin 30^{\circ} = \frac{1}{2}, cos⁡30∘=32\cos 30^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}, tan⁡30∘=13\tan 30^{\circ} = \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}

From half of an equilateral triangle. As decimals, cos⁡30∘≈0.8660\cos 30^{\circ} \approx 0.8660 and tan⁡30∘≈0.5774\tan 30^{\circ} \approx 0.5774.

Angle 45∘45^{\circ} (π4\frac{\pi}{4})

sin⁡45∘=12\sin 45^{\circ} = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}, cos⁡45∘=12\cos 45^{\circ} = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}, tan⁡45∘=1\tan 45^{\circ} = 1

From an isosceles right triangle with legs 1 and hypotenuse 2\sqrt{2}. Here 12=22≈0.7071\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}} = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{2} \approx 0.7071.

Angle 60∘60^{\circ} (π3\frac{\pi}{3})

sin⁡60∘=32\sin 60^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}, cos⁡60∘=12\cos 60^{\circ} = \frac{1}{2}, tan⁡60∘=3\tan 60^{\circ} = \sqrt{3}

The values of 30∘30^{\circ} with sine and cosine swapped. tan⁡60∘≈1.7321\tan 60^{\circ} \approx 1.7321.

Angle 90∘90^{\circ} (π2\frac{\pi}{2})

sin⁡90∘=1\sin 90^{\circ} = 1, cos⁡90∘=0\cos 90^{\circ} = 0

tan⁡90∘\tan 90^{\circ} is undefined because it would need division by cos⁡90∘=0\cos 90^{\circ} = 0.

Angle 180∘180^{\circ} (π\pi)

sin⁡180∘=0\sin 180^{\circ} = 0, cos⁡180∘=−1\cos 180^{\circ} = -1, tan⁡180∘=0\tan 180^{\circ} = 0

The point on the unit circle is (−1,0)(-1, 0), on the negative x-axis.

Angle 270∘270^{\circ} (3π2\frac{3\pi}{2})

sin⁡270∘=−1\sin 270^{\circ} = -1, cos⁡270∘=0\cos 270^{\circ} = 0

The point on the unit circle is (0,−1)(0, -1), so tan⁡270∘\tan 270^{\circ} is undefined.

Angle 15∘15^{\circ}

sin⁡15∘=6−24\sin 15^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{6} - \sqrt{2}}{4}, cos⁡15∘=6+24\cos 15^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{6} + \sqrt{2}}{4}, tan⁡15∘=2−3\tan 15^{\circ} = 2 - \sqrt{3}

Found from 45∘−30∘45^{\circ} - 30^{\circ}. Swap sine and cosine to get the values for 75∘75^{\circ}, and tan⁡75∘=2+3\tan 75^{\circ} = 2 + \sqrt{3}.

Angles 18∘18^{\circ} and 36∘36^{\circ}

sin⁡18∘=5−14\sin 18^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{5} - 1}{4}, cos⁡36∘=5+14\cos 36^{\circ} = \frac{\sqrt{5} + 1}{4}

Exact values linked to the regular pentagon, often asked in JEE. Also cos⁡72∘=sin⁡18∘\cos 72^{\circ} = \sin 18^{\circ}.

Trigonometric table memory pattern

sin⁡θ=n2\sin\theta = \frac{\sqrt{n}}{2} for n=0,1,2,3,4n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

Gives sine at 0∘0^{\circ}, 30∘30^{\circ}, 45∘45^{\circ}, 60∘60^{\circ}, 90∘90^{\circ} in that order. Cosine uses the same values in reverse order.

Example: sin⁡245∘+cos⁡260∘=12+14=34=0.75\sin^{2}45^{\circ} + \cos^{2}60^{\circ} = \frac{1}{2} + \frac{1}{4} = \frac{3}{4} = 0.75.

Signs In The Four Quadrants (ASTC)

Angles are measured anticlockwise from the positive x-axis.

Formula

Expression

What it means

ASTC rule (All Students Take Calculus)

I: All\text{I: All}, II: Sine\text{II: Sine}, III: Tangent\text{III: Tangent}, IV: Cosine\text{IV: Cosine}

In each quadrant the named ratio and its reciprocal are positive and the rest are negative. In quadrant I all six are positive.

Quadrant I

0∘<θ<90∘0^{\circ} < \theta < 90^{\circ}

Both xx and yy are positive, so all six ratios are positive.

Quadrant II

90∘<θ<180∘90^{\circ} < \theta < 180^{\circ}

Here x<0x < 0 and y>0y > 0, so only sine and cosecant are positive.

Quadrant III

180∘<θ<270∘180^{\circ} < \theta < 270^{\circ}

Here x<0x < 0 and y<0y < 0, so only tangent and cotangent are positive.

Quadrant IV

270∘<θ<360∘270^{\circ} < \theta < 360^{\circ}

Here x>0x > 0 and y<0y < 0, so only cosine and secant are positive.

Reference angle

180∘−θ180^{\circ} - \theta (II), θ−180∘\theta - 180^{\circ} (III), 360∘−θ360^{\circ} - \theta (IV)

The acute angle between the terminal side and the x-axis. A ratio of θ\theta equals the same ratio of the reference angle, with the ASTC sign.

Coterminal angles

θ+360∘n\theta + 360^{\circ} n or θ+2πn\theta + 2\pi n

For any integer nn these angles share one terminal side, so all six ratios are equal.

Example: For cos⁡120∘\cos 120^{\circ}, the reference angle is 60∘60^{\circ} and cosine is negative in quadrant II, so cos⁡120∘=−cos⁡60∘=−12\cos 120^{\circ} = -\cos 60^{\circ} = -\frac{1}{2}.

Cofunction And Allied Angle Identities

Formula

Expression

What it means

Cofunction identities (sine and cosine)

sin⁡(90∘−θ)=cos⁡θ\sin(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \cos\theta, cos⁡(90∘−θ)=sin⁡θ\cos(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \sin\theta

The two acute angles of a right triangle add to 90∘90^{\circ}, so the sine of one is the cosine of the other.

Tangent and cotangent cofunctions

tan⁡(90∘−θ)=cot⁡θ\tan(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \cot\theta, cot⁡(90∘−θ)=tan⁡θ\cot(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \tan\theta

Tangent of an angle equals cotangent of its complement.

Secant and cosecant cofunctions

sec⁡(90∘−θ)=csc⁡θ\sec(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \csc\theta, csc⁡(90∘−θ)=sec⁡θ\csc(90^{\circ} - \theta) = \sec\theta

Secant of an angle equals cosecant of its complement.

Angle 90∘+θ90^{\circ} + \theta

sin⁡(90∘+θ)=cos⁡θ\sin(90^{\circ} + \theta) = \cos\theta, cos⁡(90∘+θ)=−sin⁡θ\cos(90^{\circ} + \theta) = -\sin\theta, tan⁡(90∘+θ)=−cot⁡θ\tan(90^{\circ} + \theta) = -\cot\theta

For acute θ\theta the angle lies in quadrant II, so only sine stays positive.

Angle 180∘−θ180^{\circ} - \theta

sin⁡(180∘−θ)=sin⁡θ\sin(180^{\circ} - \theta) = \sin\theta, cos⁡(180∘−θ)=−cos⁡θ\cos(180^{\circ} - \theta) = -\cos\theta, tan⁡(180∘−θ)=−tan⁡θ\tan(180^{\circ} - \theta) = -\tan\theta

Supplementary angles have equal sines and opposite cosines. Used for obtuse angles in triangles.

Angle 180∘+θ180^{\circ} + \theta

sin⁡(180∘+θ)=−sin⁡θ\sin(180^{\circ} + \theta) = -\sin\theta, cos⁡(180∘+θ)=−cos⁡θ\cos(180^{\circ} + \theta) = -\cos\theta, tan⁡(180∘+θ)=tan⁡θ\tan(180^{\circ} + \theta) = \tan\theta

The angle lies in quadrant III, where only tangent and cotangent are positive.

Angle 270∘±θ270^{\circ} \pm \theta

sin⁡(270∘±θ)=−cos⁡θ\sin(270^{\circ} \pm \theta) = -\cos\theta, cos⁡(270∘−θ)=−sin⁡θ\cos(270^{\circ} - \theta) = -\sin\theta, cos⁡(270∘+θ)=sin⁡θ\cos(270^{\circ} + \theta) = \sin\theta

An odd multiple of 90∘90^{\circ} switches sine to cosine. Signs follow quadrant III for the minus case and quadrant IV for the plus case.

Angle 360∘−θ360^{\circ} - \theta

sin⁡(360∘−θ)=−sin⁡θ\sin(360^{\circ} - \theta) = -\sin\theta, cos⁡(360∘−θ)=cos⁡θ\cos(360^{\circ} - \theta) = \cos\theta, tan⁡(360∘−θ)=−tan⁡θ\tan(360^{\circ} - \theta) = -\tan\theta

The angle lies in quadrant IV and gives the same values as −θ-\theta.

Negative angle (even and odd)

sin⁡(−θ)=−sin⁡θ\sin(-\theta) = -\sin\theta, cos⁡(−θ)=cos⁡θ\cos(-\theta) = \cos\theta, tan⁡(−θ)=−tan⁡θ\tan(-\theta) = -\tan\theta

Cosine and secant are even functions. Sine, tangent, cosecant and cotangent are odd functions.

Allied angle rule

n×90∘±θn \times 90^{\circ} \pm \theta

For odd nn, switch sine and cosine, tangent and cotangent, secant and cosecant. For even nn, keep the function. Take the sign from ASTC.

Example: sin⁡150∘=sin⁡(180∘−30∘)=sin⁡30∘=12\sin 150^{\circ} = \sin(180^{\circ} - 30^{\circ}) = \sin 30^{\circ} = \frac{1}{2}.

Degree And Radian Conversion

Formula

Expression

What it means

Basic relation

π,rad=180∘\pi,\text{rad} = 180^{\circ}

Half a turn is π\pi radians. Every conversion between the two units comes from this one fact.

Full turn

360∘=2π,rad360^{\circ} = 2\pi,\text{rad}

One complete revolution. So a right angle is π2\frac{\pi}{2} radians.

Degrees to radians

θrad=θdeg×π180\theta_{\text{rad}} = \theta_{\text{deg}} \times \frac{\pi}{180}

Multiply a degree measure by π180\frac{\pi}{180} to get radians. Calculus formulas need radians.

Radians to degrees

θdeg=θrad×180π\theta_{\text{deg}} = \theta_{\text{rad}} \times \frac{180}{\pi}

Multiply a radian measure by 180π\frac{180}{\pi} to get degrees.

1 radian to degrees

1,rad=180∘π≈57.2958∘1,\text{rad} = \frac{180^{\circ}}{\pi} \approx 57.2958^{\circ}

One radian is a little under 57.3∘57.3^{\circ}.

One degree in radians

1∘=π180,rad≈0.01745,rad1^{\circ} = \frac{\pi}{180},\text{rad} \approx 0.01745,\text{rad}

A small angle, useful when converting minutes and seconds of arc.

Radian measure of an angle

θ=sr\theta = \frac{s}{r}

The angle at the centre of a circle of radius rr cut off by an arc of length ss. It is 1 radian when s=rs = r.

Minutes and seconds

1∘=60′1^{\circ} = 60', 1′=60′′1' = 60''

A degree splits into 60 minutes and a minute into 60 seconds, so 1∘=3600′′1^{\circ} = 3600''.

Example: 135∘=135×π180=3π4≈2.3562,rad135^{\circ} = 135 \times \frac{\pi}{180} = \frac{3\pi}{4} \approx 2.3562,\text{rad}.

Arc Length And Sector Area In Radians

These forms need θ\theta in radians. For an angle in degrees, replace θ\theta with πθ180\frac{\pi\theta}{180} first.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Arc length

s=rθs = r\theta

Length of the arc cut off by a central angle θ\theta in a circle of radius rr.

Sector area

A=12r2θA = \frac{1}{2}r^{2}\theta

Area of the slice of the circle bounded by two radii and the arc, with θ\theta in radians.

Sector area from arc length

A=12rsA = \frac{1}{2}rs

Same area written with the arc length ss, useful when the angle is not given.

Perimeter of a sector

P=2r+rθP = 2r + r\theta

Two radii plus the arc length.

Area of a minor segment

A=12r2(θ−sin⁡θ)A = \frac{1}{2}r^{2}(\theta - \sin\theta)

Region between a chord and its arc: sector area minus triangle area, with θ\theta in radians.

Chord length

c=2rsin⁡θ2c = 2r\sin\frac{\theta}{2}

Length of the straight chord joining the ends of an arc with central angle θ\theta.

Linear and angular speed

v=rωv = r\omega

A point at distance rr from the centre, turning at ω\omega radians per second, moves at speed vv.

Example: For r=10,cmr = 10,\text{cm} and θ=1.2,rad\theta = 1.2,\text{rad}, the arc is s=10×1.2=12,cms = 10 \times 1.2 = 12,\text{cm} and the sector area is 12×100×1.2=60,cm2\frac{1}{2} \times 100 \times 1.2 = 60,\text{cm}^{2}.

Sum And Difference Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sin (A + B)

sin⁡(A+B)=sin⁡Acos⁡B+cos⁡Asin⁡B\sin(A + B) = \sin A\cos B + \cos A\sin B

Sine of a sum of two angles. Use it to find exact values such as sin⁡75∘\sin 75^{\circ}.

Sin (a - b)

sin⁡(A−B)=sin⁡Acos⁡B−cos⁡Asin⁡B\sin(A - B) = \sin A\cos B - \cos A\sin B

Sine of a difference. Same pattern as the sum with the middle sign changed.

Cos (A + B)

cos⁡(A+B)=cos⁡Acos⁡B−sin⁡Asin⁡B\cos(A + B) = \cos A\cos B - \sin A\sin B

Cosine of a sum. Note the sign in the middle is the opposite of the sign between the angles.

Cos(A - B) formula

cos⁡(A−B)=cos⁡Acos⁡B+sin⁡Asin⁡B\cos(A - B) = \cos A\cos B + \sin A\sin B

Cosine of a difference. Setting A=BA = B gives cos⁡0=cos⁡2A+sin⁡2A=1\cos 0 = \cos^{2}A + \sin^{2}A = 1.

Tan (A + B)

tan⁡(A+B)=tan⁡A+tan⁡B1−tan⁡Atan⁡B\tan(A + B) = \frac{\tan A + \tan B}{1 - \tan A\tan B}

Valid when tan⁡A\tan A, tan⁡B\tan B exist and tan⁡Atan⁡B≠1\tan A\tan B \neq 1.

Tan (A - B)

tan⁡(A−B)=tan⁡A−tan⁡B1+tan⁡Atan⁡B\tan(A - B) = \frac{\tan A - \tan B}{1 + \tan A\tan B}

Valid when tan⁡A\tan A, tan⁡B\tan B exist and tan⁡Atan⁡B≠−1\tan A\tan B \neq -1. Used for the angle between two lines.

Cot (A + B)

cot⁡(A+B)=cot⁡Acot⁡B−1cot⁡A+cot⁡B\cot(A + B) = \frac{\cot A\cot B - 1}{\cot A + \cot B}

Cotangent of a sum, valid when cot⁡A+cot⁡B≠0\cot A + \cot B \neq 0.

Product of sum and difference sines

sin⁡(A+B)sin⁡(A−B)=sin⁡2A−sin⁡2B\sin(A + B)\sin(A - B) = \sin^{2}A - \sin^{2}B

Also equals cos⁡2B−cos⁡2A\cos^{2}B - \cos^{2}A. Saves expanding both brackets.

Product of sum and difference cosines

cos⁡(A+B)cos⁡(A−B)=cos⁡2A−sin⁡2B\cos(A + B)\cos(A - B) = \cos^{2}A - \sin^{2}B

Also equals cos⁡2B−sin⁡2A\cos^{2}B - \sin^{2}A.

Tan of three angles

tan⁡(A+B+C)=tan⁡A+tan⁡B+tan⁡C−tan⁡Atan⁡Btan⁡C1−tan⁡Atan⁡B−tan⁡Btan⁡C−tan⁡Ctan⁡A\tan(A + B + C) = \frac{\tan A + \tan B + \tan C - \tan A\tan B\tan C}{1 - \tan A\tan B - \tan B\tan C - \tan C\tan A}

Extends the two-angle formula. When A+B+C=πA + B + C = \pi the numerator must be zero.

Example: sin⁡75∘=sin⁡(45∘+30∘)=22⋅32+22⋅12=6+24≈0.9659\sin 75^{\circ} = \sin(45^{\circ} + 30^{\circ}) = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{2} \cdot \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} + \frac{\sqrt{2}}{2} \cdot \frac{1}{2} = \frac{\sqrt{6} + \sqrt{2}}{4} \approx 0.9659.

Double Angle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sin 2x formula

sin⁡2A=2sin⁡Acos⁡A\sin 2A = 2\sin A\cos A

Sine of double an angle, from sin⁡(A+A)\sin(A + A). Used to simplify products of sine and cosine.

Sin 2A in terms of tan A

sin⁡2A=2tan⁡A1+tan⁡2A\sin 2A = \frac{2\tan A}{1 + \tan^{2}A}

Writes sin⁡2A\sin 2A using only tan⁡A\tan A, valid wherever tan⁡A\tan A is defined.

Cos2x (basic form)

cos⁡2A=cos⁡2A−sin⁡2A\cos 2A = \cos^{2}A - \sin^{2}A

Cosine of double an angle, from cos⁡(A+A)\cos(A + A). The other forms follow from it.

Cos 2A in cosine only

cos⁡2A=2cos⁡2A−1\cos 2A = 2\cos^{2}A - 1

Use when only cos⁡A\cos A is known or when an expression has cos⁡2A\cos^{2}A.

Cos 2A in sine only

cos⁡2A=1−2sin⁡2A\cos 2A = 1 - 2\sin^{2}A

Use when only sin⁡A\sin A is known or to remove sin⁡2A\sin^{2}A.

Cos 2A in terms of tan A

cos⁡2A=1−tan⁡2A1+tan⁡2A\cos 2A = \frac{1 - \tan^{2}A}{1 + \tan^{2}A}

Writes cos⁡2A\cos 2A using only tan⁡A\tan A, valid wherever tan⁡A\tan A is defined.

Tan2x formula

tan⁡2A=2tan⁡A1−tan⁡2A\tan 2A = \frac{2\tan A}{1 - \tan^{2}A}

Tangent of double an angle, valid when tan⁡2A≠1\tan^{2}A \neq 1, that is AA is not an odd multiple of 45∘45^{\circ}.

Power reduction for cosine

cos⁡2A=1+cos⁡2A2\cos^{2}A = \frac{1 + \cos 2A}{2}

Turns a square into a first power. Also written 1+cos⁡2A=2cos⁡2A1 + \cos 2A = 2\cos^{2}A.

Power reduction for sine

sin⁡2A=1−cos⁡2A2\sin^{2}A = \frac{1 - \cos 2A}{2}

Turns a square into a first power, often needed before integrating sin⁡2x\sin^{2}x.

Example: If sin⁡A=35\sin A = \frac{3}{5} with AA acute, then cos⁡A=45\cos A = \frac{4}{5}, sin⁡2A=2×35×45=2425=0.96\sin 2A = 2 \times \frac{3}{5} \times \frac{4}{5} = \frac{24}{25} = 0.96 and cos⁡2A=1−2×925=725=0.28\cos 2A = 1 - 2 \times \frac{9}{25} = \frac{7}{25} = 0.28.

Triple Angle Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sin 3A

sin⁡3A=3sin⁡A−4sin⁡3A\sin 3A = 3\sin A - 4\sin^{3}A

Sine of three times an angle, written in powers of sin⁡A\sin A.

Cos 3A

cos⁡3A=4cos⁡3A−3cos⁡A\cos 3A = 4\cos^{3}A - 3\cos A

Cosine of three times an angle, written in powers of cos⁡A\cos A. The order of terms is reversed compared with sin⁡3A\sin 3A.

Tan3x

tan⁡3A=3tan⁡A−tan⁡3A1−3tan⁡2A\tan 3A = \frac{3\tan A - \tan^{3}A}{1 - 3\tan^{2}A}

Tangent of three times an angle, valid when tan⁡2A≠13\tan^{2}A \neq \frac{1}{3}.

Cube of sine

sin⁡3A=3sin⁡A−sin⁡3A4\sin^{3}A = \frac{3\sin A - \sin 3A}{4}

The sin⁡3A\sin 3A formula rearranged. Used to remove cubes before integrating.

Cube of cosine

cos⁡3A=3cos⁡A+cos⁡3A4\cos^{3}A = \frac{3\cos A + \cos 3A}{4}

The cos⁡3A\cos 3A formula rearranged. Note the plus sign, unlike the sine version.

Sine product with 60∘60^{\circ}

sin⁡Asin⁡(60∘−A)sin⁡(60∘+A)=14sin⁡3A\sin A\sin(60^{\circ} - A)\sin(60^{\circ} + A) = \frac{1}{4}\sin 3A

A JEE shortcut for products like sin⁡20∘sin⁡40∘sin⁡80∘\sin 20^{\circ}\sin 40^{\circ}\sin 80^{\circ}.

Cosine product with 60∘60^{\circ}

cos⁡Acos⁡(60∘−A)cos⁡(60∘+A)=14cos⁡3A\cos A\cos(60^{\circ} - A)\cos(60^{\circ} + A) = \frac{1}{4}\cos 3A

The cosine version of the same shortcut.

Tangent product with 60∘60^{\circ}

tan⁡Atan⁡(60∘−A)tan⁡(60∘+A)=tan⁡3A\tan A\tan(60^{\circ} - A)\tan(60^{\circ} + A) = \tan 3A

The tangent version, with no factor of 14\frac{1}{4}.

Example: With A=30∘A = 30^{\circ}, sin⁡90∘=3×12−4×18=1.5−0.5=1\sin 90^{\circ} = 3 \times \frac{1}{2} - 4 \times \frac{1}{8} = 1.5 - 0.5 = 1, which matches the known value.

Half Angle Formulas

The ±\pm sign is set by the quadrant in which A2\frac{A}{2} lies.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Half angle formula for sine

sin⁡A2=±1−cos⁡A2\sin\frac{A}{2} = \pm\sqrt{\frac{1 - \cos A}{2}}

Finds sine of half an angle from the cosine of the full angle.

Cosine half angle

cos⁡A2=±1+cos⁡A2\cos\frac{A}{2} = \pm\sqrt{\frac{1 + \cos A}{2}}

Finds cosine of half an angle from the cosine of the full angle.

Tangent half angle, root form

tan⁡A2=±1−cos⁡A1+cos⁡A\tan\frac{A}{2} = \pm\sqrt{\frac{1 - \cos A}{1 + \cos A}}

Valid when cos⁡A≠−1\cos A \neq -1. The sign again depends on the quadrant of A2\frac{A}{2}.

Tangent half angle, no root

tan⁡A2=sin⁡A1+cos⁡A=1−cos⁡Asin⁡A\tan\frac{A}{2} = \frac{\sin A}{1 + \cos A} = \frac{1 - \cos A}{\sin A}

Gives the correct sign automatically. The second form needs sin⁡A≠0\sin A \neq 0.

Sine from t=tan⁡A2t = \tan\frac{A}{2}

sin⁡A=2t1+t2\sin A = \frac{2t}{1 + t^{2}}

Writes sin⁡A\sin A as a rational function of tt. Used in the t-substitution for integrals and equations.

Cosine from t=tan⁡A2t = \tan\frac{A}{2}

cos⁡A=1−t21+t2\cos A = \frac{1 - t^{2}}{1 + t^{2}}

Writes cos⁡A\cos A as a rational function of t=tan⁡A2t = \tan\frac{A}{2}.

Tangent from t=tan⁡A2t = \tan\frac{A}{2}

tan⁡A=2t1−t2\tan A = \frac{2t}{1 - t^{2}}

Writes tan⁡A\tan A using tt, valid when t2≠1t^{2} \neq 1.

Example: cos⁡22.5∘=1+cos⁡45∘2=1+0.70712=0.85355≈0.9239\cos 22.5^{\circ} = \sqrt{\frac{1 + \cos 45^{\circ}}{2}} = \sqrt{\frac{1 + 0.7071}{2}} = \sqrt{0.85355} \approx 0.9239.

Product To Sum Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

2 sin A cos B

2sin⁡Acos⁡B=sin⁡(A+B)+sin⁡(A−B)2\sin A\cos B = \sin(A + B) + \sin(A - B)

Turns a product of sine and cosine into a sum of sines.

2 cos A sin B

2cos⁡Asin⁡B=sin⁡(A+B)−sin⁡(A−B)2\cos A\sin B = \sin(A + B) - \sin(A - B)

Same idea with the sine on the second angle, which gives a difference.

2 cos A cos B

2cos⁡Acos⁡B=cos⁡(A+B)+cos⁡(A−B)2\cos A\cos B = \cos(A + B) + \cos(A - B)

Turns a product of two cosines into a sum of cosines.

2 sin A sin B

2sin⁡Asin⁡B=cos⁡(A−B)−cos⁡(A+B)2\sin A\sin B = \cos(A - B) - \cos(A + B)

Turns a product of two sines into a difference of cosines. Watch the order of the terms.

Sin A cos B

sin⁡Acos⁡B=12[sin⁡(A+B)+sin⁡(A−B)]\sin A\cos B = \frac{1}{2}[\sin(A + B) + \sin(A - B)]

The first formula divided by 2, the form usually needed when integrating a product.

Sin A sin B

sin⁡Asin⁡B=12[cos⁡(A−B)−cos⁡(A+B)]\sin A\sin B = \frac{1}{2}[\cos(A - B) - \cos(A + B)]

The sine product formula divided by 2.

Cos A cos B

cos⁡Acos⁡B=12[cos⁡(A+B)+cos⁡(A−B)]\cos A\cos B = \frac{1}{2}[\cos(A + B) + \cos(A - B)]

The cosine product formula divided by 2.

Example: 2sin⁡75∘cos⁡15∘=sin⁡90∘+sin⁡60∘=1+0.8660=1.86602\sin 75^{\circ}\cos 15^{\circ} = \sin 90^{\circ} + \sin 60^{\circ} = 1 + 0.8660 = 1.8660.

Sum To Product Formulas

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sin A + Sin B formula

sin⁡A+sin⁡B=2sin⁡A+B2cos⁡A−B2\sin A + \sin B = 2\sin\frac{A + B}{2}\cos\frac{A - B}{2}

Turns a sum of two sines into a product, useful for factorising and solving equations.

Sin A minus sin B

sin⁡A−sin⁡B=2cos⁡A+B2sin⁡A−B2\sin A - \sin B = 2\cos\frac{A + B}{2}\sin\frac{A - B}{2}

Difference of two sines as a product. Cosine takes the half sum, sine takes the half difference.

Cos A plus cos B

cos⁡A+cos⁡B=2cos⁡A+B2cos⁡A−B2\cos A + \cos B = 2\cos\frac{A + B}{2}\cos\frac{A - B}{2}

Sum of two cosines as a product of two cosines.

Cos A minus cos B

cos⁡A−cos⁡B=−2sin⁡A+B2sin⁡A−B2\cos A - \cos B = -2\sin\frac{A + B}{2}\sin\frac{A - B}{2}

Difference of two cosines. Keep the minus sign in front, or write it as 2sin⁡A+B2sin⁡B−A22\sin\frac{A + B}{2}\sin\frac{B - A}{2}.

Tan A plus or minus tan B

tan⁡A±tan⁡B=sin⁡(A±B)cos⁡Acos⁡B\tan A \pm \tan B = \frac{\sin(A \pm B)}{\cos A\cos B}

Sum or difference of tangents, valid when cos⁡A\cos A and cos⁡B\cos B are both non-zero.

Cot A plus or minus cot B

cot⁡A±cot⁡B=sin⁡(B±A)sin⁡Asin⁡B\cot A \pm \cot B = \frac{\sin(B \pm A)}{\sin A\sin B}

Sum or difference of cotangents, valid when sin⁡A\sin A and sin⁡B\sin B are both non-zero.

Example: sin⁡75∘+sin⁡15∘=2sin⁡45∘cos⁡30∘=2×0.7071×0.8660≈1.2247\sin 75^{\circ} + \sin 15^{\circ} = 2\sin 45^{\circ}\cos 30^{\circ} = 2 \times 0.7071 \times 0.8660 \approx 1.2247.

Law Of Sines, Law Of Cosines And Law Of Tangents

In triangle ABC, sides aa, bb, cc lie opposite angles AA, BB, CC, and RR is the circumradius.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Angle sum of a triangle

A+B+C=180∘A + B + C = 180^{\circ}

The three angles add to 180∘180^{\circ}, or π\pi radians. Gives the third angle when two are known.

Law of sines (sine rule)

asin⁡A=bsin⁡B=csin⁡C=2R\frac{a}{\sin A} = \frac{b}{\sin B} = \frac{c}{\sin C} = 2R

Each side over the sine of its opposite angle is the same. Use with two angles and a side, or two sides and a non-included angle.

Law of cosines (cosine rule)

a2=b2+c2−2bccos⁡Aa^{2} = b^{2} + c^{2} - 2bc\cos A

Finds the third side from two sides and the included angle. When A=90∘A = 90^{\circ} it becomes the Pythagorean theorem.

Law of cosines for sides b and c

b2=c2+a2−2cacos⁡Bb^{2} = c^{2} + a^{2} - 2ca\cos B, c2=a2+b2−2abcos⁡Cc^{2} = a^{2} + b^{2} - 2ab\cos C

The same rule written for the other two sides.

Angle from three sides

cos⁡A=b2+c2−a22bc\cos A = \frac{b^{2} + c^{2} - a^{2}}{2bc}

Finds an angle when all three sides are known. A negative value means AA is obtuse.

Law of tangents

a−ba+b=tan⁡A−B2tan⁡A+B2\frac{a - b}{a + b} = \frac{\tan\frac{A - B}{2}}{\tan\frac{A + B}{2}}

Links two sides to the half difference and half sum of their opposite angles. Useful when two sides and the included angle are known.

Napier's analogy

tan⁡B−C2=b−cb+ccot⁡A2\tan\frac{B - C}{2} = \frac{b - c}{b + c}\cot\frac{A}{2}

Another form of the law of tangents that gives B−CB - C directly when bb, cc and AA are known.

Projection formula

a=bcos⁡C+ccos⁡Ba = b\cos C + c\cos B

Side aa equals the sum of the projections of the other two sides onto it. Similar forms hold for bb and cc.

Tangent sum in a triangle

tan⁡A+tan⁡B+tan⁡C=tan⁡Atan⁡Btan⁡C\tan A + \tan B + \tan C = \tan A\tan B\tan C

Holds when A+B+C=πA + B + C = \pi and no angle is 90∘90^{\circ}. A frequent JEE identity.

Example: With b=5b = 5, c=7c = 7 and A=60∘A = 60^{\circ}, a2=25+49−2×5×7×0.5=39a^{2} = 25 + 49 - 2 \times 5 \times 7 \times 0.5 = 39, so a=39≈6.2450a = \sqrt{39} \approx 6.2450.

Area Of A Triangle Using Sine

Formula

Expression

What it means

Two sides and included angle

Δ=12bcsin⁡A=12casin⁡B=12absin⁡C\Delta = \frac{1}{2}bc\sin A = \frac{1}{2}ca\sin B = \frac{1}{2}ab\sin C

Half the product of two sides times the sine of the angle between them. No height is needed.

Heron's formula

Δ=s(s−a)(s−b)(s−c)\Delta = \sqrt{s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c)}

Area from the three sides alone, where s=a+b+c2s = \frac{a + b + c}{2} is the semi-perimeter.

Area and circumradius

Δ=abc4R\Delta = \frac{abc}{4R}

Links the area, the three sides and the radius RR of the circle through all three vertices.

Circumradius

R=a2sin⁡AR = \frac{a}{2\sin A}

Radius of the circumcircle, from any side and its opposite angle. Comes from the law of sines.

Area and inradius

Δ=rs\Delta = rs

Area equals the inradius rr (radius of the inscribed circle) times the semi-perimeter ss.

Area from R and the angles

Δ=2R2sin⁡Asin⁡Bsin⁡C\Delta = 2R^{2}\sin A\sin B\sin C

Area when the circumradius and all three angles are known.

Area from one side and the angles

Δ=a2sin⁡Bsin⁡C2sin⁡A\Delta = \frac{a^{2}\sin B\sin C}{2\sin A}

Area when one side and all three angles are known, found by combining the sine rule with 12absin⁡C\frac{1}{2}ab\sin C.

Example: With a=8a = 8, b=10b = 10 and C=30∘C = 30^{\circ}, the area is 12×8×10×sin⁡30∘=40×0.5=20\frac{1}{2} \times 8 \times 10 \times \sin 30^{\circ} = 40 \times 0.5 = 20 square units.

Semi-Perimeter And Half Angle Formulas In A Triangle

Formula

Expression

What it means

Semi-perimeter

s=a+b+c2s = \frac{a + b + c}{2}

Half the perimeter of the triangle. Every formula below uses it.

Sine of a half angle

sin⁡A2=(s−b)(s−c)bc\sin\frac{A}{2} = \sqrt{\frac{(s - b)(s - c)}{bc}}

Sine of half of angle AA from the sides. Always positive because A2\frac{A}{2} is acute.

Cosine of a half angle

cos⁡A2=s(s−a)bc\cos\frac{A}{2} = \sqrt{\frac{s(s - a)}{bc}}

Cosine of half of angle AA from the sides. Similar forms hold for BB and CC.

Tangent of a half angle

tan⁡A2=(s−b)(s−c)s(s−a)=Δs(s−a)\tan\frac{A}{2} = \sqrt{\frac{(s - b)(s - c)}{s(s - a)}} = \frac{\Delta}{s(s - a)}

Tangent of half of angle AA, where Δ\Delta is the area of the triangle.

Inradius

r=Δsr = \frac{\Delta}{s}

Radius of the circle that touches all three sides from inside.

Inradius from a half angle

r=(s−a)tan⁡A2r = (s - a)\tan\frac{A}{2}

Uses the tangent length s−as - a from vertex A to the incircle.

Inradius and circumradius

r=4Rsin⁡A2sin⁡B2sin⁡C2r = 4R\sin\frac{A}{2}\sin\frac{B}{2}\sin\frac{C}{2}

Links the inradius rr with the circumradius RR through the half angles.

Exradius

r1=Δs−ar_{1} = \frac{\Delta}{s - a}

Radius of the excircle opposite vertex A, which touches side aa and the extensions of the other two sides.

Example: For sides a=3a = 3, b=4b = 4, c=5c = 5, s=6s = 6, Δ=6×3×2×1=6\Delta = \sqrt{6 \times 3 \times 2 \times 1} = 6, r=66=1r = \frac{6}{6} = 1 and tan⁡A2=66×3=13\tan\frac{A}{2} = \frac{6}{6 \times 3} = \frac{1}{3}.

Principal Values Of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Each inverse function returns one angle, called the principal value, from the range shown.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Arcsin (inverse sine)

sin⁡−1x∈[−π2,π2]\sin^{-1}x \in \left[-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right]

Defined for −1≤x≤1-1 \leq x \leq 1. Returns the angle in that range whose sine is xx.

Arccosine (inverse cosine)

cos⁡−1x∈[0,π]\cos^{-1}x \in [0, \pi]

Defined for −1≤x≤1-1 \leq x \leq 1. Returns the angle between 0 and π\pi whose cosine is xx.

Arctan (inverse tangent)

tan⁡−1x∈(−π2,π2)\tan^{-1}x \in \left(-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right)

Defined for every real xx. The end points are excluded because tangent is undefined there.

Inverse cosecant

csc⁡−1x∈[−π2,π2]∖{0}\csc^{-1}x \in \left[-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right] \setminus \lbrace 0 \rbrace

Defined for ∣x∣≥1\lvert x \rvert \geq 1. Zero is excluded because csc⁡0\csc 0 is undefined, as sin⁡0=0\sin 0 = 0.

Inverse secant

sec⁡−1x∈[0,π]∖{π2}\sec^{-1}x \in [0, \pi] \setminus \left\lbrace \frac{\pi}{2} \right\rbrace

Defined for ∣x∣≥1\lvert x \rvert \geq 1. The angle π2\frac{\pi}{2} is excluded because secant is undefined there.

Inverse cotangent

cot⁡−1x∈(0,π)\cot^{-1}x \in (0, \pi)

Defined for every real xx. Both end points are excluded.

Inverse trigonometric functions notation

sin⁡−1x=arcsin⁡x≠1sin⁡x\sin^{-1}x = \arcsin x \neq \frac{1}{\sin x}

The −1-1 marks an inverse function, not a reciprocal. Both notations mean the same thing.

Function after its inverse

sin⁡(sin⁡−1x)=x\sin(\sin^{-1}x) = x

True for every xx with −1≤x≤1-1 \leq x \leq 1. Likewise tan⁡(tan⁡−1x)=x\tan(\tan^{-1}x) = x for every real xx.

Inverse after the function

sin⁡−1(sin⁡x)=x\sin^{-1}(\sin x) = x

True only for −π2≤x≤π2-\frac{\pi}{2} \leq x \leq \frac{\pi}{2}. Likewise cos⁡−1(cos⁡x)=x\cos^{-1}(\cos x) = x only for 0≤x≤π0 \leq x \leq \pi.

Example: sin⁡−1(−12)=−π6\sin^{-1}\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right) = -\frac{\pi}{6}, not 7π6\frac{7\pi}{6}, because the answer must lie in [−π2,π2]\left[-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right], while cos⁡−1(−12)=2π3\cos^{-1}\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right) = \frac{2\pi}{3}.

Inverse Trigonometric Identities

Formula

Expression

What it means

Inverse sine plus inverse cosine

sin⁡−1x+cos⁡−1x=π2\sin^{-1}x + \cos^{-1}x = \frac{\pi}{2}

Holds for −1≤x≤1-1 \leq x \leq 1. Lets you replace one inverse function with the other.

Inverse tangent plus inverse cotangent

tan⁡−1x+cot⁡−1x=π2\tan^{-1}x + \cot^{-1}x = \frac{\pi}{2}

Holds for every real xx.

Inverse secant plus inverse cosecant

sec⁡−1x+csc⁡−1x=π2\sec^{-1}x + \csc^{-1}x = \frac{\pi}{2}

Holds for ∣x∣≥1\lvert x \rvert \geq 1.

Negative argument, odd functions

sin⁡−1(−x)=−sin⁡−1x\sin^{-1}(-x) = -\sin^{-1}x, tan⁡−1(−x)=−tan⁡−1x\tan^{-1}(-x) = -\tan^{-1}x, csc⁡−1(−x)=−csc⁡−1x\csc^{-1}(-x) = -\csc^{-1}x

The minus sign comes straight out, because these ranges are symmetric about zero.

Negative argument, pi minus form

cos⁡−1(−x)=π−cos⁡−1x\cos^{-1}(-x) = \pi - \cos^{-1}x, sec⁡−1(−x)=π−sec⁡−1x\sec^{-1}(-x) = \pi - \sec^{-1}x, cot⁡−1(−x)=π−cot⁡−1x\cot^{-1}(-x) = \pi - \cot^{-1}x

These ranges start at 0, so a negative input gives π\pi minus the positive answer.

Reciprocal argument

sin⁡−11x=csc⁡−1x\sin^{-1}\frac{1}{x} = \csc^{-1}x, cos⁡−11x=sec⁡−1x\cos^{-1}\frac{1}{x} = \sec^{-1}x

Both hold for ∣x∣≥1\lvert x \rvert \geq 1. Converts between an inverse function and its reciprocal partner.

Inverse tangent of a reciprocal

tan⁡−11x=cot⁡−1x\tan^{-1}\frac{1}{x} = \cot^{-1}x

Holds for x>0x > 0. For x<0x < 0 it becomes tan⁡−11x=cot⁡−1x−π\tan^{-1}\frac{1}{x} = \cot^{-1}x - \pi.

Sum of inverse tangents

tan⁡−1x+tan⁡−1y=tan⁡−1x+y1−xy\tan^{-1}x + \tan^{-1}y = \tan^{-1}\frac{x + y}{1 - xy}

Holds when xy<1xy < 1. If x>0x > 0, y>0y > 0 and xy>1xy > 1, add π\pi to the right side.

Difference of inverse tangents

tan⁡−1x−tan⁡−1y=tan⁡−1x−y1+xy\tan^{-1}x - \tan^{-1}y = \tan^{-1}\frac{x - y}{1 + xy}

Holds when xy>−1xy > -1.

Twice the inverse tangent

2tan⁡−1x=tan⁡−12x1−x2=sin⁡−12x1+x22\tan^{-1}x = \tan^{-1}\frac{2x}{1 - x^{2}} = \sin^{-1}\frac{2x}{1 + x^{2}}

The tangent form holds for ∣x∣<1\lvert x \rvert < 1 and the sine form for ∣x∣≤1\lvert x \rvert \leq 1.

Example: tan⁡−112+tan⁡−113=tan⁡−1561−16=tan⁡−11=π4\tan^{-1}\frac{1}{2} + \tan^{-1}\frac{1}{3} = \tan^{-1}\frac{\frac{5}{6}}{1 - \frac{1}{6}} = \tan^{-1}1 = \frac{\pi}{4}, which is allowed because xy=16<1xy = \frac{1}{6} < 1.

General Solutions Of Trigonometric Equations

Here nn is any integer, α\alpha is the principal value, and all angles are in radians.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sine equal to zero

sin⁡θ=0⇒θ=nπ\sin\theta = 0 \Rightarrow \theta = n\pi

Sine is zero at every integer multiple of π\pi.

Cosine equal to zero

cos⁡θ=0⇒θ=(2n+1)π2\cos\theta = 0 \Rightarrow \theta = (2n + 1)\frac{\pi}{2}

Cosine is zero at every odd multiple of π2\frac{\pi}{2}.

Tangent equal to zero

tan⁡θ=0⇒θ=nπ\tan\theta = 0 \Rightarrow \theta = n\pi

Tangent is zero exactly where sine is zero.

Sine equal to sine

sin⁡θ=sin⁡α⇒θ=nπ+(−1)nα\sin\theta = \sin\alpha \Rightarrow \theta = n\pi + (-1)^{n}\alpha

Covers both angles in each turn with the same sine, with α\alpha in [−π2,π2]\left[-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right].

Cosine equal to cosine

cos⁡θ=cos⁡α⇒θ=2nπ±α\cos\theta = \cos\alpha \Rightarrow \theta = 2n\pi \pm \alpha

Covers both angles in each turn with the same cosine, with α\alpha in [0,π][0, \pi].

Tangent equal to tangent

tan⁡θ=tan⁡α⇒θ=nπ+α\tan\theta = \tan\alpha \Rightarrow \theta = n\pi + \alpha

Tangent repeats every π\pi, with α\alpha in (−π2,π2)\left(-\frac{\pi}{2}, \frac{\pi}{2}\right).

Squared equations

sin⁡2θ=sin⁡2α⇒θ=nπ±α\sin^{2}\theta = \sin^{2}\alpha \Rightarrow \theta = n\pi \pm \alpha

The same solution holds for cos⁡2θ=cos⁡2α\cos^{2}\theta = \cos^{2}\alpha and tan⁡2θ=tan⁡2α\tan^{2}\theta = \tan^{2}\alpha.

Sine equal to 1 or minus 1

sin⁡θ=1⇒θ=2nπ+π2\sin\theta = 1 \Rightarrow \theta = 2n\pi + \frac{\pi}{2}

Similarly sin⁡θ=−1\sin\theta = -1 gives θ=2nπ−π2\theta = 2n\pi - \frac{\pi}{2}.

Cosine equal to 1 or minus 1

cos⁡θ=1⇒θ=2nπ\cos\theta = 1 \Rightarrow \theta = 2n\pi

Similarly cos⁡θ=−1\cos\theta = -1 gives θ=(2n+1)π\theta = (2n + 1)\pi.

Example: For sin⁡θ=12\sin\theta = \frac{1}{2}, α=π6\alpha = \frac{\pi}{6}, so θ=nπ+(−1)nπ6\theta = n\pi + (-1)^{n}\frac{\pi}{6}, which gives π6\frac{\pi}{6} for n=0n = 0 and 5π6\frac{5\pi}{6} for n=1n = 1.

Periods, Ranges And Maximum Values

Formula

Expression

What it means

Range of sine and cosine

−1≤sin⁡θ≤1-1 \leq \sin\theta \leq 1, −1≤cos⁡θ≤1-1 \leq \cos\theta \leq 1

Sine and cosine never go above 1 or below −1-1 for any real angle.

Range of secant and cosecant

∣sec⁡θ∣≥1\lvert \sec\theta \rvert \geq 1, ∣csc⁡θ∣≥1\lvert \csc\theta \rvert \geq 1

These reciprocals never take values strictly between −1-1 and 1.

Range of tangent and cotangent

tan⁡θ∈(−∞,∞)\tan\theta \in (-\infty, \infty)

Tangent and cotangent can take every real value.

Period of sine and cosine

sin⁡(θ+2π)=sin⁡θ\sin(\theta + 2\pi) = \sin\theta, cos⁡(θ+2π)=cos⁡θ\cos(\theta + 2\pi) = \cos\theta

Values repeat every 2π2\pi radians, or 360∘360^{\circ}. The same holds for cosecant and secant.

Period of tangent

tan⁡(θ+π)=tan⁡θ\tan(\theta + \pi) = \tan\theta

Tangent and cotangent repeat every π\pi radians, or 180∘180^{\circ}.

Period with a coefficient

T=2π∣k∣T = \frac{2\pi}{\lvert k \rvert}

Period of sin⁡kx\sin kx and cos⁡kx\cos kx for k≠0k \neq 0. For tan⁡kx\tan kx the period is π∣k∣\frac{\pi}{\lvert k \rvert}.

Harmonic form

asin⁡θ+bcos⁡θ=a2+b2,sin⁡(θ+ϕ)a\sin\theta + b\cos\theta = \sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}},\sin(\theta + \phi)

Combines two waves into one, where cos⁡ϕ=aa2+b2\cos\phi = \frac{a}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}} and sin⁡ϕ=ba2+b2\sin\phi = \frac{b}{\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}}.

Maximum and minimum of a combination

−a2+b2≤asin⁡θ+bcos⁡θ≤a2+b2-\sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}} \leq a\sin\theta + b\cos\theta \leq \sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}

Gives the greatest and least values. The equation asin⁡θ+bcos⁡θ=ca\sin\theta + b\cos\theta = c has solutions only if ∣c∣≤a2+b2\lvert c \rvert \leq \sqrt{a^{2} + b^{2}}.

Example: 3sin⁡θ+4cos⁡θ3\sin\theta + 4\cos\theta has maximum 9+16=5\sqrt{9 + 16} = 5 and minimum −5-5.

Heights And Distances

The angle of elevation is measured upward from the horizontal, and the angle of depression downward from it.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Angle of elevation

tan⁡θ=hd\tan\theta = \frac{h}{d}

Looking up at an object of height hh above eye level from a horizontal distance dd.

Angle of depression

tan⁡θ=hd\tan\theta = \frac{h}{d}

Looking down from height hh to a point at horizontal distance dd. It equals the angle of elevation from that point, as alternate angles.

Height from distance

h=dtan⁡θh = d\tan\theta

Finds the height of a tower, tree or building when the distance and angle are known.

Distance from height

d=htan⁡θ=hcot⁡θd = \frac{h}{\tan\theta} = h\cot\theta

Finds how far away an object is when its height and the angle are known.

Length of the line of sight

l=hsin⁡θl = \frac{h}{\sin\theta}

The straight-line distance from the eye to the top of the object, which is the hypotenuse.

Heights and distances with two observation points

h=xtan⁡αtan⁡βtan⁡α−tan⁡βh = \frac{x\tan\alpha\tan\beta}{\tan\alpha - \tan\beta}

The observer walks a distance xx toward the object and the elevation rises from β\beta to α\alpha, with α>β\alpha > \beta.

Example: From 50,m50,\text{m} away the top of a tower is seen at 30∘30^{\circ}, so h=50×tan⁡30∘=50×0.5774≈28.87,mh = 50 \times \tan 30^{\circ} = 50 \times 0.5774 \approx 28.87,\text{m}.

Calculus Formulas

Calculus studies how quantities change (derivatives) and how they add up (integrals). These formulas cover limits, differentiation, integration, differential equations and series for Grade 11 and 12 students preparing for board exams, JEE, AP Calculus or A-level.

Limit Laws

Each law below assumes lim⁡x→af(x)=L\lim_{x \to a} f(x) = L and lim⁡x→ag(x)=M\lim_{x \to a} g(x) = M both exist as finite numbers.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Limit of a constant

lim⁡x→ac=c\lim_{x \to a} c = c

A constant function keeps the same value cc however close xx gets to aa.

Limit of the identity

lim⁡x→ax=a\lim_{x \to a} x = a

As xx approaches aa, the function f(x)=xf(x) = x approaches aa itself.

Sum and difference law

lim⁡x→a[f(x)±g(x)]=L±M\lim_{x \to a} [f(x) \pm g(x)] = L \pm M

The limit of a sum or difference is the sum or difference of the separate limits.

Constant multiple law

lim⁡x→akf(x)=kL\lim_{x \to a} k f(x) = kL

A constant factor kk can be taken outside the limit.

Product law

lim⁡x→a[f(x)⋅g(x)]=L⋅M\lim_{x \to a} [f(x) \cdot g(x)] = L \cdot M

The limit of a product equals the product of the two limits.

Quotient law

lim⁡x→af(x)g(x)=LM\lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \frac{L}{M}

The limit of a quotient is the quotient of the limits, valid only when M≠0M \neq 0.

Power and root law

lim⁡x→a[f(x)]n=Ln\lim_{x \to a} [f(x)]^{n} = L^{n}, lim⁡x→af(x)n=Ln\lim_{x \to a} \sqrt[n]{f(x)} = \sqrt[n]{L}

Holds for a positive integer nn, and for the root with even nn you also need L>0L > 0.

Existence of a limit

lim⁡x→a−f(x)=lim⁡x→a+f(x)=L\lim_{x \to a^{-}} f(x) = \lim_{x \to a^{+}} f(x) = L

The two-sided limit equals LL only when the left-hand and right-hand limits are both equal to LL.

Continuity at a point

lim⁡x→af(x)=f(a)\lim_{x \to a} f(x) = f(a)

A function is continuous at aa when f(a)f(a) is defined and equals the limit there.

Squeeze (sandwich) theorem

g(x)≤f(x)≤h(x)g(x) \leq f(x) \leq h(x) and lim⁡x→ag(x)=lim⁡x→ah(x)=L\lim_{x \to a} g(x) = \lim_{x \to a} h(x) = L

If ff is trapped between two functions with the same limit LL near aa, then lim⁡x→af(x)=L\lim_{x \to a} f(x) = L too.

Example: lim⁡x→2(3x2+5)=3(2)2+5=12+5=17\lim_{x \to 2} (3x^{2} + 5) = 3(2)^{2} + 5 = 12 + 5 = 17, using the sum, constant multiple and power laws.

Standard Limits

All trigonometric limits here assume xx is measured in radians.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Sine limit

lim⁡x→0sin⁡xx=1\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{\sin x}{x} = 1

Near zero, sin⁡x\sin x and xx are almost equal, so their ratio tends to 1.

Tangent limit

lim⁡x→0tan⁡xx=1\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{\tan x}{x} = 1

Near zero, tan⁡x\tan x behaves like xx, so the ratio tends to 1.

Cosine limit

lim⁡x→01−cos⁡xx=0\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{1 - \cos x}{x} = 0

The gap 1−cos⁡x1 - \cos x shrinks faster than xx, so the ratio tends to 0.

Cosine limit over x2x^{2}

lim⁡x→01−cos⁡xx2=12\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{1 - \cos x}{x^{2}} = \frac{1}{2}

Dividing by x2x^{2} instead of xx gives the finite value one half.

Exponential limit

lim⁡x→0ex−1x=1\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{e^{x} - 1}{x} = 1

The graph of exe^{x} has slope 1 at x=0x = 0, which is what this limit states.

General exponential limit

lim⁡x→0ax−1x=ln⁡a\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{a^{x} - 1}{x} = \ln a

For any base a>0a > 0, the ratio tends to the natural log of the base.

Logarithmic limit

lim⁡x→0ln⁡(1+x)x=1\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{\ln(1 + x)}{x} = 1

Near zero, ln⁡(1+x)\ln(1 + x) is close to xx, so the ratio tends to 1.

Definition of ee

lim⁡n→∞(1+1n)n=e\lim_{n \to \infty} \left(1 + \frac{1}{n}\right)^{n} = e

As nn grows without bound, this expression approaches e≈2.71828e \approx 2.71828.

Alternative form of ee

lim⁡x→0(1+x)1x=e\lim_{x \to 0} (1 + x)^{\frac{1}{x}} = e

The same number ee written as a limit with xx approaching zero. Used for 1∞1^{\infty} forms.

Power difference limit

lim⁡x→axn−anx−a=nan−1\lim_{x \to a} \frac{x^{n} - a^{n}}{x - a} = n a^{n-1}

Holds for any rational nn with a>0a > 0, and for every real aa when nn is a positive integer.

Reciprocal power at infinity

lim⁡x→∞1xp=0\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{1}{x^{p}} = 0

For any p>0p > 0, the reciprocal power shrinks to zero as xx grows. Used for limits of rational functions.

L'Hôpital's rule

lim⁡x→af(x)g(x)=lim⁡x→af′(x)g′(x)\lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}

Use only for 00\frac{0}{0} or ∞∞\frac{\infty}{\infty} forms, when g′(x)≠0g'(x) \neq 0 near aa and the right-hand limit exists.

Example: lim⁡x→0sin⁡5xx=5⋅lim⁡x→0sin⁡5x5x=5×1=5\lim_{x \to 0} \frac{\sin 5x}{x} = 5 \cdot \lim_{x \to 0} \frac{\sin 5x}{5x} = 5 \times 1 = 5.

Definition Of The Derivative And Derivative Rules

Formula

Expression

What it means

Derivative formula (first principles)

f′(x)=lim⁡h→0f(x+h)−f(x)hf'(x) = \lim_{h \to 0} \frac{f(x + h) - f(x)}{h}

The derivative is the limit of the average rate of change over a shrinking interval hh, when this limit exists.

Derivative at a point

f′(a)=lim⁡x→af(x)−f(a)x−af'(a) = \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a}

Gives the slope of the tangent to y=f(x)y = f(x) at the single point x=ax = a.

Constant rule

ddx(c)=0\frac{d}{dx}(c) = 0

A constant never changes, so its rate of change is zero.

Power rule

ddx(xn)=nxn−1\frac{d}{dx}(x^{n}) = n x^{n-1}

Bring the power down and reduce it by one. Works for any real nn when x>0x > 0, and for every xx when nn is a positive integer.

Constant multiple rule

ddx[cf(x)]=cf′(x)\frac{d}{dx}[c f(x)] = c f'(x)

A constant factor cc stays in front while you differentiate the function.

Sum and difference rule

ddx[f(x)±g(x)]=f′(x)±g′(x)\frac{d}{dx}[f(x) \pm g(x)] = f'(x) \pm g'(x)

Differentiate each term separately and keep the plus or minus signs.

Product rule (uv differentiation formula)

ddx(uv)=udvdx+vdudx\frac{d}{dx}(uv) = u\frac{dv}{dx} + v\frac{du}{dx}

For a product of two functions uu and vv of xx: first times derivative of second, plus second times derivative of first.

Quotient rule

ddx(uv)=vdudx−udvdxv2\frac{d}{dx}\left(\frac{u}{v}\right) = \frac{v\frac{du}{dx} - u\frac{dv}{dx}}{v^{2}}

For a ratio of two functions with v≠0v \neq 0. The order in the numerator matters because of the minus sign.

Chain rule (Leibniz form)

dydx=dydu⋅dudx\frac{dy}{dx} = \frac{dy}{du} \cdot \frac{du}{dx}

When yy depends on uu and uu depends on xx, multiply the two rates of change.

Chain rule (function form)

ddxf(g(x))=f′(g(x))⋅g′(x)\frac{d}{dx} f(g(x)) = f'(g(x)) \cdot g'(x)

Differentiate the outer function at the inner one, then multiply by the derivative of the inner function.

Parametric derivative

dydx=dydtdxdt\frac{dy}{dx} = \frac{\frac{dy}{dt}}{\frac{dx}{dt}}

When xx and yy are both given in terms of a parameter tt, valid wherever dxdt≠0\frac{dx}{dt} \neq 0.

Second derivative

d2ydx2=ddx(dydx)\frac{d^{2}y}{dx^{2}} = \frac{d}{dx}\left(\frac{dy}{dx}\right)

The derivative of the derivative. It measures how fast the slope changes and gives concavity.

Derivative of an inverse function

dxdy=1dydx\frac{dx}{dy} = \frac{1}{\frac{dy}{dx}}

The rate of xx with respect to yy is the reciprocal of the rate of yy with respect to xx, when dydx≠0\frac{dy}{dx} \neq 0.

Logarithmic differentiation

y=uv⇒dydx=uv(vududx+ln⁡u⋅dvdx)y = u^{v} \Rightarrow \frac{dy}{dx} = u^{v}\left(\frac{v}{u}\frac{du}{dx} + \ln u \cdot \frac{dv}{dx}\right)

For a variable base u>0u > 0 raised to a variable power vv. Take ln⁡\ln of both sides, then differentiate.

Example: For y=(3x+1)4y = (3x + 1)^{4}, the chain rule gives dydx=4(3x+1)3⋅3=12(3x+1)3\frac{dy}{dx} = 4(3x + 1)^{3} \cdot 3 = 12(3x + 1)^{3}, which equals 1212 at x=0x = 0.

Derivatives Of Algebraic, Exponential And Logarithmic Functions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Derivative of x\sqrt{x}

ddx(x)=12x\frac{d}{dx}(\sqrt{x}) = \frac{1}{2\sqrt{x}}

A special case of the power rule with n=12n = \frac{1}{2}, valid for x>0x > 0.

Derivative of 1x\frac{1}{x}

ddx(1x)=−1x2\frac{d}{dx}\left(\frac{1}{x}\right) = -\frac{1}{x^{2}}

The power rule with n=−1n = -1, valid for x≠0x \neq 0.

Derivative of exe^{x}

ddx(ex)=ex\frac{d}{dx}(e^{x}) = e^{x}

The natural exponential function is its own derivative.

Derivative of ekxe^{kx}

ddx(ekx)=kekx\frac{d}{dx}(e^{kx}) = k e^{kx}

The constant kk in the exponent comes down as a factor, by the chain rule.

Derivative of ef(x)e^{f(x)}

ddx(ef(x))=f′(x)ef(x)\frac{d}{dx}\left(e^{f(x)}\right) = f'(x) e^{f(x)}

The exponential stays the same and is multiplied by the derivative of its exponent.

Derivative of axa^{x}

ddx(ax)=axln⁡a\frac{d}{dx}(a^{x}) = a^{x} \ln a

For a constant base a>0a > 0, a≠1a \neq 1. When a=ea = e this reduces to exe^{x}.

Derivative of ln⁡x\ln x

ddx(ln⁡x)=1x\frac{d}{dx}(\ln x) = \frac{1}{x}

The natural log has derivative 1x\frac{1}{x} on its domain x>0x > 0.

Derivative of ln⁡∣x∣\ln \lvert x \rvert

ddx(ln⁡∣x∣)=1x\frac{d}{dx}(\ln \lvert x \rvert) = \frac{1}{x}

Extends the previous rule to negative xx. Valid for every x≠0x \neq 0.

Derivative of log⁡ax\log_{a} x

ddx(log⁡ax)=1xln⁡a\frac{d}{dx}(\log_{a} x) = \frac{1}{x \ln a}

For base a>0a > 0, a≠1a \neq 1 and x>0x > 0. Follows from the change of base rule.

Derivative of ln⁡f(x)\ln f(x)

ddx[ln⁡f(x)]=f′(x)f(x)\frac{d}{dx}[\ln f(x)] = \frac{f'(x)}{f(x)}

The derivative of the inside divided by the inside, where f(x)>0f(x) > 0.

Derivative of xxx^{x}

ddx(xx)=xx(1+ln⁡x)\frac{d}{dx}(x^{x}) = x^{x}(1 + \ln x)

Found by taking ln⁡\ln of both sides and differentiating, valid for x>0x > 0. The power rule does not apply here.

Example: ddx(log⁡2x)\frac{d}{dx}(\log_{2} x) at x=4x = 4 is 14ln⁡2=12.7726≈0.3607\frac{1}{4 \ln 2} = \frac{1}{2.7726} \approx 0.3607.

Derivatives Of Trigonometric Functions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Derivative of sin⁡x\sin x

ddx(sin⁡x)=cos⁡x\frac{d}{dx}(\sin x) = \cos x

The rate of change of sine is cosine, with xx in radians.

Derivative of cos⁡x\cos x

ddx(cos⁡x)=−sin⁡x\frac{d}{dx}(\cos x) = -\sin x

The derivative of cosine is negative sine, with xx in radians.

Derivative of tan⁡x\tan x

ddx(tan⁡x)=sec⁡2x\frac{d}{dx}(\tan x) = \sec^{2} x

Valid wherever cos⁡x≠0\cos x \neq 0, that is x≠π2+nπx \neq \frac{\pi}{2} + n\pi for any integer nn.

Derivative of cot⁡x\cot x

ddx(cot⁡x)=−csc⁡2x\frac{d}{dx}(\cot x) = -\csc^{2} x

Valid wherever sin⁡x≠0\sin x \neq 0, that is x≠nπx \neq n\pi. Here csc⁡\csc is cosec.

Derivative of sec⁡x\sec x

ddx(sec⁡x)=sec⁡xtan⁡x\frac{d}{dx}(\sec x) = \sec x \tan x

Valid wherever cos⁡x≠0\cos x \neq 0. The function itself stays as a factor in its derivative.

Derivative of cosec x (csc x)

ddx(csc⁡x)=−csc⁡xcot⁡x\frac{d}{dx}(\csc x) = -\csc x \cot x

Valid wherever sin⁡x≠0\sin x \neq 0. Note the minus sign, shared by all the co-functions.

Derivative of sin⁡(ax+b)\sin(ax + b)

ddxsin⁡(ax+b)=acos⁡(ax+b)\frac{d}{dx}\sin(ax + b) = a\cos(ax + b)

The chain rule brings out the coefficient aa of xx inside the angle.

Derivative of cos⁡(ax+b)\cos(ax + b)

ddxcos⁡(ax+b)=−asin⁡(ax+b)\frac{d}{dx}\cos(ax + b) = -a\sin(ax + b)

Same idea for cosine, with the minus sign kept.

Example: At x=π4x = \frac{\pi}{4}, ddx(tan⁡x)=sec⁡2π4=(2)2=2\frac{d}{dx}(\tan x) = \sec^{2}\frac{\pi}{4} = (\sqrt{2})^{2} = 2.

Derivatives Of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Formula

Expression

What it means

Derivative of sin⁡−1x\sin^{-1} x

ddx(sin⁡−1x)=11−x2\frac{d}{dx}(\sin^{-1} x) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{1 - x^{2}}}

Valid for −1<x<1-1 < x < 1. Also written as the derivative of arcsin⁡x\arcsin x.

Derivative of arccos

ddx(cos⁡−1x)=−11−x2\frac{d}{dx}(\cos^{-1} x) = -\frac{1}{\sqrt{1 - x^{2}}}

Valid for −1<x<1-1 < x < 1. It is the negative of the derivative of sin⁡−1x\sin^{-1} x.

Derivative of tan⁡−1x\tan^{-1} x

ddx(tan⁡−1x)=11+x2\frac{d}{dx}(\tan^{-1} x) = \frac{1}{1 + x^{2}}

Valid for every real xx. Also written as the derivative of arctan⁡x\arctan x.

Derivative of cot⁡−1x\cot^{-1} x

ddx(cot⁡−1x)=−11+x2\frac{d}{dx}(\cot^{-1} x) = -\frac{1}{1 + x^{2}}

Valid for every real xx. It is the negative of the derivative of tan⁡−1x\tan^{-1} x.

Derivative of sec⁡−1x\sec^{-1} x

ddx(sec⁡−1x)=1∣x∣x2−1\frac{d}{dx}(\sec^{-1} x) = \frac{1}{\lvert x \rvert \sqrt{x^{2} - 1}}

Valid for ∣x∣>1\lvert x \rvert > 1, using the principal range [0,π][0, \pi] without π2\frac{\pi}{2}.

Derivative of csc⁡−1x\csc^{-1} x

ddx(csc⁡−1x)=−1∣x∣x2−1\frac{d}{dx}(\csc^{-1} x) = -\frac{1}{\lvert x \rvert \sqrt{x^{2} - 1}}

Valid for ∣x∣>1\lvert x \rvert > 1. It is the negative of the derivative of sec⁡−1x\sec^{-1} x.

Chain rule with inverse trig

ddxtan⁡−1(u)=11+u2⋅dudx\frac{d}{dx}\tan^{-1}(u) = \frac{1}{1 + u^{2}} \cdot \frac{du}{dx}

When the argument is a function uu of xx, multiply by dudx\frac{du}{dx}. The same pattern holds for all six.

Example: At x=0.6x = 0.6, ddx(sin⁡−1x)=11−0.36=10.8=1.25\frac{d}{dx}(\sin^{-1} x) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{1 - 0.36}} = \frac{1}{0.8} = 1.25.

Tangents, Normals And Rates Of Change

Formula

Expression

What it means

Slope of the tangent

m=f′(x1)m = f'(x_{1})

The slope of the curve y=f(x)y = f(x) at the point (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) is the derivative there.

Equation of the tangent

y−y1=f′(x1)(x−x1)y - y_{1} = f'(x_{1})(x - x_{1})

The straight line touching the curve at (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}), written in point-slope form.

Slope of the normal

mn=−1f′(x1)m_{n} = -\frac{1}{f'(x_{1})}

The normal is perpendicular to the tangent, so its slope is the negative reciprocal, when f′(x1)≠0f'(x_{1}) \neq 0.

Equation of the normal

y−y1=−1f′(x1)(x−x1)y - y_{1} = -\frac{1}{f'(x_{1})}(x - x_{1})

The line through (x1,y1)(x_{1}, y_{1}) perpendicular to the tangent. If f′(x1)=0f'(x_{1}) = 0, the normal is x=x1x = x_{1}.

Horizontal and vertical tangents

dydx=0\frac{dy}{dx} = 0 or dxdy=0\frac{dx}{dy} = 0

dydx=0\frac{dy}{dx} = 0 gives a horizontal tangent y=y1y = y_{1}, and dxdy=0\frac{dx}{dy} = 0 gives a vertical tangent x=x1x = x_{1}.

Angle between two curves

tan⁡θ=∣m1−m21+m1m2∣\tan\theta = \left\lvert \frac{m_{1} - m_{2}}{1 + m_{1}m_{2}} \right\rvert

m1m_{1} and m2m_{2} are the tangent slopes at the point where the curves meet, with m1m2≠−1m_{1}m_{2} \neq -1.

Average rate of change

f(b)−f(a)b−a\frac{f(b) - f(a)}{b - a}

The slope of the secant line joining x=ax = a and x=bx = b on the graph.

Related rates

dydt=dydx⋅dxdt\frac{dy}{dt} = \frac{dy}{dx} \cdot \frac{dx}{dt}

Links how fast yy changes in time to how fast xx changes, when yy depends on xx.

Velocity and acceleration

v=dsdtv = \frac{ds}{dt}, a=dvdt=d2sdt2a = \frac{dv}{dt} = \frac{d^{2}s}{dt^{2}}

For position s(t)s(t), velocity is the first derivative and acceleration is the second.

Linear approximation (differentials)

f(x+Δx)≈f(x)+f′(x),Δxf(x + \Delta x) \approx f(x) + f'(x),\Delta x

Estimates a nearby function value using the tangent line, accurate when Δx\Delta x is small.

Marginal cost and revenue

MC=dCdxMC = \frac{dC}{dx}, MR=dRdxMR = \frac{dR}{dx}

The rate at which total cost CC or revenue RR changes with the number of units xx.

Example: For y=x2y = x^{2} at (3,9)(3, 9), the slope is 2×3=62 \times 3 = 6, so the tangent is y−9=6(x−3)y - 9 = 6(x - 3), that is y=6x−9y = 6x - 9.

Maxima, Minima And Mean Value Theorems

Formula

Expression

What it means

Increasing test

f′(x)>0f'(x) > 0 on (a,b)(a, b)

If the derivative is positive throughout an interval, ff is strictly increasing there.

Decreasing test

f′(x)<0f'(x) < 0 on (a,b)(a, b)

If the derivative is negative throughout an interval, ff is strictly decreasing there.

Critical point

f′(c)=0f'(c) = 0 or f′(c)f'(c) undefined

A point cc in the domain where a local maximum or minimum can occur.

First derivative test

f′f' changes from ++ to −- at cc

Sign change ++ to −- gives a local maximum, −- to ++ gives a local minimum, and no change gives neither.

Second derivative test

f′(c)=0f'(c) = 0 and f′′(c)<0f''(c) < 0 or f′′(c)>0f''(c) > 0

f′′(c)<0f''(c) < 0 means local maximum, f′′(c)>0f''(c) > 0 means local minimum, and f′′(c)=0f''(c) = 0 means the test is inconclusive.

Concavity

f′′(x)>0f''(x) > 0 or f′′(x)<0f''(x) < 0

f′′>0f'' > 0 means concave up (convex), f′′<0f'' < 0 means concave down, on that interval.

Point of inflection

f′′(c)=0f''(c) = 0 or undefined, with a sign change

The curve switches concavity at cc. The sign of f′′f'' must actually change, and ff must be continuous at cc.

Absolute extrema on [a,b][a, b]

compare f(a)f(a), f(b)f(b) and f(c)f(c) for each critical cc

For a continuous ff on a closed interval, the largest and smallest of these values are the absolute maximum and minimum.

Rolle's theorem

f(a)=f(b)⇒f′(c)=0f(a) = f(b) \Rightarrow f'(c) = 0 for some c∈(a,b)c \in (a, b)

Requires ff continuous on [a,b][a, b] and differentiable on (a,b)(a, b). Some point then has a horizontal tangent.

Mean value theorem (Lagrange)

f′(c)=f(b)−f(a)b−af'(c) = \frac{f(b) - f(a)}{b - a} for some c∈(a,b)c \in (a, b)

Same continuity and differentiability conditions. Some tangent is parallel to the chord joining the endpoints.

Example: For f(x)=x3−3xf(x) = x^{3} - 3x, f′(x)=3x2−3=0f'(x) = 3x^{2} - 3 = 0 gives x=±1x = \pm 1, and f′′(x)=6xf''(x) = 6x shows a local minimum f(1)=−2f(1) = -2 and a local maximum f(−1)=2f(-1) = 2.

Basic Integrals

Every indefinite integral carries an arbitrary constant CC.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Integration formula for powers

∫xn,dx=xn+1n+1+C\int x^{n},dx = \frac{x^{n+1}}{n+1} + C

Raise the power by one and divide by the new power. Valid for every real n≠−1n \neq -1.

Integral of a constant

∫k,dx=kx+C\int k,dx = kx + C

The antiderivative of a constant kk is a straight line with slope kk.

Integral of 1x\frac{1}{x}

∫1x,dx=ln⁡∣x∣+C\int \frac{1}{x},dx = \ln\lvert x \rvert + C

Covers the n=−1n = -1 case the power rule misses. Valid for x≠0x \neq 0.

Integral of exe^{x}

∫ex,dx=ex+C\int e^{x},dx = e^{x} + C

The natural exponential function exe^{x} is its own antiderivative, just as it is its own derivative.

Integral of ekxe^{kx}

∫ekx,dx=1kekx+C\int e^{kx},dx = \frac{1}{k}e^{kx} + C

Divide by the coefficient kk of xx, where k≠0k \neq 0.

Integral of axa^{x}

∫ax,dx=axln⁡a+C\int a^{x},dx = \frac{a^{x}}{\ln a} + C

For a constant base a>0a > 0, a≠1a \neq 1. Divide by ln⁡a\ln a, the reverse of the derivative rule.

Integral of sin⁡x\sin x

∫sin⁡x,dx=−cos⁡x+C\int \sin x,dx = -\cos x + C

The minus sign appears because the derivative of cos⁡x\cos x is −sin⁡x-\sin x.

Integral of cos⁡x\cos x

∫cos⁡x,dx=sin⁡x+C\int \cos x,dx = \sin x + C

Reverses the rule that the derivative of sin⁡x\sin x is cos⁡x\cos x.

Integral of sec⁡2x\sec^{2} x

∫sec⁡2x,dx=tan⁡x+C\int \sec^{2} x,dx = \tan x + C

Reverses the rule that the derivative of tan⁡x\tan x is sec⁡2x\sec^{2} x.

Integral of csc⁡2x\csc^{2} x

∫csc⁡2x,dx=−cot⁡x+C\int \csc^{2} x,dx = -\cot x + C

Reverses the derivative of cot⁡x\cot x. Here csc⁡\csc is cosec.

Integral of sec⁡xtan⁡x\sec x \tan x

∫sec⁡xtan⁡x,dx=sec⁡x+C\int \sec x \tan x,dx = \sec x + C

Reverses the rule that the derivative of sec⁡x\sec x is sec⁡xtan⁡x\sec x \tan x.

Integral of csc⁡xcot⁡x\csc x \cot x

∫csc⁡xcot⁡x,dx=−csc⁡x+C\int \csc x \cot x,dx = -\csc x + C

Reverses the rule that the derivative of csc⁡x\csc x is −csc⁡xcot⁡x-\csc x \cot x.

Integral of tan⁡x\tan x

∫tan⁡x,dx=ln⁡∣sec⁡x∣+C\int \tan x,dx = \ln\lvert \sec x \rvert + C

Found by substituting u=cos⁡xu = \cos x. Equivalent to −ln⁡∣cos⁡x∣+C-\ln\lvert \cos x \rvert + C and valid where cos⁡x≠0\cos x \neq 0.

Integral of cot⁡x\cot x

∫cot⁡x,dx=ln⁡∣sin⁡x∣+C\int \cot x,dx = \ln\lvert \sin x \rvert + C

Found by substituting u=sin⁡xu = \sin x, since cot⁡x=cos⁡xsin⁡x\cot x = \frac{\cos x}{\sin x}. Valid where sin⁡x≠0\sin x \neq 0.

Integral of sec⁡x\sec x

∫sec⁡x,dx=ln⁡∣sec⁡x+tan⁡x∣+C\int \sec x,dx = \ln\lvert \sec x + \tan x \rvert + C

Valid wherever cos⁡x≠0\cos x \neq 0. An equivalent form often used in answers is ln⁡∣tan⁡(π4+x2)∣+C\ln\left\lvert \tan\left(\frac{\pi}{4} + \frac{x}{2}\right) \right\rvert + C.

Integral of cosec x (csc x)

∫csc⁡x,dx=ln⁡∣csc⁡x−cot⁡x∣+C\int \csc x,dx = \ln\lvert \csc x - \cot x \rvert + C

Valid wherever sin⁡x≠0\sin x \neq 0. An equivalent form often used in answers is ln⁡∣tan⁡x2∣+C\ln\left\lvert \tan\frac{x}{2} \right\rvert + C.

Example: ∫(6x2+2x),dx=6x33+2x22+C=2x3+x2+C\int (6x^{2} + 2x),dx = \frac{6x^{3}}{3} + \frac{2x^{2}}{2} + C = 2x^{3} + x^{2} + C.

Standard Integral Forms

Formula

Expression

What it means

Integral of 1a2+x2\frac{1}{a^{2} + x^{2}}

∫dxa2+x2=1atan⁡−1xa+C\int \frac{dx}{a^{2} + x^{2}} = \frac{1}{a}\tan^{-1}\frac{x}{a} + C

For a constant a>0a > 0. Used whenever the denominator is a sum of two squares.

Integral of 1a2−x2\frac{1}{\sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}}}

∫dxa2−x2=sin⁡−1xa+C\int \frac{dx}{\sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}}} = \sin^{-1}\frac{x}{a} + C

For a constant a>0a > 0 and ∣x∣<a\lvert x \rvert < a. The inverse sine appears when a square root of a difference sits in the denominator.

Integral of 1x2−a2\frac{1}{x^{2} - a^{2}}

∫dxx2−a2=12aln⁡∣x−ax+a∣+C\int \frac{dx}{x^{2} - a^{2}} = \frac{1}{2a}\ln\left\lvert \frac{x - a}{x + a} \right\rvert + C

For a>0a > 0 and x≠±ax \neq \pm a. Comes from splitting into partial fractions.

Integral of 1a2−x2\frac{1}{a^{2} - x^{2}}

∫dxa2−x2=12aln⁡∣a+xa−x∣+C\int \frac{dx}{a^{2} - x^{2}} = \frac{1}{2a}\ln\left\lvert \frac{a + x}{a - x} \right\rvert + C

For a>0a > 0 and x≠±ax \neq \pm a. Note the order of aa and xx is swapped from the previous row.

Integral of 1x2+a2\frac{1}{\sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}}}

∫dxx2+a2=ln⁡∣x+x2+a2∣+C\int \frac{dx}{\sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}}} = \ln\left\lvert x + \sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}} \right\rvert + C

For a constant a>0a > 0, valid for every real xx.

Integral of 1x2−a2\frac{1}{\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}}}

∫dxx2−a2=ln⁡∣x+x2−a2∣+C\int \frac{dx}{\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}}} = \ln\left\lvert x + \sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}} \right\rvert + C

For a constant a>0a > 0, valid only where ∣x∣>a\lvert x \rvert > a so that the square root is real.

Integral of 1xx2−a2\frac{1}{x\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}}}

∫dxxx2−a2=1asec⁡−1xa+C\int \frac{dx}{x\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}}} = \frac{1}{a}\sec^{-1}\frac{x}{a} + C

For x>a>0x > a > 0. The extra factor xx outside the root turns the answer into an inverse secant.

Integral of a2−x2\sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}}

∫a2−x2,dx=x2a2−x2+a22sin⁡−1xa+C\int \sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}},dx = \frac{x}{2}\sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}} + \frac{a^{2}}{2}\sin^{-1}\frac{x}{a} + C

For a>0a > 0 and ∣x∣≤a\lvert x \rvert \leq a. Gives areas of circular regions.

Integral of x2+a2\sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}}

∫x2+a2,dx=x2x2+a2+a22ln⁡∣x+x2+a2∣+C\int \sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}},dx = \frac{x}{2}\sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}} + \frac{a^{2}}{2}\ln\left\lvert x + \sqrt{x^{2} + a^{2}} \right\rvert + C

For a constant a>0a > 0, valid for every real xx.

Integral of x2−a2\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}}

∫x2−a2,dx=x2x2−a2−a22ln⁡∣x+x2−a2∣+C\int \sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}},dx = \frac{x}{2}\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}} - \frac{a^{2}}{2}\ln\left\lvert x + \sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}} \right\rvert + C

For a>0a > 0 and ∣x∣≥a\lvert x \rvert \geq a. The log term is subtracted here.

Integral of f′(x)f(x)\frac{f'(x)}{f(x)}

∫f′(x)f(x),dx=ln⁡∣f(x)∣+C\int \frac{f'(x)}{f(x)},dx = \ln\lvert f(x) \rvert + C

When the numerator is the derivative of the denominator, the answer is a log. Needs f(x)≠0f(x) \neq 0.

Integral of ex[f(x)+f′(x)]e^{x}[f(x) + f'(x)]

∫ex[f(x)+f′(x)],dx=exf(x)+C\int e^{x}[f(x) + f'(x)],dx = e^{x} f(x) + C

Spot a function plus its own derivative multiplied by exe^{x}, and the answer is immediate.

Example: ∫03dx9+x2=13tan⁡−1(1)−13tan⁡−1(0)=π12≈0.2618\int_{0}^{3} \frac{dx}{9 + x^{2}} = \frac{1}{3}\tan^{-1}(1) - \frac{1}{3}\tan^{-1}(0) = \frac{\pi}{12} \approx 0.2618.

Integration Techniques

Formula

Expression

What it means

Substitution (u-substitution)

∫f(g(x)),g′(x),dx=∫f(u),du\int f(g(x)),g'(x),dx = \int f(u),du

Set u=g(x)u = g(x) so that du=g′(x),dxdu = g'(x),dx, integrate in uu, then substitute back.

Linear substitution

∫f(ax+b),dx=1aF(ax+b)+C\int f(ax + b),dx = \frac{1}{a}F(ax + b) + C

FF is an antiderivative of ff and a≠0a \neq 0. Divide by the coefficient of xx.

Integration by parts (integration of uv formula)

∫u,dv=uv−∫v,du\int u,dv = uv - \int v,du

Used for products of functions. Choose uu so that dudu is simpler than uu.

Integration by parts (product form)

∫uv,dx=u∫v,dx−∫(dudx∫v,dx)dx\int uv,dx = u\int v,dx - \int \left(\frac{du}{dx}\int v,dx\right)dx

The same rule written for a product uvuv, where uu is differentiated and vv is integrated.

ILATE rule for choosing uu

I→L→A→T→E\text{I} \to \text{L} \to \text{A} \to \text{T} \to \text{E}

Inverse trig, Logarithmic, Algebraic, Trigonometric, Exponential. Pick uu as the type that comes first (LIATE in US books).

Partial fractions: distinct linear factors

px+q(x−a)(x−b)=Ax−a+Bx−b\frac{px + q}{(x - a)(x - b)} = \frac{A}{x - a} + \frac{B}{x - b}

For a≠ba \neq b. Find the constants AA and BB, then integrate each term to a log.

Partial fractions: repeated linear factor

px2+qx+r(x−a)2(x−b)=Ax−a+B(x−a)2+Cx−b\frac{px^{2} + qx + r}{(x - a)^{2}(x - b)} = \frac{A}{x - a} + \frac{B}{(x - a)^{2}} + \frac{C}{x - b}

A squared factor needs one term for each power, up to the square. AA, BB, CC are constants to find.

Partial fractions: irreducible quadratic factor

px2+qx+r(x−a)(x2+bx+c)=Ax−a+Bx+Cx2+bx+c\frac{px^{2} + qx + r}{(x - a)(x^{2} + bx + c)} = \frac{A}{x - a} + \frac{Bx + C}{x^{2} + bx + c}

Used when b2−4c<0b^{2} - 4c < 0, so the quadratic has no real factors. It gets a linear numerator.

Improper rational function

P(x)Q(x)=S(x)+R(x)Q(x)\frac{P(x)}{Q(x)} = S(x) + \frac{R(x)}{Q(x)}

If the degree of PP is at least that of QQ, divide first. SS is the quotient, RR the remainder.

Trigonometric substitution

x=asin⁡θx = a\sin\theta, x=atan⁡θx = a\tan\theta, x=asec⁡θx = a\sec\theta

Use these for a2−x2\sqrt{a^{2} - x^{2}}, a2+x2\sqrt{a^{2} + x^{2}} and x2−a2\sqrt{x^{2} - a^{2}} respectively, with a>0a > 0.

Completing the square in a quadratic

ax2+bx+c=a[(x+b2a)2+4ac−b24a2]ax^{2} + bx + c = a\left[\left(x + \frac{b}{2a}\right)^{2} + \frac{4ac - b^{2}}{4a^{2}}\right]

Rewrites a quadratic denominator into a standard form above, for a≠0a \neq 0.

Integral of eaxsin⁡bxe^{ax}\sin bx

∫eaxsin⁡bx,dx=eaxa2+b2(asin⁡bx−bcos⁡bx)+C\int e^{ax}\sin bx,dx = \frac{e^{ax}}{a^{2} + b^{2}}(a\sin bx - b\cos bx) + C

Found by using integration by parts twice. Needs a2+b2≠0a^{2} + b^{2} \neq 0.

Integral of eaxcos⁡bxe^{ax}\cos bx

∫eaxcos⁡bx,dx=eaxa2+b2(acos⁡bx+bsin⁡bx)+C\int e^{ax}\cos bx,dx = \frac{e^{ax}}{a^{2} + b^{2}}(a\cos bx + b\sin bx) + C

The cosine version of the previous row. Note the plus sign inside the bracket.

Example: For ∫xex,dx\int x e^{x},dx, take u=xu = x and dv=ex,dxdv = e^{x},dx, so ∫xex,dx=xex−∫ex,dx=xex−ex+C\int x e^{x},dx = xe^{x} - \int e^{x},dx = xe^{x} - e^{x} + C.

Definite Integrals And Their Properties

Formula

Expression

What it means

Fundamental theorem of calculus, part 1

ddx∫axf(t),dt=f(x)\frac{d}{dx}\int_{a}^{x} f(t),dt = f(x)

For a continuous ff, differentiating an integral with a variable upper limit gives back the integrand.

Fundamental theorem of calculus, part 2

∫abf(x),dx=F(b)−F(a)\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = F(b) - F(a)

FF is any antiderivative of ff on [a,b][a, b], with ff continuous. The constant CC cancels.

Leibniz rule

ddx∫g(x)h(x)f(t),dt=f(h(x)),h′(x)−f(g(x)),g′(x)\frac{d}{dx}\int_{g(x)}^{h(x)} f(t),dt = f(h(x)),h'(x) - f(g(x)),g'(x)

Differentiates an integral whose limits are both functions of xx, for continuous ff.

Reversing the limits

∫abf(x),dx=−∫baf(x),dx\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = -\int_{b}^{a} f(x),dx

Swapping the upper and lower limits changes the sign of the integral.

Equal limits

∫aaf(x),dx=0\int_{a}^{a} f(x),dx = 0

An interval of zero width has zero area.

Splitting the interval

∫abf(x),dx=∫acf(x),dx+∫cbf(x),dx\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = \int_{a}^{c} f(x),dx + \int_{c}^{b} f(x),dx

Break the integral at any point cc. Useful for piecewise and absolute value functions.

Change of dummy variable

∫abf(x),dx=∫abf(t),dt\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = \int_{a}^{b} f(t),dt

The letter used for the variable of integration does not affect the value.

King property

∫abf(x),dx=∫abf(a+b−x),dx\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = \int_{a}^{b} f(a + b - x),dx

Replacing xx by a+b−xa + b - x leaves the value unchanged. Often adds to the original to simplify.

Property for ∫0a\int_{0}^{a}

∫0af(x),dx=∫0af(a−x),dx\int_{0}^{a} f(x),dx = \int_{0}^{a} f(a - x),dx

The special case of the king property with lower limit 0.

Even function rule

∫−aaf(x),dx=2∫0af(x),dx\int_{-a}^{a} f(x),dx = 2\int_{0}^{a} f(x),dx

Holds when f(−x)=f(x)f(-x) = f(x), because the two halves of the area are mirror images.

Odd function rule

∫−aaf(x),dx=0\int_{-a}^{a} f(x),dx = 0

Holds when f(−x)=−f(x)f(-x) = -f(x), because the areas on the two sides cancel.

Property for ∫02a\int_{0}^{2a}

∫02af(x),dx=2∫0af(x),dx\int_{0}^{2a} f(x),dx = 2\int_{0}^{a} f(x),dx

Holds when f(2a−x)=f(x)f(2a - x) = f(x). If instead f(2a−x)=−f(x)f(2a - x) = -f(x), the integral is 0.

Periodic function rule

∫0nTf(x),dx=n∫0Tf(x),dx\int_{0}^{nT} f(x),dx = n\int_{0}^{T} f(x),dx

For ff with period TT and a positive integer nn, the integral over nn periods is nn times one period.

Example: ∫133x2,dx=[x3]13=27−1=26\int_{1}^{3} 3x^{2},dx = \left[x^{3}\right]_{1}^{3} = 27 - 1 = 26.

Numerical Integration

Here h=b−anh = \frac{b - a}{n} is the strip width, xk=a+khx_{k} = a + kh and yk=f(xk)y_{k} = f(x_{k}).

Formula

Expression

What it means

Definite integral as a limit of sums

∫abf(x),dx=lim⁡n→∞∑k=1nf(xk),h\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx = \lim_{n \to \infty} \sum_{k=1}^{n} f(x_{k}),h

The exact integral is the limit of Riemann sums as the number of strips nn grows without bound.

Left Riemann sum

Ln=h∑k=0n−1f(xk)L_{n} = h\sum_{k=0}^{n-1} f(x_{k})

Adds rectangles whose heights come from the left end of each strip.

Right Riemann sum

Rn=h∑k=1nf(xk)R_{n} = h\sum_{k=1}^{n} f(x_{k})

Adds rectangles whose heights come from the right end of each strip.

Midpoint rule

Mn=h∑k=1nf(xk−1+xk2)M_{n} = h\sum_{k=1}^{n} f\left(\frac{x_{k-1} + x_{k}}{2}\right)

Uses the height at the centre of each strip, usually more accurate than left or right sums.

Trapezoidal rule

Tn=h2[y0+2(y1+y2+⋯+yn−1)+yn]T_{n} = \frac{h}{2}[y_{0} + 2(y_{1} + y_{2} + \cdots + y_{n-1}) + y_{n}]

Replaces the curve on each strip with a straight line, so each strip becomes a trapezium (trapezoid).

Simpson's rule (one-third rule)

Sn=h3[y0+4(y1+y3+⋯+yn−1)+2(y2+y4+⋯+yn−2)+yn]S_{n} = \frac{h}{3}[y_{0} + 4(y_{1} + y_{3} + \cdots + y_{n-1}) + 2(y_{2} + y_{4} + \cdots + y_{n-2}) + y_{n}]

Fits parabolas through pairs of strips, so nn must be even. Odd-index ordinates get weight 4, even inner ones weight 2.

Simpson's three-eighths rule

3h8[y0+3y1+3y2+y3]\frac{3h}{8}[y_{0} + 3y_{1} + 3y_{2} + y_{3}]

Fits a cubic across three strips. Repeat it for any nn that is a multiple of 3.

Example: For ∫02x2,dx\int_{0}^{2} x^{2},dx with n=2n = 2 and h=1h = 1, the trapezoidal rule gives 12[0+2(1)+4]=3\frac{1}{2}[0 + 2(1) + 4] = 3, while Simpson's rule gives 13[0+4(1)+4]=83≈2.6667\frac{1}{3}[0 + 4(1) + 4] = \frac{8}{3} \approx 2.6667, the exact value.

Applications Of Integrals

Formula

Expression

What it means

Area under a curve

A=∫abf(x),dxA = \int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx

Area between y=f(x)y = f(x) and the x-axis from x=ax = a to x=bx = b, when f(x)≥0f(x) \geq 0 there.

Area when the curve crosses the axis

A=∫ab∣f(x)∣,dxA = \int_{a}^{b} \lvert f(x) \rvert,dx

Parts below the axis count as positive area. Split the integral at each root of ff.

Area with respect to the y-axis

A=∫cdg(y),dyA = \int_{c}^{d} g(y),dy

Area between the curve x=g(y)≥0x = g(y) \geq 0 and the y-axis from y=cy = c to y=dy = d.

Area between two curves

A=∫ab[f(x)−g(x)],dxA = \int_{a}^{b} [f(x) - g(x)],dx

Area between the upper curve ff and lower curve gg, where f(x)≥g(x)f(x) \geq g(x) on [a,b][a, b].

Volume by the disk method

V=π∫ab[f(x)]2,dxV = \pi\int_{a}^{b} [f(x)]^{2},dx

Volume when the region under y=f(x)y = f(x) is rotated about the x-axis, built from circular slices.

Volume by the washer method

V=π∫ab([R(x)]2−[r(x)]2)dxV = \pi\int_{a}^{b} \left([R(x)]^{2} - [r(x)]^{2}\right)dx

For a region between an outer radius R(x)R(x) and inner radius r(x)r(x) rotated about the x-axis.

Volume by the shell method

V=2π∫abxf(x),dxV = 2\pi\int_{a}^{b} x f(x),dx

Volume when the region under y=f(x)y = f(x), with 0≤a<b0 \leq a < b, is rotated about the y-axis, using cylindrical shells.

Arc length of a curve

L=∫ab1+[f′(x)]2,dxL = \int_{a}^{b} \sqrt{1 + [f'(x)]^{2}},dx

Length of the curve y=f(x)y = f(x) from x=ax = a to x=bx = b, for f′f' continuous.

Arc length of a parametric curve

L=∫αβ(dxdt)2+(dydt)2,dtL = \int_{\alpha}^{\beta} \sqrt{\left(\frac{dx}{dt}\right)^{2} + \left(\frac{dy}{dt}\right)^{2}},dt

Length of a curve given by x(t)x(t) and y(t)y(t) as tt runs from α\alpha to β\beta.

Surface area of revolution

S=2π∫abf(x)1+[f′(x)]2,dxS = 2\pi\int_{a}^{b} f(x)\sqrt{1 + [f'(x)]^{2}},dx

Curved surface area when y=f(x)≥0y = f(x) \geq 0 is rotated about the x-axis.

Average value of a function

favg=1b−a∫abf(x),dxf_{\text{avg}} = \frac{1}{b - a}\int_{a}^{b} f(x),dx

The constant height giving the same area as ff over [a,b][a, b], for a<ba < b.

Displacement and distance from velocity

s=∫t1t2v(t),dts = \int_{t_{1}}^{t_{2}} v(t),dt, d=∫t1t2∣v(t)∣,dtd = \int_{t_{1}}^{t_{2}} \lvert v(t) \rvert,dt

Integrating velocity gives net displacement, and integrating speed gives total distance travelled.

Example: The area between y=xy = x and y=x2y = x^{2} from x=0x = 0 to x=1x = 1 is ∫01(x−x2),dx=12−13=16≈0.1667\int_{0}^{1} (x - x^{2}),dx = \frac{1}{2} - \frac{1}{3} = \frac{1}{6} \approx 0.1667.

Differential Equations

Formula

Expression

What it means

Order and degree

(d2ydx2)3+dydx=x\left(\frac{d^{2}y}{dx^{2}}\right)^{3} + \frac{dy}{dx} = x has order 2, degree 3

Order is the highest derivative present. Degree is its power, once the equation is a polynomial in the derivatives.

Separable equation

dydx=g(x),h(y)⇒∫dyh(y)=∫g(x),dx+C\frac{dy}{dx} = g(x),h(y) \Rightarrow \int \frac{dy}{h(y)} = \int g(x),dx + C

Move all yy terms to one side and all xx terms to the other, then integrate, where h(y)≠0h(y) \neq 0.

Linear first-order equation

dydx+P(x),y=Q(x)\frac{dy}{dx} + P(x),y = Q(x)

Standard form of a linear equation in yy, where PP and QQ are functions of xx only.

Integrating factor

IF=e∫P(x),dx\text{IF} = e^{\int P(x),dx}

Multiplying the linear equation by this factor turns its left side into the derivative of y⋅IFy \cdot \text{IF}.

Solution of a linear equation

y⋅IF=∫Q(x)⋅IF,dx+Cy \cdot \text{IF} = \int Q(x) \cdot \text{IF},dx + C

Integrate the right side, then divide by the integrating factor to get yy.

Linear equation in xx

dxdy+P(y),x=Q(y)\frac{dx}{dy} + P(y),x = Q(y), IF=e∫P(y),dy\text{IF} = e^{\int P(y),dy}

Same method with the roles of xx and yy swapped, giving x⋅IF=∫Q(y)⋅IF,dy+Cx \cdot \text{IF} = \int Q(y) \cdot \text{IF},dy + C.

Homogeneous equation

dydx=F(yx)\frac{dy}{dx} = F\left(\frac{y}{x}\right), y=vxy = vx, dydx=v+xdvdx\frac{dy}{dx} = v + x\frac{dv}{dx}

Substituting y=vxy = vx turns the equation into a separable one in vv and xx.

Exponential growth and decay

dydt=ky⇒y=y0ekt\frac{dy}{dt} = ky \Rightarrow y = y_{0}e^{kt}

y0y_{0} is the value at t=0t = 0. The quantity grows when k>0k > 0 and decays when k<0k < 0.

Half-life from the decay constant

t12=ln⁡2∣k∣t_{\frac{1}{2}} = \frac{\ln 2}{\lvert k \rvert}

Time for a decaying quantity with k<0k < 0 to halve. Doubling time for growth uses the same form with k>0k > 0.

Newton's law of cooling

dTdt=−k(T−Ts)⇒T=Ts+(T0−Ts)e−kt\frac{dT}{dt} = -k(T - T_{s}) \Rightarrow T = T_{s} + (T_{0} - T_{s})e^{-kt}

TsT_{s} is the surrounding temperature, T0T_{0} the starting temperature and k>0k > 0 a cooling constant.

Logistic growth

dPdt=kP(1−PK)⇒P=K1+Ae−kt\frac{dP}{dt} = kP\left(1 - \frac{P}{K}\right) \Rightarrow P = \frac{K}{1 + Ae^{-kt}}

Growth that levels off at the carrying capacity KK, with A=K−P0P0A = \frac{K - P_{0}}{P_{0}} and P0P_{0} the starting value.

Example: If dydt=0.05y\frac{dy}{dt} = 0.05y and y(0)=200y(0) = 200, then y(10)=200e0.5≈200×1.6487=329.74y(10) = 200e^{0.5} \approx 200 \times 1.6487 = 329.74.

Taylor And Maclaurin Series

Each series equals its function only on the interval stated.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Taylor series about x=ax = a

f(x)=∑n=0∞f(n)(a)n!(x−a)nf(x) = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{f^{(n)}(a)}{n!}(x - a)^{n}

Writes ff as a power series in (x−a)(x - a) using its derivatives at aa, where the series converges to ff.

Maclaurin series

f(x)=f(0)+f′(0)x+f′′(0)2!x2+f′′′(0)3!x3+⋯f(x) = f(0) + f'(0)x + \frac{f''(0)}{2!}x^{2} + \frac{f'''(0)}{3!}x^{3} + \cdots

The Taylor series centred at a=0a = 0, used for approximating functions near zero.

Lagrange remainder

Rn(x)=f(n+1)(c)(n+1)!(x−a)n+1R_{n}(x) = \frac{f^{(n+1)}(c)}{(n+1)!}(x - a)^{n+1}

The error after the degree nn term, for some cc between aa and xx. Used to bound approximation error.

Series for exe^{x}

ex=1+x+x22!+x33!+⋯e^{x} = 1 + x + \frac{x^{2}}{2!} + \frac{x^{3}}{3!} + \cdots

Valid for every real xx. Each term is xnn!\frac{x^{n}}{n!} with nn starting from 0.

Series for sin⁡x\sin x

sin⁡x=x−x33!+x55!−⋯\sin x = x - \frac{x^{3}}{3!} + \frac{x^{5}}{5!} - \cdots

Valid for every real xx in radians. Only odd powers appear because sine is an odd function.

Series for cos⁡x\cos x

cos⁡x=1−x22!+x44!−⋯\cos x = 1 - \frac{x^{2}}{2!} + \frac{x^{4}}{4!} - \cdots

Valid for every real xx in radians. Only even powers appear because cosine is an even function.

Series for ln⁡(1+x)\ln(1 + x)

ln⁡(1+x)=x−x22+x33−⋯\ln(1 + x) = x - \frac{x^{2}}{2} + \frac{x^{3}}{3} - \cdots

Valid for −1<x≤1-1 < x \leq 1. At x=1x = 1 it gives ln⁡2\ln 2.

Geometric series for 11−x\frac{1}{1 - x}

11−x=1+x+x2+x3+⋯\frac{1}{1 - x} = 1 + x + x^{2} + x^{3} + \cdots

Valid only for ∣x∣<1\lvert x \rvert < 1. The base series from which many others are built.

Series for 11+x\frac{1}{1 + x}

11+x=1−x+x2−x3+⋯\frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + \cdots

Replace xx by −x-x in the geometric series. Valid for ∣x∣<1\lvert x \rvert < 1.

Series for tan⁡−1x\tan^{-1} x

tan⁡−1x=x−x33+x55−⋯\tan^{-1} x = x - \frac{x^{3}}{3} + \frac{x^{5}}{5} - \cdots

Valid for −1≤x≤1-1 \leq x \leq 1. At x=1x = 1 it gives π4\frac{\pi}{4}.

Binomial series

(1+x)k=1+kx+k(k−1)2!x2+k(k−1)(k−2)3!x3+⋯(1 + x)^{k} = 1 + kx + \frac{k(k-1)}{2!}x^{2} + \frac{k(k-1)(k-2)}{3!}x^{3} + \cdots

For any real kk, valid for ∣x∣<1\lvert x \rvert < 1. It ends after finitely many terms when kk is a whole number.

Example: Four terms of the exe^{x} series give e0.1≈1+0.1+0.005+0.000167=1.105167e^{0.1} \approx 1 + 0.1 + 0.005 + 0.000167 = 1.105167, against the true value 1.1051711.105171.

Statistics And Probability Formulas

These formulas summarise a data set, measure its spread, describe how two variables move together and work out the chance of events. They run from Grade 6 data handling up to Class 11 and 12 statistics, AP Statistics, GCSE, SAT and JEE probability.

Mean Of Ungrouped And Grouped Data

Formula

Expression

What it means

Average (arithmetic mean)

xˉ=∑xin\bar{x} = \frac{\sum x_{i}}{n}

Add all nn values xix_{i} and divide by how many there are. Use it for a plain list of raw (ungrouped) data.

Population mean

μ=∑xiN\mu = \frac{\sum x_{i}}{N}

The same calculation over every member of a population of size NN. Textbooks write μ\mu for a population and xˉ\bar{x} for a sample.

Mean of a frequency table (direct method)

xˉ=∑fixi∑fi\bar{x} = \frac{\sum f_{i}x_{i}}{\sum f_{i}}

Multiply each value xix_{i} by its frequency fif_{i}, add, then divide by the total frequency. For grouped classes, xix_{i} is the class mark.

Class mark

xi=lower limit+upper limit2x_{i} = \frac{\text{lower limit} + \text{upper limit}}{2}

The midpoint of a class interval. It stands in for every value in that class in all grouped-data formulas.

Assumed mean method

xˉ=a+∑fidi∑fi\bar{x} = a + \frac{\sum f_{i}d_{i}}{\sum f_{i}} with di=xi−ad_{i} = x_{i} - a

Pick a convenient value aa, usually a central class mark, and work with the smaller deviations did_{i} instead of large class marks.

Step-deviation method

xˉ=a+h⋅∑fiui∑fi\bar{x} = a + h \cdot \frac{\sum f_{i}u_{i}}{\sum f_{i}} with ui=xi−ahu_{i} = \frac{x_{i} - a}{h}

Here hh is the common class width. Dividing deviations by hh gives small whole numbers uiu_{i}, and multiplying by hh restores the scale.

Weighted mean

$\bar{x}{w} = \frac{\sum w{i}x_{i}}{\sum w_{i}}$

Each value xix_{i} counts in proportion to its weight wiw_{i}, as in a grade point average weighted by credit hours.

Combined mean of two groups

$\bar{x} = \frac{n_{1}\bar{x}{1} + n{2}\bar{x}{2}}{n{1} + n_{2}}$

Merges two groups of sizes n1n_{1} and n2n_{2} with means $\bar{x}{1}and and \bar{x}{2}$ into one overall mean.

Sum of deviations from the mean

∑(xi−xˉ)=0\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x}) = 0

Deviations above and below the mean always cancel. A quick way to check that a calculated mean is correct.

Mean after a linear change

mean of (axi+b)=axˉ+b\text{mean of } (ax_{i} + b) = a\bar{x} + b

Multiplying every value by aa and then adding bb changes the mean in exactly the same way. Useful for coded data and unit changes.

Example: For classes 0 to 10, 10 to 20 and 20 to 30 with frequencies 3, 5 and 2, the class marks are 5, 15 and 25, so xˉ=3(5)+5(15)+2(25)10=14010=14\bar{x} = \frac{3(5) + 5(15) + 2(25)}{10} = \frac{140}{10} = 14.

Median

Arrange the data in ascending order before using any median formula.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Median (n odd)

Median=(n+12)th\text{Median} = \left(\frac{n+1}{2}\right)^{\text{th}} value

With an odd number nn of ordered values, the median is the single middle value of the list.

Median (n even)

Median=12[(n2)th+(n2+1)th]\text{Median} = \frac{1}{2}\left[\left(\frac{n}{2}\right)^{\text{th}} + \left(\frac{n}{2} + 1\right)^{\text{th}}\right] values

With an even number nn of ordered values, the median is the average of the two middle values.

Median of a discrete frequency table

position N+12\frac{N+1}{2} in the cumulative frequency column

N=∑fiN = \sum f_{i}. Find the first value whose cumulative frequency reaches this position. For even NN, average the two middle observations.

Median class

first class with cf≥N2cf \geq \frac{N}{2}

In grouped data, the class where the cumulative frequency first reaches half the total frequency NN holds the median.

Median of grouped data

Median=l+(N2−cff)×h\text{Median} = l + \left(\frac{\frac{N}{2} - cf}{f}\right) \times h

ll is the lower boundary of the median class, cfcf the cumulative frequency before it, ff its frequency, hh the class width.

Median from an ogive

xx where cf=N2cf = \frac{N}{2} on the less-than ogive

Read across from half the total frequency. The same point is where the less-than and more-than ogives intersect.

Median as a quartile and percentile

Median=Q2=P50\text{Median} = Q_{2} = P_{50}

The median is the second quartile and the 50th percentile, so half the data lies on each side of it.

Example: Classes 10 to 20, 20 to 30, 30 to 40 and 40 to 50 have frequencies 4, 6, 10 and 5, so N=25N = 25, the median class is 30 to 40, and Median=30+12.5−1010×10=32.5\text{Median} = 30 + \frac{12.5 - 10}{10} \times 10 = 32.5.

Mode And The Empirical Relation

Formula

Expression

What it means

Mode (ungrouped data)

Mode=\text{Mode} = the most frequent value

A data set can have one mode, several modes (bimodal or multimodal) or no mode when every value occurs equally often.

Mode of grouped data

Mode=l+(f1−f02f1−f0−f2)×h\text{Mode} = l + \left(\frac{f_{1} - f_{0}}{2f_{1} - f_{0} - f_{2}}\right) \times h

ll is the lower boundary of the modal class (highest frequency), f1f_{1} its frequency, f0f_{0} and f2f_{2} the frequencies of the classes before and after, hh the width.

Mean, median and mode relation

Mode=3,Median−2,Mean\text{Mode} = 3,\text{Median} - 2,\text{Mean}

The empirical relation. It holds approximately for moderately skewed, single-peaked data and lets you estimate one measure from the other two.

Median from mean and mode

Median=Mode+2,Mean3\text{Median} = \frac{\text{Mode} + 2,\text{Mean}}{3}

The empirical relation rearranged. The median lies between the mean and mode, one third of the way from the mean.

Mean from median and mode

Mean=3,Median−Mode2\text{Mean} = \frac{3,\text{Median} - \text{Mode}}{2}

The empirical relation rearranged to find the mean when the median and mode of a moderately skewed distribution are known.

Symmetric distribution

Mean=Median=Mode\text{Mean} = \text{Median} = \text{Mode}

In a perfectly symmetric, single-peaked distribution such as the normal curve, all three averages coincide at the centre.

Positive (right) skew

Mean>Median>Mode\text{Mean} > \text{Median} > \text{Mode}

A long tail of large values pulls the mean to the right. Typical of incomes and house prices. Negative skew reverses the order.

Karl Pearson's coefficient of skewness

Sk=Mean−ModeσSk = \frac{\text{Mean} - \text{Mode}}{\sigma} or Sk=3(Mean−Median)σSk = \frac{3(\text{Mean} - \text{Median})}{\sigma}

σ\sigma is the standard deviation. Positive values mean right skew, negative values mean left skew, zero means symmetric.

Example: Classes 0 to 10, 10 to 20, 20 to 30 and 30 to 40 have frequencies 5, 8, 12 and 7, so the modal class is 20 to 30 and Mode=20+12−824−8−7×10=20+409≈24.44\text{Mode} = 20 + \frac{12 - 8}{24 - 8 - 7} \times 10 = 20 + \frac{40}{9} \approx 24.44.

Range, Quartiles And Percentiles

Formula

Expression

What it means

Range

Range=xmax−xmin\text{Range} = x_{\text{max}} - x_{\text{min}}

The largest value minus the smallest value. Quick to find but strongly affected by a single extreme value.

Coefficient of range

L−SL+S\frac{L - S}{L + S}

LL is the largest value and SS the smallest. A unit-free version of the range for comparing data sets.

First quartile position

Q1=(n+14)thQ_{1} = \left(\frac{n+1}{4}\right)^{\text{th}} value

Position of the lower quartile in ordered data. Interpolate if it is not whole. Some courses use the median of the lower half instead.

Third quartile position

Q3=(3(n+1)4)thQ_{3} = \left(\frac{3(n+1)}{4}\right)^{\text{th}} value

Position of the upper quartile in ordered data. Three quarters of the values lie at or below Q3Q_{3}.

Interquartile range

IQR=Q3−Q1\text{IQR} = Q_{3} - Q_{1}

The spread of the middle 50 percent of the data. It ignores extreme values, so outliers barely affect it.

Quartile deviation (semi-interquartile range)

QD=Q3−Q12\text{QD} = \frac{Q_{3} - Q_{1}}{2}

Half the interquartile range. Used as a measure of spread alongside the median.

Coefficient of quartile deviation

Q3−Q1Q3+Q1\frac{Q_{3} - Q_{1}}{Q_{3} + Q_{1}}

A unit-free measure of spread based on quartiles, used to compare the variability of different data sets.

Outlier fences

Q1−1.5×IQRQ_{1} - 1.5 \times \text{IQR} and Q3+1.5×IQRQ_{3} + 1.5 \times \text{IQR}

Values below the lower fence or above the upper fence are flagged as outliers, as on a box plot.

Five-number summary

xmin, Q1, Q2, Q3, xmaxx_{\text{min}},\ Q_{1},\ Q_{2},\ Q_{3},\ x_{\text{max}}

The minimum, lower quartile, median, upper quartile and maximum. These five values are what a box-and-whisker plot draws.

Percentile formula

Position of Pk=k(n+1)100\text{Position of } P_{k} = \frac{k(n+1)}{100}

Gives where the kkth percentile sits in ordered data of nn values, for 0<k<1000 < k < 100. Interpolate between neighbours if needed.

Percentile rank

PR=number of values below xn×100\text{PR} = \frac{\text{number of values below } x}{n} \times 100

The percentage of values in the data set that are below the score xx. A rank of 80 beats 80 percent of scores.

Quartile of grouped data

Qk=l+(kN4−cff)×hQ_{k} = l + \left(\frac{\frac{kN}{4} - cf}{f}\right) \times h

For k=1,2,3k = 1, 2, 3. Same symbols as the grouped median, using the class where cumulative frequency first reaches kN4\frac{kN}{4}.

Percentile of grouped data

Pk=l+(kN100−cff)×hP_{k} = l + \left(\frac{\frac{kN}{100} - cf}{f}\right) \times h

Same pattern for the kkth percentile, using the class where cumulative frequency first reaches kN100\frac{kN}{100}.

Example: For 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13 (n=7n = 7), Q1Q_{1} is the 84=2\frac{8}{4} = 2nd value, 5, and Q3Q_{3} is the 244=6\frac{24}{4} = 6th value, 11, so IQR=11−5=6\text{IQR} = 11 - 5 = 6.

Mean Deviation

Formula

Expression

What it means

Mean deviation about the mean

MD(xˉ)=∑∣xi−xˉ∣n\text{MD}(\bar{x}) = \frac{\sum \lvert x_{i} - \bar{x} \rvert}{n}

The average distance of the nn values from their mean, ignoring signs. Also called the mean absolute deviation (MAD).

Mean deviation about the median

MD(M)=∑∣xi−M∣n\text{MD}(M) = \frac{\sum \lvert x_{i} - M \rvert}{n}

MM is the median. Mean deviation is smallest when it is measured about the median.

Mean deviation about any point

MD(A)=∑∣xi−A∣n\text{MD}(A) = \frac{\sum \lvert x_{i} - A \rvert}{n}

The general form, where AA is the mean, median or any chosen central value.

Mean deviation for a frequency distribution (about the mean)

MD(xˉ)=∑fi∣xi−xˉ∣N\text{MD}(\bar{x}) = \frac{\sum f_{i}\lvert x_{i} - \bar{x} \rvert}{N}

fif_{i} is the frequency of xix_{i} (or of the class mark) and N=∑fiN = \sum f_{i} is the total frequency.

Mean deviation for a frequency distribution (about the median)

MD(M)=∑fi∣xi−M∣N\text{MD}(M) = \frac{\sum f_{i}\lvert x_{i} - M \rvert}{N}

The same weighted average of absolute deviations, taken from the median MM of the distribution.

Coefficient of mean deviation

MD(A)A\frac{\text{MD}(A)}{A}

Mean deviation divided by the average AA it was measured from. A unit-free figure for comparing spreads.

Example: For 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 the mean is 6, the absolute deviations are 4, 2, 0, 2, 4, and MD(xˉ)=125=2.4\text{MD}(\bar{x}) = \frac{12}{5} = 2.4.

Variance And Standard Deviation

Use the population formulas (divide by NN) when the data is the whole group, and the sample formulas (divide by n−1n - 1) when the data is a sample used to estimate a population.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Population variance

σ2=∑(xi−μ)2N\sigma^{2} = \frac{\sum (x_{i} - \mu)^{2}}{N}

The mean of the squared deviations from the population mean μ\mu, over all NN members of the population.

Population standard deviation

σ=∑(xi−μ)2N\sigma = \sqrt{\frac{\sum (x_{i} - \mu)^{2}}{N}}

The square root of the population variance. It measures typical distance from the mean in the original units.

Sample variance

s2=∑(xi−xˉ)2n−1s^{2} = \frac{\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})^{2}}{n - 1}

Dividing by n−1n - 1 (Bessel's correction) makes s2s^{2} an unbiased estimate of the population variance from a sample of nn values.

Sample standard deviation

s=∑(xi−xˉ)2n−1s = \sqrt{\frac{\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})^{2}}{n - 1}}

The square root of the sample variance. This is the value most calculators label ss or σn−1\sigma_{n-1}.

Shortcut formula for variance

σ2=∑xi2N−μ2\sigma^{2} = \frac{\sum x_{i}^{2}}{N} - \mu^{2}

The mean of the squares minus the square of the mean. It avoids working out every deviation separately.

Sample shortcut formula

s2=∑xi2−nxˉ2n−1s^{2} = \frac{\sum x_{i}^{2} - n\bar{x}^{2}}{n - 1}

The computational form of the sample variance, using the sum of squares and the sample mean xˉ\bar{x}.

Variance of a frequency distribution

σ2=∑fi(xi−xˉ)2N\sigma^{2} = \frac{\sum f_{i}(x_{i} - \bar{x})^{2}}{N}

Each squared deviation is weighted by its frequency fif_{i}, and N=∑fiN = \sum f_{i}. For grouped data, xix_{i} is the class mark.

Frequency shortcut formula

σ2=∑fixi2N−(∑fixiN)2\sigma^{2} = \frac{\sum f_{i}x_{i}^{2}}{N} - \left(\frac{\sum f_{i}x_{i}}{N}\right)^{2}

The mean of the squares minus the square of the mean, written for a frequency table.

Step-deviation method

σ2=h2[∑fiui2N−(∑fiuiN)2]\sigma^{2} = h^{2}\left[\frac{\sum f_{i}u_{i}^{2}}{N} - \left(\frac{\sum f_{i}u_{i}}{N}\right)^{2}\right] with ui=xi−ahu_{i} = \frac{x_{i} - a}{h}

aa is an assumed mean and hh the class width. Work with small numbers uiu_{i}, then multiply by h2h^{2}.

Effect of a linear change on variance

Var(axi+b)=a2,Var(xi)\text{Var}(ax_{i} + b) = a^{2},\text{Var}(x_{i})

Adding a constant bb does not change spread. Multiplying every value by aa multiplies the variance by a2a^{2}.

Effect of a linear change on standard deviation

σax+b=∣a∣,σx\sigma_{ax + b} = \lvert a \rvert,\sigma_{x}

The standard deviation scales by the absolute value of aa and ignores the added constant bb.

Combined variance of two groups

σ2=n1(σ12+d12)+n2(σ22+d22)n1+n2\sigma^{2} = \frac{n_{1}(\sigma_{1}^{2} + d_{1}^{2}) + n_{2}(\sigma_{2}^{2} + d_{2}^{2})}{n_{1} + n_{2}}

$d_{1} = \bar{x}{1} - \bar{x}and and d{2} = \bar{x}_{2} - \bar{x},where, where \bar{x}$ is the combined mean of both groups.

Example: For 2, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 7, 9, the mean is 5 and ∑(xi−xˉ)2=32\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})^{2} = 32, so σ=328=2\sigma = \sqrt{\frac{32}{8}} = 2 as a population and s=327≈2.14s = \sqrt{\frac{32}{7}} \approx 2.14 as a sample.

Coefficient Of Variation And Z-Score

Formula

Expression

What it means

Coefficient of variation

CV=σxˉ×100\text{CV} = \frac{\sigma}{\bar{x}} \times 100%

Standard deviation as a percentage of the mean (mean must be positive). The data set with the lower CV is more consistent.

Coefficient of standard deviation

σxˉ\frac{\sigma}{\bar{x}}

A unit-free ratio of spread to average. The coefficient of variation is this value multiplied by 100.

Z-score (population)

z=x−μσz = \frac{x - \mu}{\sigma}

How many standard deviations the value xx lies above (positive) or below (negative) the population mean μ\mu.

Z-score (sample)

z=x−xˉsz = \frac{x - \bar{x}}{s}

The same idea using the sample mean xˉ\bar{x} and sample standard deviation ss. Used to compare scores from different tests.

Raw score from a z-score

x=μ+zσx = \mu + z\sigma

Converts a z-score back to the original scale, for example to find the mark that sits 1.5 standard deviations above average.

Mean and spread of z-scores

zˉ=0\bar{z} = 0 and σz=1\sigma_{z} = 1

Converting every value in a data set to z-scores always gives a mean of 0 and a standard deviation of 1.

Example: A test has mean 70 and standard deviation 8, so a score of 82 has z=82−708=1.5z = \frac{82 - 70}{8} = 1.5, meaning it is 1.5 standard deviations above the mean.

Correlation And Regression

Formula

Expression

What it means

Covariance

Cov(x,y)=∑(xi−xˉ)(yi−yˉ)n\text{Cov}(x, y) = \frac{\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})(y_{i} - \bar{y})}{n}

Positive when xx and yy tend to rise together, negative when one rises as the other falls. Sample covariance divides by n−1n - 1.

Pearson correlation coefficient

r=∑(xi−xˉ)(yi−yˉ)∑(xi−xˉ)2∑(yi−yˉ)2r = \frac{\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})(y_{i} - \bar{y})}{\sqrt{\sum (x_{i} - \bar{x})^{2} \sum (y_{i} - \bar{y})^{2}}}

Measures the strength and direction of a straight-line relationship between paired data xx and yy. It has no units.

Pearson r (computational form)

r=n∑xy−∑x∑y[n∑x2−(∑x)2][n∑y2−(∑y)2]r = \frac{n\sum xy - \sum x \sum y}{\sqrt{[n\sum x^{2} - (\sum x)^{2}][n\sum y^{2} - (\sum y)^{2}]}}

The same coefficient written with raw sums, which is faster when working from a table of nn pairs.

Range of r

−1≤r≤1-1 \leq r \leq 1

r=1r = 1 is a perfect positive line, r=−1r = -1 a perfect negative line, and r=0r = 0 means no linear relationship.

Coefficient of determination

r2r^{2}

The fraction of the variation in yy that the regression line on xx explains. r=0.8r = 0.8 gives r2=0.64r^{2} = 0.64, or 64 percent.

Spearman's rank correlation

rs=1−6∑di2n(n2−1)r_{s} = 1 - \frac{6\sum d_{i}^{2}}{n(n^{2} - 1)}

did_{i} is the difference between the two ranks of each item and nn the number of pairs. Exact when there are no tied ranks.

Regression line of y on x

y^=a+bx\hat{y} = a + bx

The least-squares line used to predict yy from xx. Some textbooks write it as y^=b0+b1x\hat{y} = b_{0} + b_{1}x.

Slope of the regression line

b=n∑xy−∑x∑yn∑x2−(∑x)2b = \frac{n\sum xy - \sum x \sum y}{n\sum x^{2} - (\sum x)^{2}}

The predicted change in yy for each one-unit increase in xx, computed from nn data pairs.

Slope in terms of r

byx=r,sysxb_{yx} = r,\frac{s_{y}}{s_{x}}

sxs_{x} and sys_{y} are the standard deviations of xx and yy. The slope always has the same sign as rr.

Intercept of the regression line

a=yˉ−bxˉa = \bar{y} - b\bar{x}

Chosen so the regression line always passes through the point of means (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar{x}, \bar{y}).

Regression line of x on y

x−xˉ=bxy(y−yˉ)x - \bar{x} = b_{xy}(y - \bar{y}) with bxy=r,sxsyb_{xy} = r,\frac{s_{x}}{s_{y}}

Used to predict xx from yy. It is a different line from yy on xx unless r=±1r = \pm 1.

Product of regression coefficients

byx⋅bxy=r2b_{yx} \cdot b_{xy} = r^{2}

Both coefficients share the sign of rr, so rr is the square root of their product with that common sign.

Residual

ei=yi−y^ie_{i} = y_{i} - \hat{y}_{i}

The observed value minus the value predicted by the line. Least squares makes ∑ei2\sum e_{i}^{2} as small as possible.

Example: For the pairs (1,2),(2,4),(3,5),(4,4),(5,5)(1, 2), (2, 4), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 5), b=5(66)−15(20)5(55)−152=3050=0.6b = \frac{5(66) - 15(20)}{5(55) - 15^{2}} = \frac{30}{50} = 0.6 and a=4−0.6(3)=2.2a = 4 - 0.6(3) = 2.2, so y^=2.2+0.6x\hat{y} = 2.2 + 0.6x.

Probability Basics

Formula

Expression

What it means

Classical probability

P(E)=n(E)n(S)P(E) = \frac{n(E)}{n(S)}

Favourable outcomes n(E)n(E) divided by all outcomes n(S)n(S) in the sample space. Valid only when every outcome is equally likely.

Range of a probability

0≤P(E)≤10 \leq P(E) \leq 1

A probability of 0 means the event is impossible and 1 means it is certain. Any answer outside this range is wrong.

Empirical (experimental) probability

P(E)=number of times E occurstotal number of trialsP(E) = \frac{\text{number of times } E \text{ occurs}}{\text{total number of trials}}

The relative frequency of an event in real trials. It approaches the theoretical probability as the number of trials grows.

Complement rule

P(A′)=1−P(A)P(A') = 1 - P(A)

A′A' (also written AcA^{c} or Aˉ\bar{A}) means "A does not happen". Handy for "at least one" questions.

Addition rule

P(A∪B)=P(A)+P(B)−P(A∩B)P(A \cup B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A \cap B)

Probability that AA or BB (or both) happens. Subtract the overlap so it is not counted twice.

Mutually exclusive events

P(A∪B)=P(A)+P(B)P(A \cup B) = P(A) + P(B)

When AA and BB cannot happen together, A∩B=∅A \cap B = \emptyset, so the overlap term is zero.

Addition rule for three events

P(A∪B∪C)=P(A)+P(B)+P(C)−P(A∩B)−P(B∩C)−P(A∩C)+P(A∩B∩C)P(A \cup B \cup C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) - P(A \cap B) - P(B \cap C) - P(A \cap C) + P(A \cap B \cap C)

Add the single events, subtract the three pairwise overlaps, then add back the triple overlap (inclusion and exclusion).

Exactly A but not B

P(A∩B′)=P(A)−P(A∩B)P(A \cap B') = P(A) - P(A \cap B)

The probability that AA happens and BB does not. Read it from the part of AA outside BB in a Venn diagram.

Exhaustive, mutually exclusive events

P(E1)+P(E2)+⋯+P(En)=1P(E_{1}) + P(E_{2}) + \cdots + P(E_{n}) = 1

When events cover the whole sample space and never overlap, their probabilities add to exactly 1.

Sample space for coins and dice

n(S)=2nn(S) = 2^{n} for nn coins and n(S)=6nn(S) = 6^{n} for nn dice

Each coin has 2 outcomes and each die has 6, so multiply. Two dice give 36 equally likely ordered outcomes.

Odds in favour

odds in favour=P(E)1−P(E)=a:b\text{odds in favour} = \frac{P(E)}{1 - P(E)} = a : b

aa is the number of favourable outcomes and bb the number of unfavourable ones, among equally likely outcomes.

Odds against

odds against=b:a\text{odds against} = b : a

The ratio of unfavourable to favourable outcomes, the reverse of the odds in favour.

Probability from odds

P(E)=aa+bP(E) = \frac{a}{a + b}

If the odds in favour of EE are a:ba : b, the probability of EE is aa out of a+ba + b.

Example: Drawing one card from a standard deck, P(king or heart)=452+1352−152=1652=413P(\text{king or heart}) = \frac{4}{52} + \frac{13}{52} - \frac{1}{52} = \frac{16}{52} = \frac{4}{13}.

Conditional Probability, Independence And Bayes' Theorem

Formula

Expression

What it means

Conditional probability

P(A∣B)=P(A∩B)P(B)P(A \mid B) = \frac{P(A \cap B)}{P(B)}

The probability of AA given that BB has happened, for P(B)>0P(B) > 0. The sample space shrinks to BB.

Multiplication rule

P(A∩B)=P(A)⋅P(B∣A)P(A \cap B) = P(A) \cdot P(B \mid A)

Probability that both events happen. Works for dependent events, such as drawing two cards without replacement.

Independent events

P(A∩B)=P(A)⋅P(B)P(A \cap B) = P(A) \cdot P(B)

AA and BB are independent when one happening does not change the chance of the other, as with separate coin tosses.

Test for independence

P(A∣B)=P(A)P(A \mid B) = P(A)

If knowing BB happened leaves the probability of AA unchanged, the events are independent (for P(B)>0P(B) > 0).

Several independent events

P(A1∩A2∩⋯∩An)=P(A1)P(A2)⋯P(An)P(A_{1} \cap A_{2} \cap \cdots \cap A_{n}) = P(A_{1})P(A_{2}) \cdots P(A_{n})

For mutually independent events, the probability that all of them happen is the product of their probabilities.

At least one success

P(at least one)=1−(1−p)nP(\text{at least one}) = 1 - (1 - p)^{n}

For nn independent trials each with success probability pp. It is 1 minus the probability of no successes at all.

Complement of a conditional

P(A′∣B)=1−P(A∣B)P(A' \mid B) = 1 - P(A \mid B)

Given BB, either AA happens or it does not, so the two conditional probabilities add to 1.

Law of total probability

P(A)=∑i=1nP(Ei),P(A∣Ei)P(A) = \sum_{i=1}^{n} P(E_{i}) , P(A \mid E_{i})

E1,…,EnE_{1}, \ldots, E_{n} are mutually exclusive and exhaustive. Add the chance of AA along every branch of the tree.

Bayes' theorem

P(Ei∣A)=P(Ei),P(A∣Ei)∑j=1nP(Ej),P(A∣Ej)P(E_{i} \mid A) = \frac{P(E_{i}) , P(A \mid E_{i})}{\sum_{j=1}^{n} P(E_{j}) , P(A \mid E_{j})}

Reverses a conditional probability. Given that AA happened, it gives the probability that it came from cause EiE_{i}.

Bayes' theorem (two events)

P(A∣B)=P(B∣A),P(A)P(B)P(A \mid B) = \frac{P(B \mid A) , P(A)}{P(B)}

The short form, for P(B)>0P(B) > 0. Used when P(B∣A)P(B \mid A) is known but P(A∣B)P(A \mid B) is wanted.

Example: Machine A makes 60 percent of items with 2 percent defective and machine B makes the rest with 5 percent defective, so P(D)=0.6(0.02)+0.4(0.05)=0.032P(D) = 0.6(0.02) + 0.4(0.05) = 0.032 and P(A∣D)=0.0120.032=0.375P(A \mid D) = \frac{0.012}{0.032} = 0.375.

Discrete Random Variables And Expected Value

Formula

Expression

What it means

Probability distribution rule

∑pi=1\sum p_{i} = 1 with 0≤pi≤10 \leq p_{i} \leq 1

For a discrete random variable XX taking values xix_{i} with probabilities pip_{i}, the probabilities must be valid and total 1.

Expected value (mean)

E(X)=μ=∑xipiE(X) = \mu = \sum x_{i}p_{i}

The long-run average value of XX over many repetitions. It need not be a value XX can actually take.

Expected value of a function

E[g(X)]=∑g(xi),piE[g(X)] = \sum g(x_{i}) , p_{i}

Apply gg to each value, weight by its probability and add. With g(x)=x2g(x) = x^{2} this gives E(X2)E(X^{2}).

Variance of a random variable

Var(X)=∑(xi−μ)2pi\text{Var}(X) = \sum (x_{i} - \mu)^{2} p_{i}

The probability-weighted average of squared distances from the mean μ=E(X)\mu = E(X).

Variance shortcut

Var(X)=E(X2)−[E(X)]2\text{Var}(X) = E(X^{2}) - [E(X)]^{2}

The mean of the squares minus the square of the mean. Usually the quickest way to find variance.

Standard deviation of a random variable

σ=Var(X)\sigma = \sqrt{\text{Var}(X)}

The square root of the variance, giving the typical spread of XX in its own units.

Linear change of mean

E(aX+b)=aE(X)+bE(aX + b) = aE(X) + b

Scaling by aa and shifting by bb changes the expected value in the same way, for constants aa and bb.

Linear change of variance

Var(aX+b)=a2,Var(X)\text{Var}(aX + b) = a^{2},\text{Var}(X)

The shift bb has no effect on spread. The scale factor aa enters squared.

Mean of a sum

E(X+Y)=E(X)+E(Y)E(X + Y) = E(X) + E(Y)

Expected values always add, whether or not XX and YY are independent.

Variance of a sum or difference

Var(X±Y)=Var(X)+Var(Y)\text{Var}(X \pm Y) = \text{Var}(X) + \text{Var}(Y)

Holds when XX and YY are independent (being uncorrelated is enough). Variances add even for a difference.

Fair game

E(net gain)=0E(\text{net gain}) = 0

A game is fair when the expected net gain for a player is zero. A negative value means the player loses on average.

Example: For one fair die, E(X)=216=3.5E(X) = \frac{21}{6} = 3.5 and E(X2)=916E(X^{2}) = \frac{91}{6}, so Var(X)=916−3.52=3512≈2.92\text{Var}(X) = \frac{91}{6} - 3.5^{2} = \frac{35}{12} \approx 2.92.

Binomial Distribution

Use it when there are nn independent trials, each with only two outcomes and the same success probability pp.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Binomial probability

P(X=r)=(nr)prqn−rP(X = r) = \binom{n}{r} p^{r} q^{n-r}

Probability of exactly rr successes in nn trials, for r=0,1,…,nr = 0, 1, \ldots, n. (nr)\binom{n}{r} is also written nCr^{n}C_{r}.

Probability of failure

q=1−pq = 1 - p

Each trial ends in success with probability pp or failure with probability qq, so p+q=1p + q = 1.

Mean of a binomial distribution

μ=np\mu = np

The expected number of successes in nn trials with success probability pp in each trial.

Variance of a binomial distribution

σ2=npq\sigma^{2} = npq

The spread of the number of successes. Variance is always less than the mean because q<1q < 1 when p>0p > 0.

Standard deviation of a binomial distribution

σ=npq\sigma = \sqrt{npq}

The square root of npqnpq, giving the typical distance of the success count from npnp.

At least one success

P(X≥1)=1−qnP(X \geq 1) = 1 - q^{n}

One minus the probability that all nn trials fail.

Cumulative binomial probability

P(X≤k)=∑r=0k(nr)prqn−rP(X \leq k) = \sum_{r=0}^{k} \binom{n}{r} p^{r} q^{n-r}

Adds the probabilities of 0 up to kk successes. Used for "at most" questions and in binomial tables.

Recurrence between terms

P(X=r+1)=n−rr+1⋅pq⋅P(X=r)P(X = r + 1) = \frac{n - r}{r + 1} \cdot \frac{p}{q} \cdot P(X = r)

Builds each probability from the one before it, which saves recomputing (nr)\binom{n}{r} every time.

Most likely number of successes (mode)

⌊(n+1)p⌋\lfloor (n + 1)p \rfloor

The greatest integer not exceeding (n+1)p(n + 1)p. If (n+1)p(n + 1)p is a whole number, both it and one less are modes.

Sum of all binomial probabilities

∑r=0n(nr)prqn−r=(q+p)n=1\sum_{r=0}^{n} \binom{n}{r} p^{r} q^{n-r} = (q + p)^{n} = 1

The binomial theorem shows the probabilities of all possible success counts add to 1.

Example: The probability of exactly 3 heads in 5 tosses of a fair coin is (53)(0.5)3(0.5)2=1032=0.3125\binom{5}{3}(0.5)^{3}(0.5)^{2} = \frac{10}{32} = 0.3125.

Poisson Distribution

Formula

Expression

What it means

Poisson probability

P(X=r)=e−λλrr!P(X = r) = \frac{e^{-\lambda}\lambda^{r}}{r!}

Probability of exactly rr events in a fixed interval, for r=0,1,2,…r = 0, 1, 2, \ldots, where λ>0\lambda > 0 is the average number of events.

Mean of a Poisson distribution

E(X)=λE(X) = \lambda

The average number of events per interval, such as calls per hour or typing errors per page.

Variance of a Poisson distribution

Var(X)=λ\text{Var}(X) = \lambda

Mean and variance are equal, which is a quick check that Poisson is a sensible model for count data.

Standard deviation of a Poisson distribution

σ=λ\sigma = \sqrt{\lambda}

The square root of the mean rate λ\lambda.

Probability of no events

P(X=0)=e−λP(X = 0) = e^{-\lambda}

The chance that nothing happens in the interval. One minus this gives the chance of at least one event.

Recurrence between terms

P(X=r+1)=λr+1,P(X=r)P(X = r + 1) = \frac{\lambda}{r + 1} , P(X = r)

Builds each Poisson probability from the previous one, starting from e−λe^{-\lambda}.

Poisson approximation to the binomial

λ=np\lambda = np

Replaces a binomial with a Poisson when nn is large and pp is small, a common guide being n≥20n \geq 20 and p≤0.05p \leq 0.05.

Sum of independent Poisson variables

X+Y∼Poisson(λ1+λ2)X + Y \sim \text{Poisson}(\lambda_{1} + \lambda_{2})

If XX and YY are independent Poisson counts with rates λ1\lambda_{1} and λ2\lambda_{2}, their total is Poisson with the rates added.

Example: With an average of λ=3\lambda = 3 calls per minute, P(X=2)=e−3⋅322!=4.5e−3≈0.2240P(X = 2) = \frac{e^{-3} \cdot 3^{2}}{2!} = 4.5e^{-3} \approx 0.2240.

Normal Distribution

Formula

Expression

What it means

Normal probability density

f(x)=1σ2π,e−(x−μ)22σ2f(x) = \frac{1}{\sigma\sqrt{2\pi}},e^{-\frac{(x - \mu)^{2}}{2\sigma^{2}}}

The bell-shaped curve with mean μ\mu and standard deviation σ>0\sigma > 0. Probabilities are areas under this curve.

Normal notation

X∼N(μ,σ2)X \sim N(\mu, \sigma^{2})

XX is normally distributed with mean μ\mu and variance σ2\sigma^{2}. Check whether a textbook puts the variance or the standard deviation second.

Standardising

Z=X−μσZ = \frac{X - \mu}{\sigma}

Converts any normal variable to the standard normal Z∼N(0,1)Z \sim N(0, 1) so that one table or calculator function covers all cases.

Probability between two values

P(a<X<b)=P(a−μσ<Z<b−μσ)P(a < X < b) = P\left(\frac{a - \mu}{\sigma} < Z < \frac{b - \mu}{\sigma}\right)

Standardise both limits, then subtract the two cumulative areas read from the ZZ table.

Symmetry of the standard normal

P(Z<−z)=P(Z>z)=1−P(Z<z)P(Z < -z) = P(Z > z) = 1 - P(Z < z)

The curve is symmetric about 0, so a left-tail area equals the matching right-tail area.

68 percent rule

P(μ−σ<X<μ+σ)≈0.68P(\mu - \sigma < X < \mu + \sigma) \approx 0.68

About 68 percent (more precisely 0.6827) of normal data lies within one standard deviation of the mean.

95 percent rule

P(μ−2σ<X<μ+2σ)≈0.95P(\mu - 2\sigma < X < \mu + 2\sigma) \approx 0.95

About 95 percent (more precisely 0.9545) of normal data lies within two standard deviations of the mean.

99.7 percent rule

P(μ−3σ<X<μ+3σ)≈0.997P(\mu - 3\sigma < X < \mu + 3\sigma) \approx 0.997

About 99.7 percent (more precisely 0.9973) of normal data lies within three standard deviations of the mean.

Standard error of the mean

σxˉ=σn\sigma_{\bar{x}} = \frac{\sigma}{\sqrt{n}}

The standard deviation of sample means for samples of size nn. Use ss in place of σ\sigma when σ\sigma is unknown.

Z-score of a sample mean

z=xˉ−μσ/nz = \frac{\bar{x} - \mu}{\sigma / \sqrt{n}}

By the central limit theorem, xˉ\bar{x} is roughly normal for large samples, usually taken as n≥30n \geq 30.

Normal approximation to the binomial

μ=np\mu = np and σ=npq\sigma = \sqrt{npq}

Use when np≥5np \geq 5 and nq≥5nq \geq 5 (some courses require 10), with a continuity correction of 0.5 on each boundary.

Continuity correction

P(X≤k)≈P(Y<k+0.5)P(X \leq k) \approx P(Y < k + 0.5)

XX is the discrete binomial count and YY the approximating normal variable. Widen each whole-number boundary by 0.5.

Example: Heights have μ=160,cm\mu = 160,\text{cm} and σ=5,cm\sigma = 5,\text{cm}, so 150 cm and 170 cm give z=−2z = -2 and z=2z = 2, and about 95 percent of heights lie between them.

Geometric Probability

Geometric probability assumes the random point is equally likely to land anywhere in the region.

Formula

Expression

What it means

Length model

P=favourable lengthtotal lengthP = \frac{\text{favourable length}}{\text{total length}}

For a point chosen at random on a line segment, the chance it lands in a sub-segment is the ratio of lengths.

Area model

P=favourable areatotal areaP = \frac{\text{favourable area}}{\text{total area}}

For a point chosen at random in a region, such as a dart hitting a board, compare the target area to the whole area.

Volume model

P=favourable volumetotal volumeP = \frac{\text{favourable volume}}{\text{total volume}}

The three-dimensional version, for a point chosen at random inside a solid.

Spinner or sector model

P=θ360∘P = \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}}

θ\theta is the central angle of the sector in degrees. Use θ2π\frac{\theta}{2\pi} if the angle is in radians.

Circle inside a square

P=πr2(2r)2=π4P = \frac{\pi r^{2}}{(2r)^{2}} = \frac{\pi}{4}

Chance that a random point in a square lands inside the circle inscribed in it, about 0.785, whatever the size.

Waiting time

P=wTP = \frac{w}{T}

If a bus comes every TT minutes and you arrive at a random time, the chance of waiting at most ww minutes, for 0≤w≤T0 \leq w \leq T.

Meeting problem

P=1−(1−tT)2P = 1 - \left(1 - \frac{t}{T}\right)^{2}

Two people arrive at random within TT minutes and each waits tt minutes. This is the chance they meet, for 0≤t≤T0 \leq t \leq T.

Example: A circle of radius 5 cm is drawn on a square board of side 20 cm, so a random dart on the board lands in the circle with probability 25π400≈0.1963\frac{25\pi}{400} \approx 0.1963.

The Short Version

  • A math formula is a rule in symbols that calculates one quantity from others, and it only works when its conditions hold.

  • This page groups math formulas into nine branches, from basic arithmetic to statistics, with the meaning of every letter and a worked example for each subtopic.

  • The costliest mistakes are small ones: a missing bracket in the slope formula, a dropped 2ab2ab, the nn versus n−1n - 1 in standard deviation.

  • Formulas stick when you derive them once and then use them, not when you reread a list.

  • To work through these formulas with a teacher, try a high school math tutor or live math classes online.

Read More

Pick one branch, cover the Expression column, and rewrite five formulas from memory. Check them against the tables, then work the Example under each one. Want a live Bhanzu trainer to go through the formulas your class is using? Book a free demo class.

Was this article helpful?

Your feedback helps us write better content

Frequently Asked Questions

What are math formulas?
Math formulas are rules written in symbols that show how one quantity is calculated from others, such as A=πr2A = \pi r^{2} for the area of a circle. Each one holds under stated conditions, which the tables above list next to every formula.
What are the basic math formulas every student should know?
Area and perimeter of the common shapes, the Pythagorean theorem, percent change, simple and compound interest, the laws of exponents, (a+b)2(a + b)^{2}, and the quadratic formula. Almost every later topic leans on these.
How many math formulas are there?
There is no fixed number, because every new result can be written as a formula. This page collects about 1,460 of the formulas used from Grade 6 to Grade 12, grouped into nine branches.
What is the difference between a formula and an equation?
We covered this near the top: a formula is a rule for calculating one quantity from others, while an equation is any statement that two expressions are equal. Most formulas are written as equations, but most equations, such as 2x+3=112x + 3 = 11, are not formulas.
How can I remember math formulas quickly?
Derive each formula once, learn formulas in families, and rewrite a chapter's formulas from memory before checking them. Using a formula on five or six real problems fixes it far better than rereading a list.
Do you get a formula sheet in the SAT or GCSE maths exams?
Yes for both, at present. The SAT shows a reference sheet of common formulas on every test with math questions, and GCSE maths students in England get a formulae sheet for the 2025, 2026 and 2027 exams.
What is the most important formula in math?
No single one. The Pythagorean theorem and the quadratic formula are probably the most used in school, and Euler's identity, eiπ+1=0e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0, is often called the most elegant.
✍️ Written By
BT
Bhanzu Team
Content Creator and Editor
Bhanzu’s editorial team, known as Team Bhanzu, is made up of experienced educators, curriculum experts, content strategists, and fact-checkers dedicated to making math simple and engaging for learners worldwide. Every article and resource is carefully researched, thoughtfully structured, and rigorously reviewed to ensure accuracy, clarity, and real-world relevance. We understand that building strong math foundations can raise questions for students and parents alike. That’s why Team Bhanzu focuses on delivering practical insights, concept-driven explanations, and trustworthy guidance-empowering learners to develop confidence, speed, and a lifelong love for mathematics.
Related Articles
Book a FREE Demo ClassBook Now →